Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Operation, Maintenance, Parts Listings Specifications 1950 1957
Operation, Maintenance, Parts Listings Specifications 1950 1957
MAINTENANCE,
PARTS LISTINGS
&
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
1950 thru 1957
CMI-.3M-2/00
©COPYRIGHT 1985
HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTOR CO., INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HARLEY-DAVIDSON SINGLES 1950·1957
YEAR, MODEL STANDARD COLORS
1957 125 (H urn mer) Pepper Red, High Fire, Skyline Blue,
165 (ST) Birch White
SINGLE CYliNDER
....,... 11e 11-~f
Price SO ce1th
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION SPECIFICATIONS . . 4
1. Right Side Rear Axle Nut 14. Circuit Breaker Cover 1. Head Lamp Dimmer Switch 14. Left Side Rear Wheel Axle
2. Horn 15. Rear Wheel Brake Foot Pedal 2. Speedometer Adjusting Stud
3. Voltage Regulator 16. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting Screw 3. Ignition - Light Switch 15, Jiffy Stand
4. Positive Battery Terminal Locknut 4. Gasoline Tank Cap - Oil Measure 16, Tool Box
5. Spark Plug 17. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting Screw Attached 17. Transmission Drain Plug
6, Front Wheel Brake Band Lever 18, Right Foot Rest 5. Horn Button 18. Starter Crank
1. Control Cable Lubrication Fittings 19. Muffler 6. Throttle Control Grip 19. Left Foot Rest
8, Clutch Band Lever 20. Gear Position Indicator 7. lgnttlon Coli 20. Clutch Case Cover
9. Head Lamp 21. Rear Drive Chain 8. Gasoline Shut-off and Resel've 21. Gear Shifter Pedal
10. Front Brake Operattng Lever 22. Right Side Rear Wheel Axle Supply Valve 22. Carburetor
II. Right Side Front Axle Nut Adjusting Stud 9. Carburetor Priming Pin 23. Carburetor Choke Lever and Air
12. Front Wheel Brake Adjusting Sleeve 23, Rear Brake Operating Lever 10. Storage Battery Cleaner
13. Transmission Filler Plug - 11. Negative Battery Terminal 24. Left Side Front Axle Nut
Gage Rod Attached 12. Tall Lamp 25. Rubber Fork Springs
13. Left Side Rear Axle Nut
2 3
SPECIFICATIONS OPERATION
THE TWO CYCLE ENGINE
SERIAL NUMBER The engine of the Harley-Davidson Modell25 operates on the two
stroke cycle principle, The two-cycle engine differs from the familiar
The Engine (Serial) Number is stamped on a pad on the front end four-cycle engine in that It delivers power on every downward stroke of
of the engine crankcase, on the left-hand side, Always give this the pistoA instead of on every second downward stroke. The two-cycle
number when ordering parts or making inquiry about your motorcycle, engine requires no valves, push rods, rocker arms, or cam shaft, since
the gasoline charge is admitted to the cylinder, and the exhaust gas is
removed from the cylinder through ports in the cylinder walls. The
WHEELBASE . . . . . . , . , , , .. , , .. , , , . , , , , 50-in, gasoline and air mixture from the carburetor Is drawn first into the
engine crankcase by the up stroke of the piston. The downward move-
ment of the piston then forces it up through the transfer port into the
ENGINE DATA combustion chamber. The engine crankcase carries no supply of lubri-
Model Designation Letter. • a • • •t • t • S
t • •
cating oil. Engine lubrication is provided by oil mixed with the gasoline
Type of Engine . • . • . . . . . • • . • 2 cycle which passes into the engine crankcase, The extreme simplicity of the
Number of Cylinders . • . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 Harley-Davidson two-cycle engine makes It an unusually easy engine
Bore . . . . , , • , . (52.39 mm.) 2-1/16-in. to operate and care for, if the instructions and suggestions contained in
Stroke. , . . . , •.•• . (57.94 mm.) 2-9/32-in. the following sections of this handbook are carefully followed .
Piston Displacement , (124.87 cc,) 7.6 cu. ln.
Compression Ratio . . , . . •• 6,6 to 1 OPERATING CONTROLS
Horsepower (N.A.C.C. Rating). . . . . . • . . . . ' . 1.'1
Gas Shut-off and Reserve Supply Valve
The gasoline sllut-off and reserve supply valve (8, figure 2) is lo-
BRAKE HORSEPOWER (approximate) • 3 cated just below the gasoline tank with the valve handle on the left hand
side, As shown In figure 3, turn the handle crosswise (horizontal) to shut
off all gasoline from the carburetor; straight down to open the valve for
TmE DATA
normal operation on main gasoline supply; and straight up to use the
Tire Size , , .• , •• , , , , • 3.25-in. x 19-in. one quart reserve supply when the main supply has been used up,
Tire Inflation Pressure - Front • • • • • , 14 lbs. The later 125 model has a different gasoline valve than shown in
Tire Inflation Pressure -Rear. , • , • . . . 20 lbs. figure 3; a valve with two handles, one marked "Reserve," the other
unmarked,
CAPACITIES Gasoline to carburetor ls shut "OFF" when both handles are in
Gasoline Tank Total Capacity horizontal position.
, 1-3/4 U.S. gal. Turning "unmarked" handle to vertical position turns "ON" main
Main Supply . . , , 1-1/2 U.S. gal.
Reserve Supply . gasoline supply; turning "Reserve" handle to vertical position turns
. • 1 U.S. quart
Transmission Case . . . . . . "ON" reserve supply .
. 1-1/4 U.S. pints
Ignition-Light Switch
As shown In figure 4, the ignltlon-llght switch (3, figure 2), when
GEAR RATIOS
Low (First) Gear . unlocked, is turned to the LEFT for parking with tall lamp, CENTER
29.3 to 1
15,4 to 1 (straight across) to turn off all lights and Ignition, FIRST RIGHT for
Second Gear. . . .
High (Third) Gear. 8,45 to 1 lgnltlon only, and SECOND RIGHT for ignition and running lights (head
lamp and tail lamp). Remember that lighting the head lamp when the
4 s
OPERATION OPERATION
engine is not running also turns the ignition on. The switch can be
locked In either the off or park positions only, by means of a key In-
serted In the lock beneath the hinged cover.
Horn
The horn (2, figure 1) is mounted to a bracket on the right side of the
frame, at the rear, and is operated by the horn button (5, figure 2). Tone
may be set at the desired pitch by turning the adjusting screw In the back
of the horn.
Speedometer
The speedometer (2, figure 2) Is mounted In the head lamp housing
Figure 3 - Gasoline Shut-off and Reserve Supply Valve · and is driven from the front wheel. It registers speeds up to 50 mlles
an hour and records the mlles traveled.
6 7
OPERATION OPERATION
8 9
OPERATION OPERATION
operator must release the gear shifter pedal after each gear change,
to allow the pedal to return to its central position. The pedal must re-
turn to this ceutral position before another gear change can be made.
Transmission neutral is between the first and second gear. To shift SHIFT: ~-·y·
from 2nd 1 ~-~
--} ~~.:;~;d fl-o:.g:il
from second to neutral, the pedal is pushed only half way down, while or Neutral ll
to shift from first to neutral the pedal is lifted only half way up. lolsl rrmJ
~j
to 2M [Io-~
.,
Do not attempt to shift from one gear Into another while the motor-
cycle is standing without the engine running. Even with the engine run-
ning and the motorcycle standing still, difficulty may be experienced In
shifting into low to get under way. This is because the transmission
parts are not turning and the shifting parts are not lined up to permit
engagement. When this difficulty Is experienced, do not under any cir-
cumstances attempt to force the shift by "roughing" the shifter pedal,
the result of such abuse will be a damaged or broken shifting mecha-
nism. Roll the motorcycle forward or back, or engage the clutch very
slightly and at the same time apply light pressure on the shifter pedal.
This procedure sets transmission gears in motion and the shift can
then easily be made.
With motorcycle In motion, when it may be desired to shift to
lower gears, do not shift from "third" (high) to "second" until speed is
reduced to 20 miles per hour or less; do not shift to "first" until speed
SHIFT:
from lsi
r-;--;:;-;-t
l~_g__~
SHIFT:
from 2nd CI:4[]
Is reduced to below 5 miles per hour. to 2nd o-2J"JJ to Neutral [l 0 2 31
:; 0
Shifting to lower gears when speed is too high may result in damage
to transmission or other parts.
CAUTION
Initial Servicing Operations speed even though doing so requires that engine braking be sup-
plemented by use of wheel brakes.
6. There may be occasions when the en,ine will tend to reverse
1, Check the adjustment of the rear drive chain (21, figure t) itself and run backwards when the motorcycle Is not moving for-
and readjust if necessary. See 11 Care and Adjustment of Drive ward. This is an indication that:
Chains" in Maintenance Section. a, The circuit breaker point gap Is set too close.
2. Check level of oil in transmission by means of the gauge rod b. The circuit breaker cam is not running true,
attached to the transmission filler plug (13, figure 1) and add oil if c, Engine idling speed is set too low.
needed. (See "I.Jilbricatton. ") Possibly all three faults are present. Check and reset point gap
3. Lubricate all points indicated under "Chassis Lubrication" in and increase idling speed. If condition still exists, see your
the Lubrication Section. dealer.
4. on brake control' clutch and front brake hand levers' and saddle
hinge bolt bearing,
5. Remove the air cleaner and rinse it out in clean solvent.
6, Check level of solution In battery and add distilled water if
needed to bring level to S/16-ln. above plate· separators. See that
terminals are clean and connections tight, (See ucare of Storage
Battery" in Electrical System Section,)
7. Check all nuts, bolts and screws and tighten any found loose.
8. Inspect, clean and adjust spark plug gap.
OPERATING TIPS
1, Use gasoline which is not leaded if it can be obtained. When such
gasoline is not available, use the available gasoline that has the
least lead content.
2. In cold weather run the engine slowly until it is thoroughly
warmed up, to avoid possible damage.
3. Don't idle the engine unnecessarily with the motorcycle standing
still.
4. When plug needs to be replaced get new plug from your Harley-
Davidson dealer. He can supply you with a new Harley-Davidson
plug that is the same as original equipment, or one with a different
heat range if required. Experimenting with plugs 9f unproven
quality and suitability is lnvltlng trouble.
5. 1¥PORTANT. When coasting against engine down a long, steep
grade (longer than the equhralent of two city blocks and so steep that
engine speed is quite high) lt Is advisable to turn ignition "OFF"
and open throttle part way, rather than coast with ignition "ON" and
throttle closed. Observing this recommendation assures good lu-
brication and cooling of the Interior of engine while coasting,
Bear in mind, the 125 model engine Is a two-cycle engine and
its lubrication depends entirely on the oil-gasoline mixture passed
through the carburetor to the interior of engine.
Night driving ,of course ,does not permit turning ignition 10 0FF,
as lights would also be "OFF," In this case, coast at moderate
12 13
LUBRICATION LUBRICATION
ENGINE OIL fore gasoline Is pumped in. This procedure effects faster 1 thorough
mixing of gasoline and oil than occurs when oil Is poured into tank
The two-cycle engine of the Model 125 has no crankcase oil reser- after gasoline has been pumped in. However 1 if tank has been run
voir or oil supply for lubricating the engine, as do four-cycle engines, completely dry, first put at least one quart of gasoline in tank before
but Instead the oil is mixed with the fuel charge which enters the the oil Is poured In.
crankcase. Add Harley-Davidson "Two-Cycle" oil to the gasoline, one
part of oil to 25 parts of gasoline. A convenient measure Is attached TRANSMISSION OIL
to the under side of the gasoline tank cap. (See figure 7.) Use two Use either Harley-Davidson "Two-Cycle" or "Medium Heavy" oil
measurefuls of oil for each U. S. gallon of gasoline placed in the tank under all operating conditions. As colder temperature~ make lhe
to provide exactly the right amount of lubrication for the engine. Since transmission hard to shift, add only enough kerosene to make shifting
the engine lubricating oil Is carried in the gasoline, the same weight of easy. When warmer weather arrives in the spring, however, be sure
oil may be used both summer and winter, and under all operating to drain the transmission and refill to correct level wit.. fresh oil.
conditions. Remove transmission oil filler plug and check oil l~vel with gauge
When convenient to do so, pour gasoline and correct proportionate rod every two weeks or 750 miles, whichever comes first. (See fig-
quantity of oil Into a clean bucket or other suitable,· clean receptacle ure 8.) Add oil if necessary to fill to top mark on gauge rod. The
and stir until mixed thoroughly before pouring Into motorcycle tank. motorcycle should stand straight up, not lean on the Jiffy Stand when
When necessary t~ replenish gasoline supply from filling station checking and adding oil to the transmission.
pump directly to motorcycle tank, ask for a predetermined quantity of Drain transmission and refill to correct level with fresh oil every
gasoline and pour the correct proportionate quantity of oil Into tank be- 6 months or 2500 miles, whichever comes first. If transmission should
become submerged in water, drain immediately and refill to correct
level.
Figure 7 Figure 8
Lubricating Oil Measure Adding Oil to Transmission
14 15
LUBRICATION
LUBRICATION
CHAIN LUBRICATION
with grease every 3000 miles or at least twice a year. Wheel hubs
The front ch~ln Is completely enclosed In the clutch case and is must be disassembled for greasing. (See "Wheels" In the Maintenance
therefore lubricated from the clutch and transmission oil reservoir. Section.)
The rear chain, however 1 should be lubricated at 750 mile intervals.
Under dry 1 hard surface road operation. simply brush off the dirt and OIL APPLICATIONS
apply Harley~Davidson "Chain Saver" oil, Under dusty, wet 1 or muddy
conditions 1 oil the chain daily. Oil the saddle hinge bolt bearing every 750 mlles or oftener. Brake
Occasionally the rear chain should have additional lubrication. Re~ control joints, clutch hand lever and front brake hand lever should be
move the chain from the motorcycle 1 and soak and wash it thoroughly oiled regularly, and particularly after washing the motorcycle or driv-
in a pan of kerosene. Then hang it up to allow the kerosene to drain ing in wet weather , to keep all controls working freely. Lubrication
off. Immerse the chain for a short time in a pan of grease, heated to fittings (7, figure 1) are provided on the clutch and front wheel brake
the consistency of light engine oil. If grease and facilities for heating cable housings. Apply oil at these points frequently and also on the
are not at hand 1 substitute light engine oH. When immersed 1 move the cables at the ends of the housings.
chain around to be sure that the hot grease or oil works through all in~
side parts. Then allow the chain to drain and wipe all surplus grease
or oil from its surface. Install the chain on the motorcycle and inspect
the connecting link and spring clip closely. Replace these parts lf
necessary. Be sure the spring clip is securely locked on the pin end.
Readjust the chain 1f necessary. (See "Care and Adjustment of Drive
Chains" in the Maintenance Section.)
CHASSIS LUBRICATION
Lubricate a new motorcycle after the first 300 miles and every 750
miles thereafter.
Remove and grease the right handle bar grip spirai with fresh
grease whenever operation of grlp indicates that lubrication fs needed,
Be careful about over~ greasing brake operating· shafts, as excess
grease, working out of these bearings 1 will get onto brake Unings and
greatly reduce the efficiency of the brakes,
Pack frame head bearings with fresh grease every 20,000 mUes or
whenever there ls occasion to remove fork for repair or replacement
of parts.
WHEEL BEARINGS
MAINTENANCE on this coMecttng llnk must be installed with the split end tralltng the
direction of chain travel. The front chain Is not provided with such a
coMectlng link. Therefore it Is necessary to pull both the engine sprocket
and clutch sprocket simultaneously 1n order to remove the chain A
SPARK PLUG special puller Is required to perform this operation and It tbereiore
should be done by your Barley-Davidson dealer. ·
Keep the spark plug (5, figure 1) clean and the gap between the points At least every 750 mtles lubricate the rear chain as directed under
adjusted to .025-in. to .030-in. Do not take the plug apart for cleaning. "Chain Lubrication" in the Lubrication Section.
Clean with a sand blast cleaner, found In nearly every service station.
Plug size Is 14 mm.
Rear Chain Ad;usfmenf
CARE AND ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE CBAffiS
The rear chain Is adjusted by moving the rear wheel back to tighten
Inspect adjustment of rear drive chain (21, figure U every week the chain or forward to loosen the chain. To adjust, loosen the right
and readjust It If necessary. No adjustment of the front chain, located and left rear axle nuts and move the axle forward or back by means of
inside the clutch housing, is required. If the rear chain is allowed to the adjusting nuts on the axle adjusting stud at each end of the axle.
run loose enough to strike the chain guard, It will cause the motorcycle (See figure 10.) Turn the nuts on each side exactly the same number
to jerk, when running at low speeds, and there ls excessive wear of of turns to maintain the alignment of the wheel. When the adjustment
chain and sprockets. bas been made, retighten the two axle nuts and check the alignment of
Adjust the chain so that lt has about 1/2-inch free movement up the wheel by noting that the tire runs about midway between the rear
and down, midway between sprockets. Do not adjust tighter, because frame tubes, and also that the rear sprocket runs centrally in the chain.
running chains too tight is even more harmful than ruMing them too If alignment Is incorrect, readjust as necessary. After adjusting the
loose. As chains stretch and wear In service they will run tighter at rear chain, the rear brake may be too tight. Readjust the brake If neces-
one point on the sprocket than at another. Always check adjustment at sary as outlined under "Rear Brake Adjustment."
the tightest point.
Inspect the chain occasionally for links which may be in poor condition Repair ol Drive Chain
or damaged. If any such links are found, make repairs or replace the
chain. The rear drtve chain can be taken apart and removed, after locat- When necessary to repair a chain, remove the damaged links by
ing and taking out the spring -locked connecting link. The spring lock pushing out the riveted link pins with a chain repair tool. (See figure
9.) Then fit the necessary repair llnkB. The chain tool for making this
repair Is included in the tool klt.
18 19
MAINTENANCE
MAINYENANCE
20
2J
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
When the throttle control grip ts turned inward, the control wire (4)
raises the throttle piston (15) and metering pin (8) to allow an increased
amount of gasoline and air mixture to enter the engine, An alignment
screw (6) registers in the slot of the throttle piston so that it cannot
twist or turn as it moves up or down In the carburetor body. Idling
speed adjustment ts made by means of the control wire housing adjust-
Ing sleeve (2) which may be turned up or down in the carburetor cap
(16) to raise or lower the closed throttle position of the piston and the
metering pin.
Idle Speed Adjustment
To adjust the closed throttle tdltng speed of the engine, loosen the
lock nut (3) and turn the adjusting sleeve (2) up to increase idling speed,
down to decrease idling speed. When desired ldltng speed has been
attained, retighten the lock nut securely.
Mixture Adfustment
The gasoline-air ratio or mixture entering the engine may be varied
by raising or lowering the metering pin (8) (which controls the fuel) tn
relation to the throttle piston (15) (which controls the air). Three mix-
ture variations are provided by means of the grooves in the metering
pin into which the pin retainer (7) fits. The standard setting is with the
retainer In the center groove of the metering pin (8). To change the
gasoltne-air mixture, unscrew the cap (16) and 11ft out the spring (5)
and throttle piston from the carburetor body. Sltp the control wire (4)
out of the slot in the piston to free the piston and metering pin assembly,
Remove the metering pin and pin retainer from the piston; remove the
retainer and snap It into the bottom groove to provide a richer mixture,
Into the top groove to provide a leaner mixture. Replace the metering
pin In the piston, .and align the open end of the retainer with the slot in
the piston. Replace the control wire in the piston slot. Be careful not
to bend the retainer in replacing the wire. Insert the piston and meter-
Ing pin assembly and spring into the carburetor body and screw down
the cap securely.
t. Control Wire Housing 9. Nozzle
2. Idling Speed Adjusting Sleeve 10. Nozzle Holder Cleaning Carburetor ancl Gasoline Strainer
3. AdJusting Sleeve Lock Nut 11. Metering Jet Remove the carburetor and clean all parts in cleaning solvent once
4. Throttle Control Wire 12. Float
5. Throttle Piston Spring 13. Priming Pin a year or oftener if the need ~>f cleaning is indicated by irregular car-
6. Alignment Screw 14. Gasoline Line bureUon. Your Barley-Davidson dealer is best equipped to perform all
'1. Pin Retainer 15, Throttle Piston carburetor cleaning, maintenance and adjustment operations. A gaso-
8, Metering Pin 16. Cap line strainer Is attached to the top of the gasoline shut-off and reserve
Figure 12 -Carburetor Cross Section supply valve where It enters the gasoline tank. If gasoline d~ not now
properly, remove the valve and clean the strainer.
22
23
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
the gap between the points (13) with a feeler gauge. If it is not exactly
020" when the fibre cam follower (4} is on the highest point of the cam
(5), adjustment Is necessary. Incorrect gap spacing affects Ignition
timing, To adjust the point gap, loosen the lock screw (14} and turn the
eccentric adjusting screw (3) to raise or lower the adjustable contact
point. Be sure that the cam follower (4) Is on the highest point of the
cam (5) and set the contact point gap at exactly .020". Then retighten
the lock screw and again check to be sure that the gap remains correct.
Each time circuit breaker points are adjusted apply two or three
drops of engine oil to felt pad that lubricates circuit breaker cam.
IGNITION TIMING
Carbon wtll tend to collect around the intake and exhaust ports of a
two-cycle engine and will tend to clog the ports. After several thousand
miles the engine may become sluggish and show a loss of power. When-
ever this occurs, or at least every 5000 mlles, the carbon should be
cleaned from the cylinder ports and soot from the muffler. Your Harley-
Davidson dealer can perform this operation for you, or, if you prefer,
proceed as follows:
1. Remove the spark plug (13), gasoline line (8), coil (5), the gaso-
line tank front and rear bolts (6 and 14), and saddle bracket bolt (15).
Remove the carburetor (17) from the cylinder (4), and loosen the ex-
haust pipe where it attaches to the cylinder.
2. Remove the four cylinder head nuts (9), lock washers (10), and
plain washers (11) which secure the head (16) to the cylinder (4).
Remove the cylinder head and cylinder head gasket.
3. Raise the tank sufficiently to provide clearance for the removal of
the cylinder. Carefully slide the cylinder from the cylinder head
studs.
CAUTION
'26 27
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
NOTE
Do not alter the muffler in any way. The muffler
1s designed to maintain the correct back pressure
and any change will affect engine performance.
CLUTCH
The need for attention to clutch and controls will be Indicated by the
clutch sltpplng under load or dragging in released position. In either
case, the first thing to be checked ls the adjustment of the control.
5. See that cyllnder base gasket ('1) Is In good condition and lf not
replace lt. Apply gasket cement to both sides of thts gasket before
sUdtng lt over the cylinder head studs.
6. Carefully sllde the cyllnder tnto place over the piston. See that
the rings are compressed and located properly as they sltde tnto the
cylinder.
'l. Examine the cylinder head gasket carelully and replace It lf neces-
sary. Apply gasket cement to both stdes of thts gasket and sltp tt
Into place over the studs. Then replace the cylinder head and secure
It with the platn washers, lockwashers and cylinder bead nuts, Be
sure that nuts are pulled up tightly on the studs.
8. Replace the gasoline tank bolts, con, spark plug, gasoline ltne, and
carburetor.
9. Remove the entire muffler from the motorcycle by removing the
cap screw and loclnrasher from the bracket.
10. Disassemble the muffler by removing the brass nut and lockwasher
which secure the tall piece and core to the muffler body. (See figure 1. Cable End Fitting 5. Spring
15.) 2. Cable Slot 6. Clutch Actuating Lever and Worm
3. Cable Dousing '1. Fllllster Head Screws
11. Clean all parts thoroughly with a wtre brush or soak in carbon 4. Generator and Sprocket Cover 8. Clutch Push ROO
solvent, If avallable, before reassembling and reinstalling the muf-
fler assembly and exhaust ptpe on the motorcycle. Figure 16- Generator and Sprocket Cover Removed
28 29
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
Control Adjustment
The clutch hand lever (8, figure 1) should have 1 /8 to 1/4 of its
travel as free movement, before the clutch starts to disengage. U it
does not move in toward the handle bar 1/8 to 1/4 of its movement be-
fore there is a noticeable Increase In tension, loosen the clutch push
rod adjusting screw lock nut (16, figure 13) and readjust the clutch push
rod adjusting screw (15, figure 13) with a screwdriver until the lever
has the required free movement. Turn the screw to the right for less
free movement, to the left for more free movement of the lever. When
adjustment Is correct, retighten the lock nut.
Clutch Repair (See figures 17 and 18.)
If the clutch does not hold after making sure of the correct adjust-
ment, as outlined above, 1t must be taken apart for Inspection of the
discs. The disc fabric facings may be worn, requiring replacement of
discs. When the clutch must be taken apart, 1t is advisable to have It
serviced at a Harley-Davidson service station where any needed new
parts are at hand. U, however, It Is Impossible to take the motorcycle
to a Harley-Davidson dealer, and the clutch must be taken apart, pro-
ceed as follows:
1. Drain the on at the transmission case dratn plug (7, figure 5).
Then loosen the clamp screws on the gear shifter pedal and starter
crank, and pull them from the sleeve and shaft to which they are
clamped.
2. Remove the five fUllster head screws which secure the clutch
case cover to the crankcase and remove the cover, expostag the
clutch, engine sprocket, front chain, and starter mechanism as shown
1n figure 17.
3. Insert two clutch spring compressing studs (7, figure 18) (Barley-
Davidson part No. 23305-4'1) through the holes in the clutch spring
plate and screw them tnto the threaded holes in the clutch pressure
plate, Then turn the two compression nuts (8, figure 18) (Barley-
Davidson part No. 7676) down on the studs against the clutch spring
plate to compress the clutch springs.
4. Remove the clutch spring plate retaining ring (6, figure 18) and
carefully Uft the clutch discs from the shell and hub. Do not dis-
assemble the clutch spring plate, clutch pressure plate, and springs
unless It Is necessary to replace some of these parts.
6. Do not attempt to remove the clutch shell and sprocket, or clutch
hub. (In order to do tbls it is necessary to remove the clutch hub, I. Clutch Case Cover Gasket 6. Starter Spring
clutch shell and sprocket, the engine sprocket and front chain all at 2. Front Drive Chain 7. Starter Crank
the same time. A speclal puller ls required to do tbls and the opera- 3·, Engine Sprocket 8. Gear Shifter Pedal
tion should be performed by your Barley-Davidson dealer.) 4. Clutch 9. Fllllster Head Screws
6. Reassemble the clutch parts In the reverse order of disassembly, 5. Clutch Case Cover
taking care to see that the discs are replace.d In the proper sequence. Figure 17 - Clutch Case Cover Removed
30 31
MAINTINANCI MAINIINANCI
WHEELS
The front and rear wheels must be removed from the motorcycle
for tire changing, brake service, or when lt is necessary to repack the
wheel bearings wlth grease at the specified 3000 mile intervals,
Disconnect the front brake cable at the front brake operating lever
by removing the cotter pin, plain washer, and slotted clevis pin, Dis-
connect the speedometer drive cable and housing by removing the
round head screw (on later models the grease fitting secures the speed-
ometer drive) and pulllng the housing from the socket, The speed-
ometer drive gear ls a sllp fit on the end of the speedometer cable. If
it comes out with the cable, be careful to see that lt is not lost. Then
loosen the axle nuts on each slde of the fork, lay the machine over on
its lett side, and remove the wheel from the slotted fork ends. In re-
installlng the wheel use care to slide the slot in the brake side cover
over the anchor stud on the fork side and be sure the axle plain
washers are on the outside of the fork ends.
Disconnect the chain at the master link. and loosen the rear wheel
adjusting stud lock nuts. Disconnect the brake rod at the operating
lever. Loosen the axle nuts far enough so that the rear wheel adjusting
studs can be removed from the slots at the sides of the frame. Then
lay the machine on Us left side and remove the rear wheel, In rein-
stalling the rear wheel use care to slide the slot in the brake slde
cover over the anchor stud on the frame. Be sure to adjust the chain
properly and realign the wheel, as described ln the previous paragraph
°Care and Adjustment of Drive Chains."
1, Clutch Shell and 6, Spring Plate Retaining 8, Compression Nuts (for
Sprocket Ring disassembly only -
2. Clutch Hub 7. Compression Studs (for Harley-Davidson Disassembly of Wheel Hubs
3, Steel Friction Discs disassembly only - Part No, 7675)
4, Clutch Pressure Plate Harley -Davidson 9. Fabric Faced When it Is necessary to disassemble the wheel hubs to permit ln-
5. Clutch Spring Plate Part No, 23305-47) FrlcUon Discs spectlng bearings or repacking with grease, at the specified 3000 mile
Figure 18 ~ Clutch Disassembled Interval, remove the wheel as directed in the previous paragraph,
32 33
MAINTINANCE
MAINTENANCE
Then remove the brake mechanism from the hub, the felt washer and
retainer on the left hand side, and unscrew the bearing retainer on the
left hand side. The bearings may then be removed by tapping against
the axle from either side. In reinstalling the axle and bearings, be
sure that the shielded side of the bearing Is placed on the outside, away
from the center of the hub.
~e ~f' l
1. Cotter Pin
8. Intermediate Shalt Washer
2. Upper Rubber Fork Spring
9. Intermediate Shaft Rubber Bushing
3, Upper Rubber Fork Spring Bushing I 0. Intermediate Shalt
4. Upper Rubber Fork Spring Bracket II. Cotter Pin
Pin Spacer .
12, Lower Rubber Spring Collar
5. Upper Rubber Fork Spring Bracket 13. Lower Rubber Spring Bushing
Pin
6. Hex Head Cap Screw 14. Inner Lower Rubber Fork Spring
7. Lock Washer 15, Outer Lower Rubber Fork Spring
35
MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
move the cotter pins (1 and 11) and the hex head cap screws (6) which
extend through the head lamp housing. Tip up the head lamp housing A complete diagram of the electrical system is given, and all parts
and withdraw the intermediate shaft (10). and connections are shown in the illustration.
Should there be cause to remove and replace fork rocker link
bolts, the two bolts that attach rocker links to upper and lower end of BEAD LAMP ADJUSTMENT
frame head fork stem must be carefully readjusted. With lock nuts The head lamp Is the pre-focused type and does not require refocus-
securely tightened there should be just perceptible side play and ing but the beam must be adjusted for direction when required. To get the
rocker action must be entirely free. If adjusted tight, fork action will greatest efficiency from the lamp, and to meet the requirements of law,
be stiff and breakage at some point may result. The bolts and nuts that make the folloWing adjustments. Adjust ln a darkened room or at night.
attach rocker links to fork sides may be pulled tight as.. there are
bearing sleeves through the fork that correctly space the link ends. 1. Have the motorcycle standing on a level surface about 25 feet away
from and headed toward a wall or screen upon which a horizontal line
has been drawn at exactly the same height as the lamp center. The
motorcycle must be resting on both wheels and the front wheel must
be in straight-ahead alignment. Block up the motorcycle so that it
stands straight up.
2. Turn the tgnttlon-llght gwltch on, and set the handle bar toggle
switch tn the upper beam posltlon. Then check the beam for height.
The top of the main beam of light should register on the wall or screen
even with, but not higher than, the horizontal line mentioned above.
3, Loosen the two cap screws on the side of the head lamp housing
and tilt the light up or down to properly locate its upper beam In
relation to the horizontal line. No left to right adjustment of the
head lamp bea~ Is provided.
CAUTION
Do not Install extra lighting equipment other
than approved and furnished by the factory.
Doing so will overload and ts likely to damage
generator.
36 37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HOT£-
UHSHAP COVER RING OVER
When charging a battery from an outside source, the charging rate
TANK POCKET AROUND
IGNITION- LIGHT SWITCH
Is constant and should not be allowed to go over 1/2 ampere. A higher
TO UNCOVER SWITCH
TERMINAlS. REPLACE
rate wlll heat and damage the battery.
RING WITH ITS SPRING
RUAIN£RS TOWARO
FRONT ANO REAR. CAUTION
GENERATOR
The generator on the Model 125 is mounted on the right hand end
of the crankshaft, with the generator leadwires located directly below
the circuit breaker.
Generator Charging Rate and Voltage Regulator
ond Stop-lamp
Figure 21 - Wiring Diagram The generator itself has no adjustment for control of charging
rate. This is controlled by the voltage regulator (3, figure 1). The
voltage regulator functions to increase charging rate when battery is
with its postUve (+)terminal on the right side, as reversing the bat-
low or lamps are lighted, and to decrease charging rate when no lamps
tery will cause damage to the voltage regulator, are lighted and when battery is "up," Voltage regulator requires no
3. Keep the battery clean, and terminal connections tight, Occasion-
regular Interval attention. The cutout relay is combined with the volt-
ally put a Uttle grease on the battery terminals. age regulator In a single unit. Should any electrical system trouble
38 39
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
40
t1~"t'- ,-7
'{s!"/·' ;ts-/'
2
3
PART I
Engine Sprocket . . , 15
Clutch Sprocket . • . 31
DIMENSIONS
Countershaft Sprocket , 14
Rear Wheel Sprocket 49
Wheel Base •••• 51-1/2 in.
Overall Length • • • 81 in. GEAR RATIOS
Overall Width • 28-1/2 in.
Low (First) Gear 20.8 to 1
Second Gear 12, 2 to 1
CAPACITIES 7,23to1
High Gear . . . .
Serial Number
IGNITION SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION
4 5
1. Voltage Regulator 14. Right Foot Rest
2. Negative Battery Terminal 15. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting 1, Headlamp Dimmer 9, Left Rear Wheel Axle
3. Carburetor Choke Lever Locknut Switch Adjusting Stud
4. Spark Plug 16. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting 2. Ignition Coil 10. Jiffy Stand
5. Head Lamp Screw 3, Gasoline Valve 11. Tool Box
6. Rear Brake Operating Lever 17. Rear Wheel Brake Foot 4. Carburetor Choke Lever 12. Starter Crank
7. Rear Brake Rod Lever and Air Cleaner 13. Left Foot Rest
a. Rear Wheel Axle Nut 18. Circuit Breaker Cover 5, Storage Battery 14. Transmission Drain Plug
9. Right Rear Wheel Axle 19. Carburetor Cover 6, Positive Battery 15. Carburetor Cover
Adjusting Stud 21. Front Wheel Brake Terminal 16. Clutch Case Cover
10. Muffler Adjusting Sleeve 7. Tail La~p 17. Gear Shifter Pedal
11. Rear Drive Chain 22. Front Wheel Axle Nut 8. Rear Wheel Axle Nut 19. Front Wheel Axle Pinch Bolt
12. Horn 23 •. Front Brake Operating
13. Gear Position Indicator Lever
Figure 2. Left Side View
Figure 1. Right Side View
7
PART II
Gas tank holds one and three quarter U.S. gallons. Approx-
imately one quart of this is retained .in the tank for reserve supply
when the "RESERVE" shut-off valve remains in the horizontal
1. Throttle Control Grip 6. Speedometer posltlon. Use unleaded gasoline if available or if not, gasoline
2. Clutch Hand Lever 7 . Gasoline Tank Cap with the smallest amount of lead content.
3. Front Wheel Brake 8. Gear Shifter Pedal
Hand Lever 9. Starter Crank 2. IGNITION- LIGHT SWITCH
4. Ignition- Light Switch 10. Left Foot Rest
5. Horn Button 11. Jlffy Stand The ignitlon-ltght switch (4, figure 3) when unlocked is turned
12. Right Foot Rest to the LEFT (see figure 5) for parking light (tail lamp), CENTER
(straight across) to turn off all lights and ignition, FIRST RIGHT
Figure 3. Top View
8 9
Knowing Your Harley- Davidson Knowing Your Harley Davidson
[1--QJ"]l
SHIFT: r;-; )
for ignition only, and SECOND RIGHT for ignition and running
lights (head lamp and tail lamp). Remember that lighting the
from 2nd
Ot Neutral
to I st
qo---'
!,------:=-0--:2:-::--3 I
from 3rd t_i__O 2
ll
8I
head lamp when the engine is not running also turns the ignition
r;(
\j
to 2nd .,..
0 2 3
on. The switch can be locked in either the off or park positions
only by means of a key inserted in the lock beneath the hinged
cover.
OFF- SHIFT:
from lsi q 0 2 3]
SH 1FT :
from 2nd
r:--::-"---::--::n
[t 0 ~ 3I
to 2nd rro-=f31
!j
to Neutral [Tv}]
The clutch hand lever (2, figure 3) is located on the left SHIFT:
from 2nd
ITI 0 Q
2 3
I SHIFT:
from lsi Ib0 2 3 I
handle bar where it may be conveniently operated with the fingers
of the left hand. Pull the lever in against the handlebar grip to 3rd II 0 2 ~
u
I to Neutral II 8 2 3 I
to release the clutch; release the lever slowly to its outward
position to engage the clutch.
10 11
Knowing Your Harley-Davidson
Knowing Your Harley-Davidson
shifts transmission into the next lower gear, while lifting the
pedal all the way up shifts the transmission into the next higher handle bar where It is operated by the fingers of the right hand
gear. The operator must release the gear shifter pedal after to control the front wheel brake.
each gear change, to allow the pedal to return to its central
position. The pedal must return to its central position before 7. LIGHTS
another gear change can be made. Transmission neutral is
between first and second gear. To shift from second to neutral, Both head lamp and tall lamp are turned on by means of the
the pedal is pushed only half way down, while to shift from first ignition-light switch (4, figure 3). A toggle switch on the left
to neutral the pedal is lifted only half way up. handle bar may be pushed up or down with the left thumb to
With the motorcycle standing sttll and the engine not running, raise or lower the head lamp beam. The switch is pushed down
it usually will be necessary to move the motorcylce backward or for the high or driving beam, and up for the low or passing
forward with the clutch fully disengaged while maintaining a beam. None of the lights may be operated when the ignition-
slight pressure on the foot shift lever before a shift from one light switch is in the off position.
gear to another can be made. Even with the engine running and
the motorcycle standing still, difficulty may be experienced in 8. HORN
shifting gears. This difficulty arises when transmission gears
are not turning and shifting parts are not lined up to permit The horn (12, figure 1) is mounted to a bracket on the right
engagement. When this difficulty is experienced, do not under side of the frame and is operated by the horn button (5, figure 3).
any circumstances attempt to force the shift by "roughing" Tone may be set at the desired pitch by turning the adjusting
the foot lever; the results of such abuse will be a damaged or screw in the back of the horn.
IJroken shifter mechanism. Either roll the motorcycle as in-
dicated above or, if the engine is running, engage the clutch 9. STARTING CRANK
very slightly while at the same time applying light pressure
to the foot lever to make the shift. Either of these procedures The starter crank (12, figure 2) is located on the left side
will set transmission gears in motion and permit the shift to and has a spring return. To start the engine, kick the starter
be made easily. crank down with vigorous strokes to turn the engine over.
When the motorcycle is in motion and it is desired to shift
to lower gears, do not shift from "third" (high) to "second" 10. STARTING THE ENGINE
until speed is reduced to 20 miles per hour or less; do not shift
to "first" until speed is reduced to below 5 miles per hour. A. Turn on the gasoline supply by turning the unmarked
Shifting to lower gears when speed is too high may result in handle of the gasoline supply valve (3, figure 2) to the
damage to transmission or other parts. vertical position.
B. Prime the carburetor by pressing the carburetor priming
CAUTION pin (3, figure 11) down for a few seconds.
C. The carburetor choke is open when the choke lever (3,
Always disengage the clutch completely; that is, figure 1) is all the way down. Moving the choke lever
pull the clutch hand lever all the way in against the upward, as far as it will go, fully closes the choke. In
handlebar grip whenever shifting gears. warm weather it is not necessary to use the choke at
all. In cold weather (near freezing and colder) start
6. BRAKES cold engine with choke closed. Open choke as engine
gets warm.
The rear wheel brake foot lever (17, figure 1) is located D. Turn on the ignition with the ignition-light switch (4,
on the right side where it may be operated by the toe of the figure 3).
right foot. A hand lever (3, figure 3) is located on the right E. Hold motorcycle in a nearly vertical position with right
leg.
12 13
Driving Your Harley-Davidson Driving Your Harley-Davidson
F. Open the throttle about half way by turning the throttle oil mixed with the gasoline which passes into the engine crank-
control grip (1, figure 3) inward. case. The extreme simplicity of the Harley-Davidson two-cycle
G. If the transmission is not in neutral (as shown by gear engine makes it an unusually easy engine to operate and care for.
position indicator), disengage the clutch with the hand
lever (2, figure 3) and hold fully disengaged. 2. CARE OF NEW ENGINE
H. Start engine with vigorous strokes of the starter crank
(12, figure 2). Do not operate a new engine faster than 30 miles per hour
I. If engine is started with transmission in other than neutral in high gear or 20 miles per hour in second gear for the first
position, shift to neutral immediately after the engine 100 miles and 40 miles per hour in high gear for the next 400
starts for idling or to first (low) gear to get underway. miles. Below 1,000 miles, avoid running at or near top speed
for long distances. After a motorcycle has been driven its first
11. STOPPING THE ENGINE 750 miles, it should be taken to the dealer from whom it was
purchased for certain initial servicing operations with which
Stop the engine by turning the ignition-light switch to the the dealer is familiar. If it is impossible to take the motor-
off position. If the engine should be stalled or stopped in any cycle to a dealer at the mileage intervals mentioned, the owner
other way than with the switch, and is not to be started again should at least give the following outlined attention, or arrange
immediately, turn the switch off at once to prevent battery dis- to have it given, and take the motorcycle to the dealer for more
charge through the breaker points. complete servicing later on when it is convenient to do so. After
the initial servicing has been completed, the motorcycle should
be taken to the dealer for check up at regular intervals of 750
miles.
14 15
Driving Your Harley-Davidson
4. OPERATING TIPS
their probable causes will be helpful in keeping your motorcycle
A. Use unleaded gasoline if it can be obtained. When such in good operating condltlon.
gasoline. is not available, use the available gasoline that
has the least lead content. If engine starts hard:
B. In cold weather run the engine slowly until it is thoroughly
warmed up. A. Spark plug in bad condition or partially fouled.
C. Do not idle the engine unnecessarily with the motorcycle B. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment · or in need of
standing still. cleaning.
D. When the spark plug needs to be replaced, get a new C. Battery nearly discharged.
one from your Harley-Davidson dealer. He can supply D. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at
you with a new Harley- Davidson spark plug that is the coil or circuit breaker.
same as original equipment, or one with a different heat
range if required. If engine starts but runs irregularly or misses:
Experimenting with spark plugs of unproven quality and
suitability is inviting trouble. A. Spark plug in bad condition or partially fouled.
E. IMPORTANT. When coasting against engine down a long, B. Spark plug gap too close.
steep grade (longer than the equivalent of two city blocks C. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment or in need of
and so steep that engine speed is quite high) it is advisable cleaning.
to turn off the ignition and open throttle part way, rather D. Condenser connections loose.
than coasting with ignition on and throttle closed. Observing E. Water or dirt in fuel system and carburetor.
this recommendation assures good lubrication and cooling F. Gasoline tank cap vent plugged and tank airbound.
of the interior of engine while coasting.
Bear in mind that the Model 165 engine is a two-cycle If engine fails to start:
engine and its lubrication depends entirely on the oil-
gasoline mixture passed through the carburetor to the A. Gasoline tank empty.
interior of engine. B. Gasoline supply valve shut off.
Night driving, of course, does not permit turning ignition C. Gasoline line clogged.
off as lights would also be off. In this case, coast at D. Fouled spark plug.
moderate speed even though doing so requires that engine E. Circuit breaker points badly out of adjustment.
braking be supplemented by use of wheel brakes. F. Loose wire connection at coli or circuit breaker.
F. There may be occasions when theenginewilltend to reverse G. Engine flooded with gasoline as a result of over-choking.
itself and run backwards when the motorcycle is not moving
forward. This is an indication that: If spark plug fouls repeatedly:
a. The circuit breaker point gap ts set too close.
b. The circuit breaker cam is not running true. A. The wrong type of spark plug for the kind of service or
c. Engine idling speed is set too low. for type engine.
Possibly all three faults are present. Check and reset B. Oll-gasoline mixture incorrect.
point gap and increase idling speed. If condition still exists,
see your dealer. If engine overheats:
16
17
Driving Your Harley-Davidson
If engine detonates:
If brakes do not hold normally:
A. Unsuitable fuel.
B. Heavy deposit of carbon on piston head and in combustion A. Brake improperly adjusted.
chamber. B. Brake controls binding as result of improper lubrication
C. Spark plug of the wrong heat range for the type of ser- or damage.
vice involved. C. Brake linlngs impregnated with grease as result of over-
D. Defective spark plug. grease wheel hub and/ or brake operating shaft.
D. Brake linings badly worn.
If engine shows loss of power:
6. RULES OF THE ROAD
A. Muffler in need of cleaning.
B. Exhaust ports in need of cleaning. A. Keep on the right side of the road when meeting other
vehicles coming in the opposite direction.
If generator does not charge: B. Always sound your horn and pass on the left side when
passing other vehicles (except street car) going in the same
A. Brushes badly worn. direction. Never try to pass another vehicle going in the same
B. Brushes sticking in holders. direction at street intersections, on curves or when going
C. Commutator dirty or oily. up or down a hill.
D. Loose or broken wire in generator-battery circuit. C. At street intersections give the right-of-way to the vehicle
E. Voltage regulator may be at fault. Do not attempt to on your right. Do not presume too much when you have the
repair voltage regulator. If voltage regulator is sus- right-of-way; the other fellow may not know you have tt.
pected of giving trouble, take your motorcycle to the D. Always signal when preparing to stop, start or turn. If
nearest Harley-Davidson dealer. This type of work requires possible signal by extending the arm.
very special equipment. E. All traffic signs, including those used for the control of
traffic at intersections, should be obeyed promptly and to the
If carburetor floods: letter. "Slow Down" signs near schools and caution signs at
railroad crossings should always be observed and your
A. Float valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged. actions governed accordingly.
B. Dirt or other foreign matter between float valve and its seat. F. Never "crash" a light. When a change is indicated from "go"
to "stop" (or vice versa) in the traffic control systems at
If transmission shifts hard: intersections, await the change.
G. When intending to turn left, give signal at least 50 feet
before reaching the turning point. Move over to the center
A. Clutch dragging.
line of the street, (unless local rules require otherwise) slow
B. Transmission oil too heavy (winter operation).
down passing the intersection of the street and then turn
carefully to the left.
If clutch slips: H. In turning either right or left, watch for pedestrians as
well as vehicles.
A. Clutch control improperly adjusted. I. Do not leave the curb or parking area without signaling
and seeing that your way is clear to drive into moving traffic.
If clutch drags or does not release: A moving line of traffic has the right-of-way.
J. See that your license tags are installed in the position
A. Clutch control improperly adjusted. specified by law and that they are clean and clearly visible
under all conditions.
18
19
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
PART IV
1. ENGINE
A. Engine Oil
20 21
Servicing Your Harley- Davidson Servicing Your Harley- Davidson
MEMORANDA 2. TRANSMISSION
3. CHAINS
A. Front Chain
22 23
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
Under normal operating conditions, brush the dirt off and 011 the saddle hinge bolt bearing every 750 miles or oftener.
lubricate the rear chain at 750 mlle intervals. Lubricate with All control joints such as clutch and brake hand lever and brake
Harley-Davidson "Chain Saver" if available. H not avallable, control should be oiled regularly and particularly after washing
use lightest engine oil available. Under dusty, wet or muddy motorcycle or driving in wet weather, to keep all controls working
conditions, more frequent lubrication is necessary. freely. Cable housings should be oiled at their ends.
Occasionally the rear chain should have additonal lubrication.
Remove the chain from the motorcycle, and soak and wash it 6. TELE-GLIDE FORK (See figure 10)
thoroughly in a pan of kerosene. Then hang it up to allow the
kerosene to drain off. Immerse the chain for a short time in a The Tele-Gllde fork is oil-lubricated. At the top of each fork
pan of grease, heated to the consistency of light engine oil. side, in the center of the large (1-1/2 inch) hex-head cap screw is
If grease and facilities for beating are not at hand, substitute a smaller (5/8 inch) hex-head cap screw. This smaller cap screw
light engine oil. When immersed, move the chain around to be is hollow and serves as an oil measuring cup.
sure that the hot grease or oil works through all inside parts. Remove the smaller cap screws, turn upside down, fill with
Then allow the chain to drain and wipe all surplus grease or oil. Pour oil into fork sides and reinstall cap screws. One screwful
oil from its surface. Install the chain on the motorcycle and per fork side is sufficient. Lubricate fork sides at 750 mlle
inspect the connecting link and spring clip closely. Replace these intervals.
parts if necessary. Be sure the spring clip is securely locked
on the pin end. Readjust chain if necessary (see"Chassis;' Par.
1 A, Part V).
4. CHASSIS
24
25
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley- Davidson
CAUTION
7. BATTERY
CAUTION
The motorcycle should be standing straight up, not leaning C. Battery Charging Rate
on the Jiffy Stand, when adding water to the battery. Loosen the
hex nut (1, figure 11) on the battery hold-down strap at the left When charging a battery from an outside source, the
27
;:,ei·vicwg xuur naney-uavtason
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
29
28
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
B. Service
Transmission
Dec arbon cylinder ports and muffler
PART V
ENGINE
1. SPARK PLUG
Keep the spark plug (4, figure 1) clean and the gap between
the points adjusted to .025 in. to .030 in. Do not take the plug
apart for cleaning. Clean with a sand blast cleaner.
Be sure that the motorcycle is operated with the correct
heat range plug best suited to your type of riding. If in doubt,
see your Harley- Davidson dealer. 1. Control Wire Housing 8. Metering Pin
Check spark plug condition and gap ev.ery 750 miles. 2. Idling Speed Adjusting 9. Nozzle
Sleeve 10. Nozzle Holder
3 . Adjusting Sleeve Lock Nut 11. Metering Jet
2. CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENT (See figure 12) 4. Throttle Control Wire 12. Float
5. Throttle Piston Spring 13. Priming Pin
A carburetor, once properly adjusted, requires little, if any, 6. Alignment Screw 14. Throttle Piston
readjustment. Do not continually tamper with carburetor adjust- 7. Pin Retainer 15. Cap
ment. If engine does not start and run right, look for trouble else- Figure 12. Carblll'etor Cross Section
where before checking the carburetor.
30 31
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
We suggest having carburetor adjustments made by your Part IV, the engine still shows indications of irregular carburetion,
Harley-Davidson dealer. remove the carburetor and clean all parts in cleaning solvent.
When the throttle grip is turned inward, the control wire (4) Your Harley- Davidson dealer is best equipped to perform all
raises the throttle piston (14) and metering pin (8) to allow an carburetor cleaning, maintenance and adjustment operations.
increased amount of gasoline and air mixture to enter the engine.
An alignment screw (6) registers in the slot of the throttle piston 3. CIRCUIT BREAKER (See figure 13)
so that it cannot twist or turn as it moves up or down in the
carburetor body. Every second 750 mile service interval, remove the cover
over the circuit breaker and generator and check the gap between
A. Idling Speed Adjustment the contact points (13) with a .020 inch gage (wire preferred). If
it is not exactly .020 inches when the cam follower (4) is on the
Idling speed adjustment is made by means of the control wire highest point of the cam (5), adjustment is necessary. Incorrect
housing adjusting sleeve (2) which may be turned up or down in gap spacing affects ignition timing.
the carburetor cap (15) to raise or lower the closed throttle
position of the piston and the metering pin.
To adjust the closed throttle idling speed of the engine, loosen
the lock nut (3) and turn the adjusting sleeve (2) up to increase
idling speed, down to decrease idling speed. When desired idling
speed has been attained, retighten the lock nut securely.
B. Mixture Adjustment
32 33
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
To adjust the point gap, loosen the lock screw (14) and turn the contact point gap is still exactly .020 inch. If point
the eccentric adjusting screw (3) to raise or lower the adjustable gap has changed as a result of shifting contact point holder
contact point. Be sure that the cam follower (4) is on the highest assembly, reset the gap and repeat timing procedure.
point of the cam (5) and set the contact point gap at exactly G. Replace cylinder head and circuit breaker cover.
.020 in. Retighten the lock screw and again check the gap to make
sure it remains correct. 5. GENERATOR
Each time circuit breaker points are adjusted, apply two or
three drops of engine oil to felt pad that lubricates circuit breaker The generator is mounted on the right end of the crankshaft.
cam. The generator itself has no adjustment for control of charging rate.
This is controlled by the voltage regulator (1, figure 1). The
4. TIMING voltage regulator functions to increase charging rate when battery
is low or lamps are lighted, and to decrease charging rate when
Ignition timing is controlled by the circuit breaker. Correct no lamps are lighted and when battery is up. The voltage regulator
ignition timing and correct setting of circuit breaker contact requires no regular interval attention. The cutout relay is com-
point gap is absolutely necessary for proper engine operation. bined with the voltage regulator in a single unit. Should any
Original factory timing is indicated by the timing marks (6) on electrical system trouble be experienced that might be traceable
generator body and contact point holder assembly. When these to the voltage regulator, the motorcycle should be taken to your
Harley- Davidson dealer, who has the necessary electrical testing
two marks line up, timing is as lt was originally set at the factory.
equipment to give required attention.
II for any reason, retiming of the engine Is necessary, other than
by lining up factory timing marks, proceed as follows:
6. DISASSEMBLY OF CYLINDER AND MUFFLER FOR
A. Remove the circuit breaker cover and the cylinder head. "DECARBONING"
When the head is removed the cylinder will be free. Secure Carbon will tend to collect around the intake and exhaust
it to the crankcase by means of a collar or stack of washers, port of the cylinder and in the muffler of a two-cycle engine. For
the same thickness as the cylinder head, slipped over one recommended servicing interval, see Par. 10, Part IV. If motor-
of the studs and held ln place by a cylinder head nut. cycle cannot be taken to your Harley- Davidson dealer for this
B. See that the point gap is set at exactly .020 inches as service, proceed as follows:
outlined above.
C. Shift into high gear and use rear wheel to turn engine over A. Cylinder Removal and Port Cleaning. (See figure 14)
slowly in the direction in which it operates to bring piston
to top dead center position (highest position of piston). l. Remove the spark plug (1), carburetor covers (2), air
Measure exact distance from top edge of piston to top edge cleaner, gasoline line and carburetor (3), coil mounting bracket
of cylinder bore with piston in this position. bolts (4), the gasoline tank front and rear bolts (5) and the saddle
D. Then back up the engine until the top edge of the piston bracket bqlt (6). Loosen the exhaust pipe clamp (7) and pull
measures 13/64 inch below the top dead center position exhaust pipe from cylinder.
(13/64 inch plus distance measured in step C above). 2. Remove the four cylinder head nuts (8), lock washers
This is the piston position at which spark should occur. (9), and plain washers (10) which secure the head (11) to the
E. Loosen the two lock screws (1 and 7) and shift the contact cylinder (12). Remove cylinder head and cylinder head gasket (13).
point holder assembly so that the fiber cam follower (4) 3. Raise the gasoline tank sufficiently to provide clearance
is coming up on the high point of the cam (5) just far for the removal of the cylinder. Carefully slide the cylinder
enough so that the points (13) are starting to open. The from the cylinder head studs and at the same time stuff a clean
spark occurs when the points open. rag around the connecting rod so that no dirt particles can fall
F. Then retighten lock screws, turn engine until the cam into the crankcase.
follower is on the highest point of cam, and check to see
34 35
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
36 37
Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
position and bring rear end of muffler core down sharply against A. Drain the oil at the transmission case drain plug (2, figure
a block of wood (see figure 15). This will drive muffler core upward, 11). Then loosen the clamp screws on the gear shifter pedal
out of the muffler shell. and starter crank and pull them from the sleeve and shaft to
3. Soak muffler parts in carbon solvent, if available, and which they are clamped.
clean with a wire brush. Reassemble muffler making sure muffler B. Remove the five fillister head screws which secure the clutch
core is driven into muffler shell until small flare on large end of case cover to the crankcase and remove the cover, exposing
core contacts front end of shell. Reinstall the muffler assembly the clutch, engine sprocket, front chain and starter mech-
and exhaust pipe on the motorcycle. anism as shown in figure 16.
NOTE
TRANSMISSION
The need for adjusting the clutch and controls will be in-
dicated by the clutch slipping under load or dragging in released
position. In either case, the first thing to check is the adjustment
of the control.
The clutch hand lever (2, figure 3) should have 1/8 to 1/4
of its travel as free movement before the clutch starts to dis-
engage. If it does not move in toward the handle bar 1/8 to 1/4
of its movement before there is a noticeable increase in tension,
loosen the clutch push rod adjusting screw lock nut (1, figure
20) and readjust the clutch push rod adjusting screw (2, figure 20)
with a screwdriver until the lever has the required free move-
ment. Turn the screw to the right for less free movement, to the
left for more free movement of the lever. When adjustment is
correct, retighten the lock nut. 1. Clutch Case Cover Gasket 6. Starter Spring
2. Front Drive Chain 7. Starter Crank
2. CLUTCH 3. Engine Sprocket 8. Gear Shifter Pedal
4. Clutch 9. Clutch Cover Hold Down
If the clutch does not hold after making the adjustment out- 5. Clutch Case Cover Screws
lined above, it must be taken apart for inspection of the discs.
The disc fabric facings may be worn, requiring replacement Figure 16. Clutch Case Cover Removed
of discs. When the clutch must be taken apart, it is advisable to
have it serviced at a Harley- Davidson service station where any C. Insert two clutch releasing disc studs (1, figure 17) (Harley-
needed new parts are at hand. If, however, it is impossible to Davidson part No. 37902-47) through the holes in the
take the motorcycle to a Harley-Davidson dealer, proceed as clutch spring plate and screw them into the threaded holes
directed on the following page .
.18 39
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
in the clutch pressure plate. Then turn the two compression E. Do not attempt to remove the clutch shell and sprocket
nuts (2, figure 17) down on the studs against the clutch or clutch hub. (In order to do this it is necessary to remove
spring plate to compress the clutch springs. the clutch hub, clutch shell and sprocket, the engine
sprocket and front chain all at the same time. A special
puller is required to do this and the operation should be
performed by your Harley-Davidson dealer).
F. Reassemble the clutch parts in the reverse order of
disassembly, taking care to see that the discs are placed
in the proper sequence.
CHASSIS
1. CHAINS
Inspect adjustment of rear drive chain at intervals indicated
in "Servicing your Harley- Davidson", Part IV, or oftener if
necessary. No adjustment of the front chain, located inside
clutch housing, is required.
Adjust the chain so that it has about 1/2 inch free movement
up and down, midway between sprockets. Do not adjust tighter,
because running chains too tight is even more harmful than
running them too loose. As chains stretch and wear in service,
they will run tighter at one point on the sprocket than at another.
Always check adjustment at the tightest point.
Inspect the chain occasionally for links which may be in poor
condition or damaged. If any such links are found, make repairs
or replace the chain. The rear drive chain can be taken apart and
removed, after locating and taking out the spring-locked con-
necting link. The spring lock on this connecting link must be in-
stalled with the split end trailing the direction of chain travel.
1. Compression Studs 4. Steel Friction Discs The front chain is not provided with such a connecting link. There-
(Disassembly Only) 5. Fabric Faced Friction Discs fore, it is necessary to pull both the engine sprocket and clutch
2. Compression Nuts 6. Clutch Pressure Plate sprocket simultaneously in order to remove the chain. A special
(Disassembly Only) 7. Clutch Spring Plate puller is required to perform this operation and it therefore should
3. Spring Plate Retaining Ring 8. Clutch Shell and Sprocket be done by your Harley-Davidson dealer.
9. Clutch Hub At least every 750 miles lubricate the rear chain as directed
in Par. 3, Part IV.
Figure 17. Clutch Disassembled
A. Rear Chain Adjustment (See figure 20)
D. Remove the clutch spring plate retaining ring (3) and
carefully lift the clutch discs from the shell and hub. Do The rear chain is adjusted by moving the rear wheel back
not disassemble the clutch spring plate, clutch pressure to tighten the chain or forward to loosen the chain. To adjust,
plate, and springs unless it is necessary to replace some loosen the right and left rear axle nuts (9) and move the axle
of these parts. forward or back by means of adjusting nuts (8) on the axle adjusting
41
40
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
stud at each end of the axle. Turn the nuts on each side exactly
the same number of turns to maintain the alignment of the wheel.
When the adjustment has been made, retighten the two axle
nuts and check the alignment of the wheel by noting that the tire
runs about midway between the rear frame tubes, and also that
the rear sprocket runs centrally in the chain. If alignment is
incorrect, readjust as necessary. After adjusting the rear chain,
the rear brake may be too tight. Readjust the rear brake as
necessary (See "Chassis", Par 2 B, Part V).
Figure 18. Repairing Drive Chain 1. Adjusting Sleeve Lower 5. Brake Operating Lever
Lock Nut 6. Operating Lever Slotted
2. BRAKES 2. Adjusting Screw Clevis Pin
3. Adjusting Sleeve Upper 7. Brake Side Plate
A. Front Brake Adjustment (See figure 19) Lock Nut 8. Speedometer Drive Cable
4. Brake Control Housing and 9. Speedometer Drive Grease
Readjust the front wheel brake whenever required. When properly Cable Fitting
adjusted, the hand lever will move freely about one quarter of its 10. Front Wheel Axle Nut
full movement before the brake starts to take effect. If adjusted
tighter, the brake may drag. To adjust, loosen lower lock nut (1) Figure 19. Front Wheel Brake Mechanism
on control adjusting screw (2) and turn the upper nut (3) down
42 43
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
3. WHEELS
Disconnect the front brake cable (4) at the front brake operating
lever (5) by removing the cotter pin, plain washer and slotted 1. Clutch Adjusting Screw 6. Rear Wheel Brake Foot
clevis pin (6). Remove the lower lock nut (1) on the control cable Lock Nut Pedal
adjusting screw (2) and pull control cable free of brake side plate 2. Clutch Adjusting Screw 7. Rear Chain Master
(7). Disconnect the speedometer drive cable (8) by removing the 3. Rear Wheel Brake Link
grease fitting (9) and pulUng the housing from its socket. The Adjusting Nut 8. Rear Wheel Adjusting Nuts-
speedometer drive gear is a slip fit on the end of the speedometer 4. Rear Wheel Brake Rod Right Side
cable. If it comes out with the cable, be careful to see that it is 5. Rear Wheel Brake 9. Rear Wheel Axle Nut -
not lost. Remove the axle nut (10) and lock washer and loosen the Operating Lever Right Side
left fork side axle pinch bolt. Lay the motorcycle on its right side
and remove the axle. The wheel can now be removed from the fork. Figure 20. Rear Wheel Brake Operating Mechanism
Reassemble the wheel in the reverse order of disassembly. Make
sure that the brake side plate torque pin in engaged with its anchor on tts left' side and remove the rear wheel. In reinstalling the
stud. rear wheel use care to slide the slot in the brake side cover on
to the anchor stud on the frame. Be sure to adjust the chain
B. Removing the Rear Wheel (See figure 20) properly and realign the wheel, as described in a previous para-
graph "Rear Chain Adjustment".
Disconnect the chain at the master link (7), and loosen the
rear wheel adjusting stud lock nuts (8). Disconnect the brake C. Wheel Hub Disassembly
rod (4) at the operating lever (5). Loosen the axle nuts (9) far
enough so that the rear wheel adjusting studs can be removed When it is necessary to disassemble the wheel hubs to permit
from the slots at the sides of the frame. Then lay the machine
45
44
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
ELECTRICAL Accessories
Speedometer Light 1 1.5 C.P. 71090-47
1. HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT Parking Light 68165-15
3 C.P.
The head lamp is of the pre-focused type and does not require Fender Light 1 2 C,P. 68462-49
focusing, but the beam must be adjusted for direction when re-
quired. To get the greatest efficiency from the lamp, and to meet
the requirements of law, make the following adjustments in a 3. WIRING DIAGRAM KEY (See figure 21)
darkened room or at night:
B. CONDUIT (Two wires) - - Red wire with black tracer from
A. Have the motorcycle standing on a level surface about 25 feet head lamp switch (27) to junction terminal #9 on coil (10);
away from and headed toward a wall or screen upon which a black wire from horn button (7) to junction terminal #25
horizontal line exactly the same height as the lamp center has on coil.
been drawn. The motorcycle must be resting on both wheels C. CONDUIT (Four wires) -- Red wire from horn (19) to switch
and the front wheel must be in straight-ahead alignment. terminal # 1 through "G"; green wire from junction terminal
Block up the motorcycle so that it stands straight up. #18 to switch terminal #4 through "G"; yellow wire from
B. Turn on the ignltlon-light switch and setthe handle bar toggle horn (19) to junction terminal #25 on coil (10); black wire
switch in the upper-beam posltlon. Check the beam for height. from junction terminal #17 to positive terminal on coil (10),
The top of the main beam of light should register on the wall D. CONDUIT (Four wires) - - Red wire from generator terminal
or screen even with, but not higher than, the horizontal line #15 to "Gen" terminal on voltage regulator (12); green
mentioned above. wire from generator terminal #16 to "F" terminal on
C. After loosening the clamp nut b!'lhind the lamp bracket, the voltage regulator (12); yellow wire from ground terminal
lamp can be tilted up or down to properly aim it in relation #14 to voltage regulator (12) mounting bracket. Black wire
to the horizontal line and at the same time can be turned right from circuit breaker terminal #13 to junction terminal #17.
or left to direct the beam of light straight ahead.
46 47
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
49
48
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
50 51
...• I
. :t··-i· <::) , .
-"'·
,
...... l
•.
... ··~.;···. ."~ ~; -~ : ~·..: . .>
..~:- ·~.:-~~n:,.w:;?if;{,}:C\.... ~;·
l~
···~
(
GENERAL INFORMATION
This Spare Parts catalog has been prepared for your convenience
when ordering parts for Models 125, 165 and Hummer. These parts
have been listed in assembly breakdown sequence and line drawings
have been used to show these breakdowns. Consult these illustrations
when ordering spare parts so you are sure to get just what you want.
3. When ordering parts use our standard parts order blanks. The
use of these blanks will enable us to fill and ship your order
more promptly. These blanks are furnished free of charge upon
request.
TEBMS
All prices are subject to be increased by the a:lllount of any Excise
Taxes or Duties levied by the Government on these items. We carry
accounts on our ledgers only with regularly appointed dealers. All
orders received from others must be accompanied by cash in full.
Remit by money order or bank draft. Personal checks are not accepted.
All prices subject to change without notice.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Page Page
Accessories ............................... 42 JiHy Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Air Cleaner 8 Luggage Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Ammeter ................................. 40 Magneto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Auxiliary Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Battery ................................... 34 MuHlers ............................... 34
Buddy Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Carburetor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Rear Brake ................................ 16
Chains ................................... 15 Rear Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Chain Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Rims ..................................... 18
Clutch .................................... 13 Saddle .................................. 26
Clutch Control Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Safety Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Spark Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Crankcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Exhaust Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Splash Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fenders .................................. 31 Spokes ................................... 18
Fender Lamp .............................. 37 Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Flywheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Starter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Footrests .................................. 24 Switches .................................. 40
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tail Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Front Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Tanks ..........................· ........... 32
Front Brake Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Tele-Glide Fork ............................ 22
Front Fork- Old Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tools .................................... 42
Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Handlebars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Hom ..................................... 37 Wiring ................................... 38
ooQ
16652-47
~~~*
15525-55
0 16773-47
or
16773-5:5
0 22580..50 16?66-46
16766-5:5
16766-~
Seta
22001-SOA
or
22001•5:5
CYUNDIR. PISTON .AND MOTOR GASKETS
2
Part No. Price Eczch. NAME Used On
3
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
-- -- -----
2-J?OO..Sl
I
_-
23700..$3
I
.... 2.:57oo-ss
I
I
,_I
1
__ _
... -
--- -- --
23730•47
FLYWHEEJ.-SH.AFTs-t:OMHECTIHG ROD
23780-47 $ 1.50 Generator shaft oil seal cemplete . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 48 to 57-S & ST
23781-55 1.50 Magneto shaft oil seal & retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 55 to 57-Hummer
23785-48 1.00 Magneto & generator shaft oil seal only ....................... . 48 to 57
23787-47 Oil seal gasket (Replaced by 23787-47A)
23787-47A .15 Oil seal gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57
1713 .03 Oil seal screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
23985-18 .05 Sprocket shaft key ......... - . . ............................... . 48 to 57
24200-48 15.95 Connecting rod & crank pin assembly ........................ . 48 & 49-S
24200-50 15.95 Connecting rod & aank pin assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 50-S
24200-51 15.95 Connecting rod & crank pin assembly ....................... . 51 & 52-S
24200-53 15.95 Connecting rod & aank pin assembly . . . . . . . . ......... . 53 to 57
24201-47 11.50 Connecting rod with bushing . . . . . . . . ... ·- .............. . 48 & 49-S
24201-SQ 11.50 Connecting rod with bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-S
24201-Sl Connecting rod & bearing complete (Replaced by 24201-54)
24201-54 11.50 Connecting rod & bearing complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 to 57
24221-51 1.80 Piston pin needle bearing ..................................... . 51 to 57
24222-47 .60 Piston pin bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 48 & 49-S
24222-SQ .90 Piston pin bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 50-S
24251-47 2.95 Crank pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 48 to 52-S
24251-53 !.SCI Crank pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 53 to 57
24250-53 1.90 Crank pin-.002" 0. S. . . . . . .................... . 53 to 57
24252-48 2.95 Crank pin-.002" 0. S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 48 to 52-S
9201 .15 Crank pin roller-Std. (12) ......... . 48 to 57
Above rollers supplied in oversizes below:
9202 .IS Crank pin roller-.0002" 0. S. 9205 .15 Crank pin roller-.0008" 0. S.
9203 .15 Crank pin roller-.0004" 0. S. 9206 .IS Crank pin roller-.001" 0. S.
9204 .15 Crank pin roller-.0006" 0. S.
24270-48 .40 Crank pin bearing washer (2) 48 to 52-S
6760 .10 Crank pin bearing washer .............................. . 53 to 57-ST
27803-531
r ~,.0....
27800·S3 . . ~
o:r
2!>?oo-ss
CARBURETOR
27145-55 Carburetor (Replaced by 27145-SSA)
27145-SSA $ 9.50 Carburetor ........ . 55 to 57-Hur.;,mer
27150-53 Carburetor with restricted orifice (Replaced by 27150-53A)
27150-SSA 16.00 Carburetor with restricted orifice 53 to 57-ST
5
CARBURETOR-Continued
290C'I4-47A
29004-47A
29045-5.3.
6
Part No. Price Eac:h NAME Used On
CARBURETOR- Continued
~
--r- 27721·55
27722-55
2'n09-S5-~
7
Part No. Price Each ·NAME Used On
CARBURETOR- Continued
27650-47 s 2.75 No.::.de & holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
27650-53 2.75 Noz.:le & holder . . . . . . . . . . ....... 53 to 57-ST
27654-47 .05 Nozzle holder gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57-S & ST
27660-47 .55 Carburetor attaching screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
16645-47 .35 Carburetor attaching bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
16645-53 .25 Carburetor attaching bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-ST
16645-54 .35 Carburetor attaching bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 57-ST
27665~53 .55 Carburetor insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
652 .OS Carburetor channel Welch plug (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 55 to 57-Hummer
27670-SS .15 Choke friction pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27671-55 .15 Choke friction pin spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27672-55 .90 Choke shaft & lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27673-55 .40 Choke shutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . 55 to 57-Hummer
254SW .10 Choke shutter screw & lock washer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27675-55 .10 Flange gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27680-55 1.00 Carburetor float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27681-55 .15 Float lever pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 55 to 57-Hummer
27682-55 1.20 Float bowl cover . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... ........... ... . 55 to 57-Hummer
106SW .10 Bowl cover screw & lock washer (3) .. .. .. .. .. .. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27683-55 .10 Float bowl cover gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27688-55 .so Carburetor idle adjusting screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hi.lmmer
27689-55 .10 Idle adjusting screw spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57 -Hummer
2546W .07 Idle speed regulating screw . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27691-55 .10 Idle speed regulating screw spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27692-55 .65 Carburetor idle tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 tq_ 57-Hummer
27693-55 1.85 Inlet needle, spring, seat & gasket ............................ . 55 to 57-Hummer
27694-55 .05 Inlet .seat gasket . . . . . . . . . . ................................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27699-55 .65 Main adjusting screw ....................................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27700-SS .10 Main adjusting screw peeking ................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27701-55 •40 Main adjusting screw peeking nut ............................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27702-55 .75 Carburetor nozzle ............................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27703-55 .05 Nozzle gasket . . . . ..................................... . 55 to 57-H'!J,mmer
27706-57 .15 Throttle shaft spring ........................................... . 57-Hummer
27707-57 •15 Throttle shaft seal ............................................. . 57-Hummer
27708-55 1.10 Throttle shaft ......................................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27709-55 .OS Throttle shaft retaining dip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27710-55 •so Throttle lever & swivel ........................................ . 55 to 57-Hummer
27711-55 .30 Throttle lever ................................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
2540 .02 Throttle lever retaining screw ................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27712-55 .10 Throttle lever retaining washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27713-55 .30 Throttle stop lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
27714-55 •40 Throttle shutter .............................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
254SW .10 Shutter screw & lock washer (2) .............................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27715-55 .30 Throttle wire connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27716-55 ·.os Throttle wire connection retaining clip washer ................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
997 .02 Throttle wire retaining screw .................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27721·55 .45 Gasket & packing set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
27722-55 5.25 Repair parts kit .............................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
27800-53 3.80 Carburetor eover-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... . 53 to 57-ST
27801-53 3.80 Carburetor eover-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 53 to 57-ST
27803-53 .10 Carburetor cover screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 53 to 57-ST
AlR CLEANER
29004-47 Air cleaner (Replaced by 29004-47 A)
29004-47A $4.25 Air cleaner ....................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
29004-53 Air cleaner (Replaced by 29004-47 A)
29005-55 3.50 Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
2663 •03 Air cleaner screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 55 to 57-Hummer
29015-47 •40 Air cleaner clamp complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
29024-53 •95 Air cleaner end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ......... . . . 53 to 57-ST
29027-53 1.00 Air cleaner body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 53 to 57-ST
29036-53 .90 Air cleaner filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................... . 53 to 57-ST
29036-55 1.30 Air cleaner filter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ . 55 to 57-Hummer
29037-53 .25 Air cleaner filter screen (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 53 to 57-ST
29037-55 .25 Air cleaner screen (large) .................................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
29038-55 .25 Air cleaner screen (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
29040-55 •40 Air cleaner screen retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 55 to 57-Hummer
2663 .03 Air cleaner screw (2) ............. . 55 to 57-Hummer
29041-53 •10. Air cleaner spring stud .................. . 53 to 57-ST
29045-53 .95 Air cleaner valve 53 to 57-ST
6247 •OS Air cleaner spring washer ..... 53 to 57-ST
8
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
~29577-55-3
29571-55
I
29580-55 l
29582-55
~;29584:-·;
29570
29578-55 i \
29584-55
29572-55
29586-55~~
29585-55
~29577-55~
MAGNETO
9
Pcut No. Pric:e Each NAME Used On
30404-5 .
30407-50 ~ 8310 _,:;;:;
~:~=~~· ~
30404-50 \ cP
30407-50 8310
.._:. 41
. 30350-50
30~380-50.· (/
.:· 831 I
0 :·
~ 30407-50 I
I
/30404-50 I
l
'
/ ~30021:>-47 3.2660-47
3000D-47A CPT
10
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
W..UCOIL
i1775Z
31600-47 s 6.90 Spark coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
31610-53 1.80 Coil mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
1240 .10 Coil mounting bracket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
31612-47 .35 Coil nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
47330-47 1.20 Coil hanger bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
47331-50 .20 Coil hanger bracket spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 52-S
4000 .15 Coil hanger bracket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
1752 .OS Coil hanger bracket bolt nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
7634 .OS Low tension terminal nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
31617-47A 1.00 Spark plug cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
31620-47 .10 Spark plug cable terminal (coil end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
31755-53 .6S Coil terminal plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
2632 .03 Terminal plate bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
7115 .01 Terminal plate washer (2) ............................. __ ..... _. 53 to 57-ST
7608 .02 Terminal plate nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to 57-ST
32049-27 .10 Spark plug terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 54-S & ST
32301-47 1.2S Spark plug-No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
32303-47 1.25 Spark plug-No. 3 .............. _... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
32305-48 1.25 Spo:rk plug-No. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
32342-42 .OS Spark plug gasket ... .. . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . 48 to 57
11
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
34460-52
Oo
:33502-47A
34405-47
'102
356'75-471
or
35675-52
33064-55
12
Peat No. Price Each NAME Used On
13
Part No. Price Ec:u:h NAME Used. On
:'58&46-4'7
or
:864(';-51
14
Pc:ut No. Price Each Used On
~
40048-4 7 40071-4'7
~ ~ 40099-4. '7
$
4.0082-4'7
40000-4'7
40196-47
or
40195-5:3 ;s7707-53A'
;57707-54
37707-55
15
Part No. Price Each NAME Uaed On
16
Pctrt No. Price Eczch. NAME Used On
h43l0o-4"1A
I1 41-aiO·.:S.Z.
43021-47
0%'
43Q:ll...,s.:;
9851.
17
Pcut No. Price Each NAME Oaed On
9060
412oo-47 9004 nr
r·---·--- ®~
9004
I
~ 6:\~·iiii?~~=-"•
~ VJ 438?"-Sl
I 43?36-Sl 43746-SS
"------ ------,
I
01"
4373?-5?
@·~®50J ljjjjjll 1\
43727-~7 4~.,~~7
44144-51
or
44144-57
t:oOOt 00
Q/'9
ID <lD:
Ql) '
QO
<1169()..4'7
4l84o-4.'7
~@,!.
43515-51 ~
or
43515-SSA.
. 43515--47 $36.00 Front ~heel less brake 6 tire (black) .......................... . 48 to 50-S
43515-51 37.00 Front ~heel less brake 6 tire (black) ........ : ................. . 51 to 55-S & ST
43515-55 Front ~heelless tire (black) (Replaced by 43515-SSA)
43515-SSA 32..75 Front ~heel less brake & tire (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
43515-56 Front ~heelless brake & tire (black) (Replaced by 43515·56A)
43515-SSA 37.50 Front ~heel less brake & tire (black) . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 56 & 57-ST
4351$.47 41.00 Front ~heelless brake & tire (chrome) . . ........... . 48 to 50-S
43516-51 42.50 Front wheelless brake & tire (chrome) ......................... . 51 to 55-S & ST
43516-56 Front wheelless brake & tire {chrome) (Replaced by 43516·S6A)
43516-SSA 43.50 -Front ~heelless brake 6 tire (chrome) 56 & 57-ST
43604-57 26.50 Front hub & bearing assembly ... 57-Hummer
43605-47 29.50 Front hub with axle 6 bearings 48 to 50-S
43605-51 28.50 Front hub & bearing assembly 51 to 56--S & ST
43605-57 12.50 Front hub & bearing assembly . 57-ST
18
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
451()2..39
-·~4510~9
45109-30
~[1€1~ ~;)iiil"'o- 8~.ca:Q 3791
or '45103-39 7675
45109-49
?638190 45107-39 . 9980
~
~ 9961
45158~7 4513'1-ol
l}f ,9966
4514S-4S
or
45087-47
19
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
20
45'746--1'7
~ ,45::117-47 ,526
~ ,
9BSJ- ., ~ ~
712~'7·
7?52®()
45890-1'7 45885-~'7
-· ~
®@ • ""'""" 46176-<1
45n76-~ 4020 92-SO
48360..~'7~ ~
458
~ ~
~ 458~4-50
45730-47
000 0 0 0 0 0
000 000 0 8854
000000
~ <e>17-4?
~
0 0 0 08~54
ooooo 0 0 oooo
oooOOG
~457~5-4'7
45'726-47
45501-4'7
21
Part No. Price Each NAME Used. On
459:34-SZA ~ ~
.D. 4593s-su
459Z5-52A ~
45945-SlA
46054-53
459~o-~lA
45930.52
45929-55
45501-55
45501-51
CPT
45818-51
ll
46053-51
rEI
45816-51
4594?-SlA
or '7753 f!D
• • '7127 45848-51
4594?-55
~
4010
TELE·GUDE·FORK
22
Part No. Pric:e Eac:h NAME Used On
7688
e
'
2759
I. •.......,
LUGGAGE CARRtER
23
Part No. Price Ea:ch NAME Used On
F'RANIE - Continued
47~01-47 $ .45 Rear wheel adjusting screw stud (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
48317-47 1.75 Frame head bearing cup (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
48360-47 .25 Frame head upper bearing guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
49122-51
49121-51
24
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
50898-52
6591 JjJ
, @) J'-50970-52
53 1 ~ ~ 50932-51
~ 50915-52
\ 50932-51
50939-52
50017·52
=~ :~ 50946-52
50940-55
5094.0-55
50940-52
50940-52
@6591
~~OQ00?-4?
42S9f!F~\~
c.r&fiPAA«iBB
50011-49
7654
~
7796~ 50009-49 ~
/it> ~
---·- ...-:
~l
-·~
50005-4'7
.,
2"121
Cl • s ~"·· - 50901-4!.
>og~® .5093Hl
26
Part No. Price Eczch NAME Used On
52044-47
~5-47
or
52:J:.:l-55
@7040
®632'7
~ s2o:so-s·o '399E
39'75 ~
<Y"s2o2s-:so 5204Q-47
~~ ~~0
,?' '7040E32'7
'7'752
~ @7040
~~6:2'7
cr,ooo
27
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
52548-51
13974
f ~
3974~
~555-51
@6327 ,52554-51
I ®6327
3974 Jl3974
52686-51
7725 ~~ 7725
ps!l--~--~ IGf ~~..-====5=26==5·5-51
(j52655·~· ~~ ~m!
~~52674-51 .....
J
~4020 . . 4020
52652-52
,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,~ ij':',l•l\1'11111•11'''''''''
.,;;;
50940-52 52665-52
.BUDDY SEAT AND FITTINGS
28
Part No. Price Each NAME Used O:c.
LUGGAGE CARBIER
53400-47 $ 6.80 Luggage carrier complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 48 to 57
2759 •OS Luggage carrier fender bolt (2) ............... . 48 to 57
7688 •05 Luggage carrier fender bolt nut (2) ................. . 48 to 57
HANDLEBARS
HANDLEBARS
29
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
HANDLEBARS- Continued
7980 $ .30 Riser mounting screw nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 52 to 57-S & ST
56156-51 1.80 Riser cap (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 52 to 57-S & ST
2336 .10 Riser cap screw (4) ........................................... . 52 to 57-S & ST
56158-51 3.60 Riser rubber mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 52 to 57-S & ST
56160-55 •35 Riser cup washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 52 to 57-S 5 ST
56169-51 .so Riser bracket-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 57-S & ST
56170-51 .so Riser bracket-Lt. . ............................................ . 52 to 57-S & ST
56174-51 •40 Riser bracket bolt {2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 52 to 57-S & ST
7908 .15 Riser bracket bolt nut (2) .......................... . 52 to 57-S 5 ST
56210-47 Handlebar grips (Replaced by 56212~53)
56210-53 •60 Handlebar grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. .. ... .. ...... .. 55 to 57
56212-53 1.20 Handlebar grips, pcrir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
56220-47 3.00 Grip sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57
56220-50 3.00 Grip sleeve (Western Union) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-S & ST
56234-SO .20 Control actuator stop (Western Union) ......................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
56235-47 1.30 Grip retainer . . . . . . . . . . ............................... . 48 to 57
56235-49 1.30 Grip retainer-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 49 to 57-S & ST
56240-47 .20 Grip retainer screw . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57
56276-31 •05 Control coil plug screw . . . . . . . . . . .................... . 48 to 57
56350-48 3.80 Control coil & wire with plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 48 to 50-S
56350-51 3.80 Control coil & wire with plunger (rigid bars) .............. . 51 to 57-S & ST
56350-55 3.80 Carburetor control coil & wire .............................. . 55 to 57-Hummer
56351-51 3.80 Control coil & wire with plunger (R.M.) ........................ . 52 to 57-S 0. ST
56360-47 2..20 Control coil with end plug . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 48 to 50-S
56360-51 2.20 Control coil with end plug (rigid bars) . . . . . . . . . ........ . 51 to· 57-S & ST
56360-55 2..20 Control coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 55 to 57-Hummer
56362-51 2.20 Control coil with end plug (R.MJ .............................. . 52 to 57-S & ST
56369-47 .20 Control wire (rigid bars} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 48 to 57
56379-51 .25 Control wire (R.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 57-S 0. ST
56380-47 1.00 Control plunger & wire ........................................ . 48 to 50-S
56380-51 1.00 Control plunger & wire (rigid bars) ........................... . 51 to 57-S & ST
56380-55 1.00 Control plunger & wire . . . . ................................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
56382-51 1.00 Control plunger & wire (R.M.) .............................. . 52 to 57-S 0. ST
56390-47 .25 Control plunger pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
56410-47 •30 Control coil plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57
56420-47 .OS Control wire end ........................................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
56430-47 .15 Control coil ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 48 to 57
9958 •15 Control coil clamp (2) ...................................... . 50-S
WINDSHIELD PARTS
58004-47 $14..25 Windshield complete ................................... . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
58004-52 14.25 Windshield complete ..................................... . 52 to 57-S & ST
58026--48 6.90 Windshield window ........................................... . 48 to 57
58028-51 1.00 Adjustable window . . ...................................... . 48 to 57
58034..48 3..00 Inner brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 48 to 57
58036-48 2..40 Outer brace .................................................. . 48 to 57
2763 .OS Brace screw (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 48 to 57
7676 •05 Brace screw nut (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 48 to 57
58045-48 .40 Adjustable bracket clamp (2) ................................. . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
3191 .10 Adjustable bracket clamp screw (4) .......................... . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
7676 .OS Adjustable bracket clamp screw nut (4) ....................... . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
58047-47 Handlebar clamp (2) (Replaced by 58187-30)
58187-30 •so Handlebar clamp (4) ................................. . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
58050-48 1..50 Handlebar clamp stud (2) .................................... . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
58052-48 .30 Handlebar clamp stud spacer (2) ............................. . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
7804 •08 Handlebar clamp stud nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
3996 .15 Handlebar clamp bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
7753 .OS Handlebar clamp bolt nut (2) ............................ . 48 to 51-S. 55 to 57-Hummer
58060-48 1.50 Adjustable bracket (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 48 to 57
2712 .OS Adjustable bracket screw (2) ................................. . 48 to 57
7616 .OS Adjustable bracket screw nut (2) .............................. . 48 to 57
58070-48 .95 Windshield support-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 48 to 51-S, 55 to 57-Hummer
58070-52 1.75 . Windshield bracket-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................... . 52 to 57-S & ST
58071-48 .95 Windshield support-Rt. 48 to 51-S. 55 to 57-Hummer
58071-52 1.75 Windshield bracket-Rt. 52 to 57-S & ST
58015-52 4.00 Set windshield brackets 52 to 57-S & ST
3720 •10 Windshield bracket bolt {4) . . . . . .... 52 to 57-S & ST
30
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
31
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
~
59408-51
59001-51
~59886-51
CPT
59131-47
59001-47
CPT.
32
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
TANK AND
6110E;-47
TANK AND
Fuel tc:ml: valv FITTNGS
62125-55 s 5.60 F ue 1 valve knob e · ........................
· .
62141-50 .45 Fuel valve knob
Fuel val • . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. ................
(_Reserve) ....... . SS to 57-Hum •
62142-50 .45 Fuel lin:• shaft nng (2) .••.. :: •..••.•••••..•..•.. ::. . . . Late SO to 57 me.
62150-50 .20 Fuel line · · · · · · · · . . . . .. .······· Late SO to 57
62358-47 2.10
T
Fuel line .· .· .· .· .· .· · · · · · · · ·... . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57SC-S
Early
Lateto SO
b~lt
62358-50 2.10
62359-55 .55 Tank fastening .(2).. . . . . . . . . . . SLate 50 to 57-S _. s-t
3875 .10 Cont 1 to 57-H,_,...,
ank.rofastening
coil cliPsbolt . . nut.
. ·. ..
· · ..
· · .· ·. ·..· · · · · · · · · ·. 485 to 57 ••••,.e,u
7682 .10 · · · -·.. .. .... · 48 to 57
9965 .20 . .. . . .
~ 48 to 57
TOOL BOX
1/87
66001-47D
33
Part No. Price Ecrch NAME Used On
6529o-s~• ~
7035
a()" 3791
I : /
'1675 ® 0 @) Cll()
Uae 6!241-4'7.&.
65243-48
lJSE 6SS23...f'lA
~'\r)=======~~~~ t& 76?611. ~.:a>
"703-S 3791
6524I-47B "
'USE 6S200·4'1la
65200-47B
WUFFLEl AND EXHAUST PIPE
34
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
57110-49, 9851 ~
8l:a»
670.50-51
67050-47
~
67100-4'7 &
67150-47
2210 e-
or 67060-51
1202 67l9Q-55
~2~ooo
67000-SlB
or
67000-51C
35
Pc:ut No. Pric:e Each NAME Used On
~ 6'7Sll-5l
::::=:=-a&Z'JIIill-======-~ ~
67751-47
...
6815'7-22
68165-4'7
68105--20
68009-55 68085-55
36
Pcut No. Price Each NAME Used On
@ 68466-49
168465.49
68462-49
9 68464-49
37
Pczrt No. Price Each NAME Used On
69001•55
1190
aap • '1634 69024-31 a-
69038-31 ~up
69034-31 69032-31 69022-31
G) ~ @
7025
8 7608~ Qat (j ~ 7634
1229 .,021
69020..~1
HORN
WlRING
70102-55 s 1.50 Switch to head lamp cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
7013()..47 Hom switch cable (on handlebar) (Replaced by 70131-51A)
70169-55 2.00 Magneto to switch cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
70210-47 Battery ground wire (Replaced by 7021()..47A)
70250-47A Generator & timer cable (Replaced by 70250-47B)
70270-55 2.40 Tail lamp wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-Hummer
70322-48 17.50 Complete set low tension wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 52-S
Consists of:
l 70099-51 2.40 Head lamp toggle switch cable Head lamp lead wire
70135-47 .80
(R.M. bars) Switch to coil wire regulator cable
7016S.47A 4..00
70100-47 2.75 Head lamp toggle switch cable 70190·53 Battery positive wire.50
(rigid bars) 70210-47 A Battery ground wire .60
70100-51 2.75 Head lamp toggle switch cable 70250-47B Generator & timer cable
3.50
(rigid bars) 70270-47 Tail lamp wire .70
70131-51A 2.75 Hom switch cable 70285-47 .70 Tail lamp to stop light switch wire
1 70132-47 2.75 Hom wire cable 70295-47 .60 Horn to stop light switch wire
70322-53 14.75 Complete set low tension wiring ............................... . 53 to 57-ST
Consists of:
1 70099-51 2.40 Head lamp toggle switch cable 70210-47A .&0 Battery ground wire
1 70100..51 2.15 Head lamp toggle switch ca-ble 70250-47B 3.50 Generator 6 timer cable
1 70131-SIA 2.75 Hom switch cable 70270-53 .'10 Tail lamp wire
1 70132-53 .80 Hom wire cable 70285-47 .70 Tail lamp to stop light switch wire
1 70169-53A 2.10 Ignition & light switch cable 70295-47 .60 Horn to stop light switch wire
1 70190-53 .50 Battery positive wire
70550-47 .25 Generator cable rubber plug . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
70575-41 •OS Wire insulating tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................ . 48 to 52-S, 54 to 57
9902 .15 Terminal (16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
9903 •10 Terminal {9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 48 to 57-S & ST
9906 .15 Terminals ............... . 52 to 57-S 6. S'I'
9912 .15 'I'erminals ... . 48 to 57-S & ST
9919 •10 Terminals ....... . 55 to 57-Hummer
9976 •35 Horn cable clip ...... . 48 to 52-S
38
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
WlBING- Continued
j0)
70270-47 or 7027o-s~
ii
g§)a;;t@
9902 9906 '10295-47
SWITCHES
11500-36 $10.50 Ignition switch complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 48 to 57-S & ST
71502-55 3.60 Light switch . . . . ............................................. . SS to 57-Hummer
71503-55 •35 Light switch knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 55 to 57-Hummer
71504-55 .rn Light switch knob set screw ................................... . 55 to 57-Hummer
71506-36 2.75 Switch cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
2631 •03 Switch mounting screw (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
71510-36 .90 Key hole cover & rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... _ 48 to 57-S & ST
71514-36 •OS Cover rivet ................................................... . 48 to 57-S & ST
71516-36 1.20 Switch base ............................. . 48 to 57-S & ST
71517-55 •15 Light switch mounting plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 55 to 57-Hummer
2629 .03 Light switch mounting plate screw (2) .. 55 to 57-Hummer
7608 .02 Light switch mounting plate screw nut (2) 55 to 57-Hummer
71525-36 3.25 Switch mounting plate assembly .. 48 to 57-S & ST
71550-36 4.65 Contact holder & plate assembly 48 to 57-S & ST
71560-36 .55 Roller contact ... 48 to 57-S & ST
39
Part No. Price Each NAME Used. On
SWITCHES- Continued
--
2 626
2 626 '71811-26
IGNmON & UGHT SW1TCH
HORN SWITCH
~
71813-26
..
2626
71851-2£1
'70295-4'T
STOP UGMT SWITCH
40
Part No. Price Each Used 0:::~.
703~
®~ 3765
7675
<:::,) 6186
~?1098-38
1St 7220 -~..--
@
'?4450-4S
or
74455-55
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
'74SlS.48
745l5-55
or
VOLTAGE IIGULATOR
745lS-4S
< '
0
4516-55
74517-55
41
Part No. Price Ea:c:h NAME Used On
SET
'7675
® 70:SS
AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES
43315-t9 $ 1.75 Chrome hub cap (2) ........... -~ ..................... . 48 to 57
90826-57 2.50 Pair of saddlebag expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
90985-49A 3.25 Set saddlebag hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 48 to 57
91000-t9A Pair saddlebags (Replaced by 9100CJ...49B)
91000-t9B 19.75 Pair saddlebags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57
91001-53 Saddlebag-Rt. (Replaced by 91001-53A)
91001-53A 9.95 Saddlebag-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . .. 48 to 57
91002-53 Saddlebag-Lt. (Replaced by 91002-53A)
91002-53A 9.95 Saddlebag-Lt. . .............................................. . 48 to 57
91585-t9 1.50 Reflex lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 48 to 57
91586-49 1.10 Front license plate holder ..................................... . 49 to 57
91589-49 .30 Front license plate clip ........................................ . 49 to 57
91675-51 1.25 Speedometer illuminator complete . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 51 & 52-S
91675-53 1.25 Speedometer illuminator complete ...... . 53 to 57-ST, 55 to 57-Hummer
91"115-51 2.95 Spark plug holder . . . ................... . 51 to 57
TOOLS
64200-55 $ 6.95 Tool box & fittings with tools 55 to 57-Hummer
Consists of:
1 64202-47 5.90 Tool box complete 1 94501-44 1.40 ~1c."& ¥.!-" double end wrench
1 64300-47 2.30 Tool box cover 1 94572-47 .25 Spark plug socket handle
1 64371-55 .35 Tool box bracket 1 94575-47 1.00 Spark plug socket
1 64372-55 .10 Tool box bracket spacer (2) 1 95001-12 .95 Combination ,pliers
1240 .10 Tool box bracket screw {2) 1 95002-45 .30 Screw driver
7638 .OS Tool box bracket screw nut (2) 1 95002-SS .40 Phillips recessed head screw driver
94500-47 .80 :~ · · open end wrench 1 95020-38 2.50 Chain tool assembly
42
Part No. Price Ea:c:h NAME Used On
TOOLS- Continued
•94575-4"1
TOOLS
Part Priee
No. Ea:c:h NAME No. Each NAME
COTTER PINS
510 S .005 ;1.,.. x lh" Cotter pin 528 $ .005 %2" x :~" Cotter pin
512 .DOS n~" x %"Cotter pin 531 .01 %2" x %" Cotter pin
920 .03 4w4S N.F. x lh'' Fillister head screw 1375 .OS %." 20 N.C. x l=Yt 6 " Phillips recessed fillister
4
990 .02 6-32 N.C. x %6" Fillister head screw head screw
1001 .02 6-32 N.C. x Jh" Fillister head screw 1414 .10 1;4"-20 N.C. x 1'/s" Phillips recessed fi!lister
1040 .03 8-32 N.C. x 1%4" Fillister head screw head screw
1047 .D3 8-32 N.F. x '%" Fillister head screw 1420 .10 1,4'' -20 N.C. x !3~~2" Phillips recessed head
1050 .03 8-32 N.C. x l,4" Fillister head screw screw
1063 .03 8-32 N.C. x %" Fillister head screw 1713 .03 8-32 N.C. x ~l<>" Flat recessed head screw
1187 .03 10-24 N.C. x %" Fillister head screw 1715 .03 8-32 N.C. x 7ftG" Self tapping flat head screw
1190 .03 10..32 N.F. x %" Fillister head screw 1810 .OS 12-24 N.C. x lh" Flat head screw
120S
1214
1229
.03
.10
.OS
10-24 N.C. x *"
10-24 N.C. x%" Fillister head screw
Fillister head screw
10-32 N.F. x 1" Fillister head screw
2210
2336
2626
.OS
.10
.03
10-32 N.F. x lh" Oval head neck screw
14"-20 N.C. x l7k.4" Oval head screw
8-32 N.C. x lh" Round head screw
43
Part Price Part Price
No. Each NAME No. Each NAME
PLAIN WASHERS
6011 $ .05 %2" x lo/64" x '¥.!2" Brass washer 6221 S .OS 1,4" x lh" x lAc" Plain steel washer
6051 .OS lh" x ~1.6" x ~2" Plain steel washer 6240 .OS l,f,'' x %~" x lAe" Plain steel washer
6105 .05 %:( x %6'' x lo/64" Plain steel washer 6321 .OS %6" x'%," x l;i~" Plain steel washer
6156 .OS 1%4_." x %" x lh2" Brass washer 6413 .OS 2%4:" x 5Jf64" x lh<S" Plain steel washer
6161 .05 %2" x %" x ;.&4" Plain steel washer 6S21 .OS 291M" x ll,S" x ~32" Plain steel washer
6119 .05 %.6" x %" x '¥.32" Insulating washer 6543 .10 3lf64" x -%,." x lf64" Plain steel washer
6182 .OS o/te" x'*G" x %2" Plain steel washer 6591 .05 331M" x l'lk'" x%2" Plain steel washer
6201 .OS %2" x ~&4" x %2" .Canvas washer
LOCK WASHERS
7021 $ .01 No. 10 Spring lock washer 1035 $ .01 :14" Springlock washer
1025 .01 No. 10 Spring lock washer 1040 .01 o/1.~"
S:pring lock washer
7030 .01 No. 12 Spring lock washer 1055 .D2 %6" Spring lock washer
NUTS
7560 s .02 4-48 N.F. x %2" x 2,4" Hexagon nut 1683 s .10 1,4"·28 N.F. flexloc nut
1608 Jl2 8-32 N.C. x %4." x :;is" Hexagon nut 1688 .OS l,4"-20 N.C. x l,4" x l;2" Hexagon nut
1612W .10 8-36 N.F. flexloc nut 1691 OS 1,4"-24 N.S.x%2"x%s" Hexagon nut
7620 .02 10-24 N.C. x lk" x %" Hexagon nut 1125 .10 %s"-24 N.F. flexloc nut
7634 .OS 10-32 N.F. x l,.S" x %s" Hexagon nut 1144 .OS o/J.e"-24 N.F. x ~tie" x lk" Hexagon nut
7638 .OS 10-32 N.F. x 'k" x %" Hexagon nut 1152 .OS %e":.24 N.F. x 17;'64" x l/2' Hexagon nut
7854 .05 12-24 N.C. x%2" x %e" Hexagon nut 1153 .OS o/J.e"-24 N.F.xlo/64"xlh" Hexagon nut
7675 .OS 1,4"-28 N.F. x i1.6" x 'i;l~" Hexagon nut 1189 .OS %"-24 N.F. x l,4" x 'i6" Hexagon nut
7676 .OS 1,4"-28 N.F. x o/J.e" x %.-;"Hexagon nut 7804 .OS %"-24 N.F. x lA," x %6" Hexagon nut
(chrome) 1839 .1S %6"-20 N.F. x lh" x %" Hexagon nut
7682 .10 %"-28 N.F. flexloc nut 1859 .IS 7!J.f!"-20 N.F. x %" x*" Hexagon nut
BIVETS
8309 $.o2 %" x %2" Tubular rivet 8496 S.D2 %2" x lh" Round head rivet
8310 .02 'k" x ~s" Tubular rivet 8513 .D2 %~" x %" Round head rivet
8429 .02 %2" x lk" Round head rivet 851S .D2 o/J.<S" x %" Truss head rivet
8430 .02 %2" x JA" Round head rivet 8600 .03 %2" x lltJ.~" Round head rivet
STEEL BALLS
8854 s .02 ~s" Steel ball 8860 SJJ3 ~e" Steel hall
BEABJNG
9004 $2.40 .4724" X 1.2598" X .3937" Ball bearing 9015 S4.1S .7874" x 1.6535" x .3543'' Ball bearing
900'1 2.40 .5906" x 1.378" x .433" Ball bearing 9060 1.9S Needle bearing
9008 2.40 .6693" x 1.5748" x .4724" Ball bearing
44
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS
Part No. Page I Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page
i
11400 23 2.3750-47 3 27525-47 7 29572-55 9
16050-55 2 23780-47 2 27525-53 7 29574-55 9
16051-53A 2 3 27527-47 7 29575-55 9
16051-53B 2 4. 27528-47 7 29577-55 9
16525-55 2 23781-55 3 27535-47 7 29578-55 9
16527-47 2 4 27536-4? 7 2.9580-55 9
16527-53A 2 23785-48 4 2 7 57 0-4 '/ 7 29581-55 9
16537-53 2 237A7-47 4 27570-53 7 29582-55 9
16600-55 2 237A7-47A 2 2 7 5 '(5-4 7 7 29583-55 9
16645-4? 2 3 275'"15-53 7 29584-55 9
8 4 27577-47 7 29585-55 9
16645-53 2 23985-18 4 27577-53 7 29586-55 9
8 11 27580-4"'1 7 29587-55 9
16645-54 2 lc 27582-47 7 29588-55 9
8 24200-48 4 275?4-47 7 30000-47A 9
16652-47 2 24200-50 4 27586-47 7 30000-50 9
16652-53 2 24200-51 4 27612-47 7 30010-47 9
16765-47 2 24200-53 4 27612-53 7 30015-47 9
3 24201-47 4 27614-47 7 30020-47 9
16765-53 2 24201-50 4 27614-53 7 30100-47A 9
3 24201-51 4 27620-47 7 30100-476 9
16766-48 2 24201-54 4 27620-53 7 30101-48 9
16766-53 3 24221-51 4 27650-47 H .30101-50 9
16766-55 3 24222-4'"/ 4 27650-53 8 .30200-48 9
16773-47 2 24222-50 4 27654-47 8 .30200-50 9
3 24250-53 4 27660-47 8 .30211-48 9
16773-53 3 24251-47 4 27665-53 8 30211-50 9
22001-47 3 24251-53 4 27670-55 8 30227-47 9
22001-50A ::; 24252-48 4 27671-55 8 :30269-47 9
22001-53 3 24270-48 4 27672-55 8 30269-50 10
22002-47 3 24495-47 4 27673-55 8 .30350-47 10
22002-SOA 3 24495-53 4 27675-55 8 .30350-50 10
22002-53 3 24496-55 4 27680-55 8 30380-47 10
22003-47 3 24502-48 4 27681-55 8 .30380-50 10
22003-50A 3 24502-53 4 27682-55 8 .30400-47 10
2 2 0 0.3-5 3 3 24502-55 4 27663-55 8 .30404-47 10
22005-47 3 24507-48 4 27688-55 8 .30404-48 10
22005-50A 3 24507-53 4 276FI9-55 8 .30404-50 10
22005-53 3 24507-55 4 27691-55 8 30407-50 :10
22006-50 ::; 24571-47 3 27692-SS 8 30501-47 10
22006-53 3 5 27693-55 8 30505-47 10
22007-50 3 24573-47 5 27694-55 8 30507-47 :10
22007-53 3 24574-47 5 27699-55 8 30511-47 10
22008-50 3 24577-47 5 27700-55 8 30524-47 :10
22340-47 3 24583-51 5 27701-55 8 .30605-48 10
22340-53 3 24811-53 5 27702-55 H 30750-47 :11
22342-47 3 25406-47 5 27703-55 b 30900-47 11
22.342-53 3 25411-47 2 27706-57 8 30900-50 11
22344-47 ::; 3 27707-57 H 31600-47 11
22.344-5.3 3 5 27708-55 8 31610-53 11
22346-47 3 25451-47 5 27709-55 8 31612-47 11
22346-53 3 25453-47 5 27710-55 8 31617-47A :11·
22347-48 3 2S7o0-47 5 27711-55 B .31620-47 11
22347-53 3 25700-55 5 27712-55 8 31755-5.3 :11
22348-48 3 25705-47 5 27713-55 8 32049-27 11
2234S-53 3 25710-47 5 27714-55 8 32301-47 11
22349-48 3 25711-55 5 27715-55 8 32303-47 11
22580-47 3 25712-55 5 27716-55 8 32305-48 11
22560-50 3 25715-47 5 27721-55 8 .32342-42 11
22586-47 3 27145-55 5 27722-55 8 32660-47 10
22586-50A ::; 27145-55A 5 27800-53 8 32661-47 10
22586-53 3 27150-53 5 27A01-53 H :32669-47 11
2 2·s e 7-4 7 3 27150-53A 5 27A03-53 8 32726-47 11
22587-50 3 2'7151-47 7 29004-47 ~ 32731-47 11
2:3700-47 3 27151-53 7 2 9 0·0 4-4 7 A 8 3:3064-47 11
2.3700-50 3 27151-53A 7 29004-53 8 33064-55 ~1
23700-51 3 27412-55 7 29005-55 8 33072-47 11
23700-53 :; 27413-53 3 29015-47 ~ 33500-47 11
23700-55 3 7 29024-53 8 33502-47 11
23722-50 3 27413-54 3 29027-53 8 33502-47A 11
23722-53 3 7 29036-53 8 33504-47 11
23730-47 3 27413-55 7 29036-55 8 33506-47 11
2.37.35-47 3 27451-53 7 29037-5:3 8 .33508-47 11
2:3735-47A 3 27451-54 7 29037-55 ~ .33530-47 11
2.3738-47 ;s 27500-47 7 29036-55 8 33530-476 11
23738-4?A 3 27500-53 7 29Cl40-5S e 3 3 53 4 -.:::'I 12
23739-55 3 Z7500-53A 7 29041-53 f~ 33536-47 12
23741-47 3 27505-47 7 29045-53 8 33540-47 12
23743-47 2 27505-53 7 29501-55 9 3 3 54 2 - 4 ~, 12
3 27506-47 7 29539-55 9 .33544-47 12
23745-47 3 27509-47 7 29570-55 9 3.3546-47 12
23749-47 3 2 7 52 0-4 '/ 7 2 9 5 'I l -55 s 3 4 3 2 p. - 4 '"( 1.2
45
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS
Part No. Page Part No. Page I
!
Part "No. Page Part No. Page
46
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS
Part No. Page Part No. Paqe Part No. Page Part No. Page
47
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS
Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page
48
POPULAR ACCESSORIES FOR HARLEY-DAVIDSON. SINGLES
••••••••••••••••••••••••••
WINDSHIELD
58004-52
lcte 125-165 • $14.25 CHROME HUB CAP FENDER TIPS
58004-47 43315-49-125- 59400-51-1 2 5- FENDER LAMP
125-HUMMER $14.25 165-HUMMER $1.75 1 65-HUMMER $5.50 68450-49-125-165 • $4.75
SPLASH SHIELDS
BUDDY SEAT 125-1 65-HUMMER SADDLEBAG HANGERS SADDLEBAGS
52500-52-1 25- Top 58770-51 $5.25 90985-49A-125- 91000-498-125-
165-HUMMER • • $32.00 Bot. .49119-51 $9.75 1 65-HUMMER $3.25 165-HUMMER • . $1 9.75
LE
TWO CYCLE ENGINES
Two cycle oil is sealed in Y2 pint cons designed for ecsy filling-
to provide just the right mixture for every tonk full of gasoline.
Gos and oil blend quickly into a dean-burning mixture essential
for long engine life.
CASES OF 24 QUARTS
99800·1 Regular Heavy Oil (105) ••••..•••••••••.••••••••• $ 9.95
99800-M Medium Heavy Oil (75). . • • . • . • • • . • • • . . . . • • • • • • • • 9.95
99800-SL Special Light Oil (58W) .......................... 14.95
99800·MR Medium Heavy Racing Oil (75R)................... 10.50
99800-RR Regular Heavy Racing Oil (1 05R). . • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • 1 0.50
30 GALLON DRUM
Regular Heavy Oil (105} ......................... $42.50
Medium Heavy Oil (75) .......................... 42.50
54 GALLON DRUM
99810-1 Regular Heavy Oil ( 1 OS}. ........................ $72.00
99810-M Medium Heavy Oil (75) .......................... 72.00
1952 "K" - 45" Twin Black, Persian Red, and Rio Blue. For extra
lntrodution! charge, an optional color of Bronco Bronze
Metallic was available.
1954 "KH" - 55" Twin Pepper Red, Glacier Blue, Forest Green,
Daytona Ivory, Anniversary Yel.low; Black
1955 "KH" & "KHK." * Pepper Red, Atomic Blue, Anniversary Yellow,
Aztec Brown, Black
1956 "KH" & "KHK" *·: Pepper Red w/White Tank Panels, Atomic Blue
w/Champion Yellow Tank Panels, Champion
Yellow w/Biack Tank Panels, Black ·
w/Champion Yellow Tank Panels
Modell
99464-52
INTRODUCTION
This handbook has been designed to give you the information you
will want and need to know to operate your Harley-Davidson, and to
give it the kind of care which will enable it to serve you dependably
and faithfully through many thousands of miles of service. Follow
~e instructions carefully and you will be assured of the best perform-
ance that your motorcycle can give.
This handbook is intended for the rider only and therefore does
not cover the overhaul of such major units as the engine, generator,
and transmission. Work of this kind requires the attention of a skilled
motorcycle mechanic and the use of special tools and equipment. Your
Harley-Davidson dealer has the facilities, experience~ and genuine
Harley-Davidson parts which are necessary to properly render this
valuable service.
CONTENTS
Section Page
Specification . .. 5
Operation .... 7
Lubrication 0 . . . 18
Maintenance 0 .. . . 25
Electrical System 0 .. 0 . 54
1
Figure 1. Left Side View
2. Transmission Compartment 34. Front Wheel Axle Pinch Bolt 42 . 1iffy Stand
and Front Chain Compartment Nut 43. Cushion Spring Adjusting Cam
Oil Filler Plug 35. Left Fork Side Drain Plug 44. Rear Axle
3. Brake Foot Pedal 36. Voltage Regulator 45.- Rear Wheel Left Side Adjusting
4. Carburetor Choke Lever 37. Generator Stud Nut
30. Gasoline and Shut-off and 38. Gasoline Line 46. Rear Wheel Left Side Adjusting
Reserve Supply Valve 39. Ignition Timing Inspection Stud Lock Nut
31. Saddle Bar Lock Plunger Hole Plug 47. Rear Wheel Left Side Adjusting
32. Tool Box 40. Stop Lamp Switch Adjusting Stud
33. Rear Wheel Cushion - Shock Screw 48. Carburetor Air Cleaner
41. Stop Lamp Switch
~ 53; ~ 23 5p 5i! ~8
I i i
I
\ I !
! I
i l
21. Gear Shift Foot Pedal 57. (cont.) Cap Screw 64. Brake Anchor Shoe Centering
23 . Oil Tank Cap 58. Right Fork Side Drain Plug Cap Screw
24. Starter Crank Pedal 59. Rear Wheel Right Side Adjust- 65. Cushion Spring Adjusting Cam
51. Tail and Stop Lamp ing Stud 66. Oil Tank Drain Plug
52. Rear Brake Rod Adjusting Nut 60. Rear Wheel Right Side Adjust~ 67. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting
53 . Rear Wheel Cushion - Shock ing stud Lock Nut Screw
54. Oil Tank 61. Rear Wheel Right Side Adjust- 68. Ignition Circuit Breaker
55. Horn ing Stud Nut 69. Front Exhaust Valve Cover
56. Front Brake Adjusting Sleeve 62. Rear Axle 70. Front Axle Nut
57. Brake Anchor Shoe Centering 63. Rear Axle Nut 71. Front Axle
HARLEY -DAVIDSON RIDER'S HANDBOOK
MODEL K
SPECIFICATIONS
SERIAL NUMBER
COMPRESSION RATIO 6. 5 to 1
LICENSE DATA
Number of cylinders . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 2
4 . ··21 Bore . . . . . . . . . • . . (69. 85 mm.) 2-3/4 inches
3· Stroke . . . . • . . . . . (96. 85 mm.) 3-13/16 inches
2 . Piston displacement . ..
' . (739. 46 c. c.) 45. 12 cu. inches
I· Horsepower (N.A.C.C. Rating) . . . . . 6. 05
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • 55-l/2 inches
CAPACITIES
Engine sprocket . . . . 30
Clutch sprocket • . . . 59
Figure 3. Top View Countershaft sprocket 21
Rear wheel sprocket 51
1. Left Side Foot Rest 12. on Signal Light
2. Transmission Compartment 13. Generator Signal Light GEAR RATIOS
and Front Chain Compartment 14. Speedometer
Oil Filler Plug 15. Ignition Switch Low gear . ·. 12.37 to 1
3. Rear Brake Foot Pedal 16. Right Fork Side Cap Screw Second gear • • 8. 74 to 1
4. Carburetor Choke Lever 17. Steering Damper Adjusting Third gear • • 6. 21 to 1
5. Horn Button Knob Fourth gear . 4. 77 to 1
6. Spark Control Grip 18. Gas Tank Cap
7. Headlamp High and Low Beam 19. Front Brake Hand Lever Use third gear when accelerating and when cruising so slowly that
Control Switch 20. Throttle Control Grip engine labors in fourth gear.
8. Clutch Hand Lever 21. Gear Shift Foot Pedal
9. Left Fork Side Cap Screw 22. Right Side Foot Rest
10. Light Switch 23. Oil Tank Cap
11. Headlamp 24. Starter Crank Pedal
5
Operation
OPERATION
TIRE DATA
OPERATING CONTROLS
Solo rider only Front Rear
19 x 3. 25 inch tire 20 lbs. 22 lbs. Gasoline Shut-off and Reserve Supply Valves (See figure 4.)
-r:he tire inflation pressures given are based on rider weighing ap- The main tank and reserve shut-off valves are located on the left
proximately 150 lbs. When this load is exceeded by 50 lbs. or more, side, in bottom of gas tank to rear of center. There are two handles;
increase tire pressure as follows: For each 50 lbs. of overload, in- one is marked "RESERVE" and the other is unmarked. Gasoline to
crease pressure of rear tire 2 lbs. ; front tire 1 lb. carburetor is shut "OFF" when both handles are in horizontal position.
Turning "UNMARKED" handle to vertical position turns "ON" main
gasoline supply; turning "RESERVE" handle to vertical position turns
"ON" reserve supply.
Gas tank holds slightly over four and one half U. S. gallons.
Approximately one quart of this is retained in the tank for reserve
supply when the "RESERVE" shut-off valve remains in the horizontal
position.
Gasoline
Turn the, spark control grip (6, fig. 3) inward to advance spark;
turn outward to retard spark. Fully advanced is the proper normal
running position. When the engine is laboring under a hard pull, re-
tard part way for better performance and to avoid knocking.
Turn the throttle control grip (20, fig. 3) outward to close throttle;
turn inward to open throttle.
6
7
Operation Operation
The gear shifter pedal (21, fig. 3) is located on the right side
where it may be conveniently operated with the toe of the right foot.
Complete instructions for shlftlng are given under caption "SHIFTING MAIN/-·::.
GEARS". SUPPLY
(OFF)
Shifting Gears
9
8
Operation Operation
The horn (55, fig. 2) is operated by the horn button on left handle Starting Cold Engine
bar (5, fig. 3). Tone may be set at the desired pitch by turning the
adjusting screw in the back of the horn. 4. The carburetor choke lever is located to rear and approximately
center· of carburetor air cleaner. Move choke lever all the way
OIL AND GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHTS (See figure 5.) down to the fully closed (prime) position.
5. Open throttle and with ignition switch "OFF", kick the starter down
Signal lights are located on top of headlamp body. The right signal once or twice to prime the cylinders.
light indicates whether or not generator is charging. The left signal 6. Set the choke lever at the one half closed position in mild weather,
light indicates whether or not oil is circulating through engine. Light or three quarter or fully closed position In cold weather.
"ON" indicates not functioning; light "OFF" indicates functioning.
10 11
Operation Operation
12 13
Operation Operation
At First 1500 Miles OPERATING TROUBLES
1. Check condition of oil tank to determine if oil change is needed. The following check list of possible operating troubles and their
2. Check level of otl in transmission and front chain compartments probable causes will be helpful in keeping your motorcycle in good
and add oil if needed. Use the same grade of oil uo:;ed in engine. operating condition.
3. Lubricate all points indicated for 750 mile attention under
II LUBRICATION".
If engine starts hard:
4. Lubricate wheel hubs at 1500 intervals as indicated under t. Spark plugs in bad condition or partially fouled.
"LUBRICATION". 2. Clrcult breaker points out of adjustment or in need of cleaning.
5. Oil controls and parts listed under "OIL APPLICATIONS" 3. Battery nearly discharged.
in Lubrication Section. 4. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at coil or
6. Check adjustment of rear chain and adjust if necessary. (See circuit breaker.
"Care and Adjustment of Drive Chains" in Maintenance Sec- 5. Carburetor not adjusted correctly.
tion.)
7. Clean and lubricate rear chain. If engine starts but runs irregularly or misses:
8. Check all nuts, bolts and screws and tighten any found loose. 1. Spark plugs in bad condition or partially fouled.
9. Check level of battery solution and add distilled water if needed. 2. Spark plug gap too close or too wide.
3. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment or in need of cleaning.
HIGH SPEED OPERATING TIPS 4. Condenser connections loose.
5. Battery nearly discharged.
Develop the habit of frequently snapping the throttle shut for an in- 6. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at coil or
stant when running at high speed. This draws additional lubrication to circuit breaker.
pistons and cylinders, and helps cooling. 7. Water or dirt In fuel system and carburetor.
In cold weather run engine slowly until tt is thoroughly warmed up, 8. Gasoline tank cap vent plugged and tank air bound.
to avoid possible damage to pistons, rings and other parts before oil is 9. Carburetor not adjusted correctly.
warm enough to circulate freely.
An engine run long distances at high speed must be given closer than If engine falls to start:
ordinary attention to avoid overheating and possible consequent damage. 1. Gasoline tank empty.
Have the engine checked regularly and keep it well tuned up. Valve 2. Gasoline valve shut off.
seating and good compression is particularly important, and the car- 3. Gasoline line clogged.
buretor should be adjusted moderately rich rather than lean. Inspect 4. Discharged battery or loose or broken battery terminal connection.
spark plugs often for good condition. This applies particularly to a Check by turning light switch "ON".
motorcycle equipped with handle bar windshield. 5. Fouled spark plugs.
Don't idle engine unnecessarily with motorcycle standing. 6. Circuit breaker points badly out of adjustment.
After a new engine has gone through its slow and moderate speed 7. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at coil or
running-in period, if it is then usually driven at high speeds, colder circuit breaker.
than original equipement plugs may be needed. This will be indicated by 8. Clutch slipping and starter not turning engine over.
overheating, loss of power, excessive knocking, and blistering of plug 9. Sticking valves, or tappets too tight.
core tips. Disregard for these indications of the need for coldel' plugs 10. Engine flooded with gasoline as a result of overchoking.
may result in damage from overheating.
When plugs need to be replaced, get new plugs from your Harley-
Davidson dealer. He can supply you with the type of plug best suited to
your requirements. Experimenting with plugs of unproven quality and
suitability is inviting trouble.
14 15
Operation Operation
If vibration is excessive:
1. Cylinder bracket loose or broken.
2. Engine mounting bolts loose.
If carburetor floods:
1. Float set too high.
2. Float valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged.
3. Dirt or other foreign matter between float valve and Its seat.
16 17
Lubrication
Lubrication
LUBRICATION
ENGINE OIL
The oil tank capacity is 3 quarts. About two and one quarter inches
from top of filler opening is considered full. Don't fill above this level,
as the tank needs some air space. Tighten the cap securely to prevent
leakage. The oil signal light in the top of head lamp indicates oil cir-
culation. See "Oil and Generator Signal Lights" in the Operation Section.
on mileage normally varies from 250 to 500 miles per quart depending
on the nature of service, fast or moderate driving, and how well the
engine Is kept tuned up. If mileage is not within this range, see your
dealer about it.
Remove tank cap and check oil supply not more than 350 miles after
each complete refill.
When a new engine has run its first 750 miles, and normally in warm
or hot weather and in average service, at about 2000 mile intervals
thereafter, completely drain oil tank of used oil and refill with fresh
oil. If service is extremely hard, or dusty service on dirt roads or in
competition, drain and refill at shorter intervals. Draining should be
done after a run while oil is hot. It is not necessary to drain the crank-
case as it does not accumulate used oil. At the time of the first 750 Figure 6. Bottom View of Engine
mile oil change, and along with at least every second oil change there-
after, thoroughly flush and clean out tank with kerosene to remove any 1. Engine Drain Plug
sediment and sludge that may have accumulated. Your dealer has facil- 2. Transmission Compartment and Front Chain Compartment
ities for quick flushing and cleaning of oil tank. Oil Drain Plug
2A. Transmission Compartment and Front Chain Compartment
Oil Level Gauge
3. Oil Signal Light Switch
4. Oil Pump
19
18
Lubrication Lubrication
Winter Caution
20 21
Lubrication
Lubrication
Dry transmission and chain compartments hold a little less than one
Every 750 Miles
and one half pints of oil when filled to correct oil level.
After the first 750 mile drain and refill, draining will only be nec-
Rear brake operating shaft
essary at the time seasonal change is made. Front brake operating shaft
Transmission and chain compartment oil level should be checked
every two weeks or every 1000 mtles, whichever comes first. Rear brake crossover shaft
Clutch push rod release worm
Foot shift lever
REAR CHAIN
Seat bar roller
Seat bar bolt
Under dry, hard surface road operation, brush offdirt and lu?,rica~e
Kick starter shaft
at 500 to 750 mile intervals. Lubricate with Harley-Davidson Cham
Saver" if available. If not available, use the lightest engine oil obtainable.
Every 1500 Miles
Occasionally the chain should have additional lubrication as follows:
Remove chain from motorcycle. Soak and wash thoroughly in a pan
Front wheel hub
of kerosene. After removing chain from kerosene, hang it up for a time
Rear wheel hub
to allow kerosene to drain off. Immerse for a short time in a pan of
grease heated to consistency of light engine oil. If grease and facilities
Remove and grease handle bar grip spirals, with fresh grease,
for heating are not at hand, substitute light engine oil. While immersed,
twice a year, or when operation of grips indicates lubrication is
move chain around to be sure that hot grease or oil works through all
necessary.
inside parts. After removing from hot grease or oil, allow chain to
Be careful about over-greasing wheel hubs, and rear brake oper-
drain and wipe all surplus grease or oil from surface of chain. Install
ating shaft, as excess grease working out of these bearings not only
chain on motorcycle. Inspect connecting link and spring clip closely for
develops a messy condition, but is also likely to get onto brake linings,
.bad condition. Replace if at all questionable. Be sure spring clip is
which will greatly reduce efficiency of brakes.
properly and securely locked on pin ends.
Pack frame head bearings with fresh grease every 50,000 miles.
CHASSIS LUBRICATION
Armature Bearing-Commutator End
Use Harley- Davidson "Grease All" Grease for all greasing require-
To lubricate this bearing it is first necessary to remove the gen-
ments.
erator end cover. The bearing can then be oiled through hole in bearing
All chassis bearings requiring frequent applications of grease are
cover, or bearing cover can be removed to permit greasing. Lubricate
provided with grease gun fittings. Locations and suggested greasing in-
every 5000 miles or at least once a year. If not convenient to lubricate
tervals follow. wiUt grease at specified intervals, at least lubricate with a few drops
of motor oil. Be careful not to over-lubricate as excess oil or grease
may work out and get onto commutator and brushes. It is recommended
that your motorcycle be taken to a Harley-Davidson dealer for this
attention.
Generato'r drive end bearing requires no attention as it is lubricated
by the oil that circulates through engine.
22
23
Lubrication Maintenance
The following control connections and parts should be olled regularly SPARK PLUGS
and particularly after washing motorcycle or driving in wet weather, to
keep all controls working freely. Keep plugs clean and the gap between the points adjusted to .025-in.
to .030-in. Do not take the plugs apart for cleaning. Clean with a sand
Rear brake rod clevis pin (at both ends of brake rod) blast cleaner, found in nearly every service station.
Front brake rod clevis pin
Hand brake lever clevis and brake cable at both ends of housing CARE AND ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE CHAINS
Hand clutch release lever clevis and clutch release cable at both ends
of housing After a new motorcycle has run tts first 750 miles inspect the adjust-
Throttle control wire at carburetor ment of both front and rear chains and readjust them as necessary.
Spark control wire at distributor Thereafter, check the adjustment of front chain every 2000 miles. Check
Seat posts the adjustment of rear chain every week, if motorcycle is used daily.
The rear chain requires more frequent readjustment because it is not
enclosed and depends on manual lubrication. If chain readjustment is neg-
lected and chains are allowed to run loose enough to strike chain com-
partment and chain guard, motorcycle will run jerkily at low speeds and
there will be excessive wear of chains and sprockets. On the other hand,
running chains too tight is even more harmful than running them too
loose. Therefore, never readjust chains tighter than specified in the
following adjusting instructions. Some slack is necessary for smooth
operation and long chain life. As chains stretch and wear in service,
they wtll run tighter at one point on the sprockets than at another; always
check adjustment at the tightest point.
Inspect chain occasionally for links in bad condition. If any are found,
make repairs or renew the chain. The rear chain can be taken apart and
removed after locating and taking out the spring-locked connecting link.
The front chain should also be inspected for links in bad condition
each time the chain cover must be removed to permit readjustment or at
intervals not exceeding 5000 miles. The front chain has no removable
connecting llnk as the rear chain has, therefore, removing and replacing
front chain requires removing and reinstalling engine sprocket and clutch
sprocket along with the chain. This is an operation that requires very
special tools and can only be done satisfactorily by a Harley-Davidson
dealer.
At least every 750 miles lubricate the rear chain as directed in the
Lubrication Section.
The front chain runs in a bath of oll and therefore does not need
lubrication attention other than attention given to maintaining the cor-
rect oil level in transmission and chain compartments.
24 25
Maintenance Maintenance
Front chain should have one inch free up and down movement half-
way between engine and clutch sprockets. This check can be made
through oil flller opening located near the top of chain cover. If chain
needs adjusting, lay motorcycle on its right side to rest on front
Safety-Guard. Remove left foot rest bolt and foot rest. Remove chain
cover which is secured in place by three screws. Front chain is adjusted
by means of a shoe which is raised or lowered, underneath the chain,
to tighten or loosen chain. The shoe supporting bracket is secured to
back side of chain compartment by two cap screws. Loosen cap screws,
raise or lower shoe the amount required to obtain correct chain adjust-
ment. Tighten cap screws, install chain cover and foot rest.
Rear chain should have one-half inch free up and down movement
half-way between transmission countershaft and rear wheel sprockets.
To adjust chain loosen axle nut on right side of motorcycle; loosen
lock nuts on rear wheel adjusting studs. The adjusting studs extend
through and out the rear ends of frame fittings on either side. The outer
nuts are lock nuts; the inner nuts are adjusting nuts. Turning adjusting
nuts clockwise moves the wheel back to tighten chain; turning adjusting
nuts counterclockwise and tapping each end of the axle to move wheel for-
ward will loosen chain. Turn adjusting nuts on either side exactly the Figure 8. Repairing Drive Chain
same number of turns to maintain alignment of wheel. With lock nut
tight against adjusting nut, measurement from lock nut to outer end of
adjusting stud should be the same on either side. Check correct align-
ment of wheel by observing that tire runs about midway between
rear frame tubes and also that rear wheel sprocket runs centrally
in the chain. When readjustment is completed, be sure to securely
retighten rear axle nut and rear wheel adjusting stud lock nuts.
After readjusting rear chain, the rear brake may be too tight.
Readjust brake rod if necessary. See "Rear Brake Adjustment".
27
26
IY&Cl llllt.:lli.\11\,;t!' Maintenance
FRONT WHEEL BRAKE ADJUSTMENT (See figure 9.) Centering Brake Shoes ln Rear Brake Drum
When the front wheel brake is properly adjusted the hand lever Loosen nut on rear brake shoe pivot and brake side cover anchoring
(19, fig. 3) will move freely about one-quarter of its full movement be- stud (located to front of brake side cover and through slot provided in
fore the brake starts to take effect. If adjusted tighter the brake may rear frame fork casting) but do not remove. Loosen rear axle nut, but
drag. The brake adjusting sleeve (56) is located to rear of right fork do not remove. Spin wheel, and while wheel is turning apply brake and
side and at end of cable support tube. To adjust brake, loosen lock nut hold in tightest position while tightening, first the brake shoe pivot stud
(56A) on adjusting sleeve (56) and turn lower nut {56B) in toward the nut, and then the rear axle nut. Check brake for correct adjustment.
cable support tube to decrease the free movement of the levP.r (19, fig. 3) See "Rear Wheel Brake Adjustment".
(tighten brake). Turn lower nut (56B) away from the cable support tube
to increase the free movement of lever (loosen the brake). When free CARBURETOR (See figure 11.)
movement of the hand lever (19, fig. 3) is about one-quarter of its full
movement tighten lock nut (56A) securely against the adjusting sleeve Don't continually tamper with carburetor adjustment. If engine
nut (56B). If brake should drag with correct free movement in hand does not start and run right 1 first look for trouble elsewhere than in
lever, re-center brake shoes in brake drum. See "Centering Brake the carburetor. Particularly, see that spark plugs are clean, properly
Shoes in Brake Drum". adjusted, and that porcelain cores are not damaged. Try new plugs.
Check the adjustment of valve tappets. Make sure that there is good
Centering Brake Shoes in Front Brake Drum compression in both cylinders. See that throttle and spark controls are
correctly adjusted.
Loosen front brake shoe pivot and brake side cover anchoring bolt, We suggest having carburetor adjustments made by a Harley-
(through mounting on rear of right fork side), but do not remove. Davidson dealer.
Loosen right axle nut, but do not remove. Spin front wheel, and while
wheel is turning apply front brake and hold in tightest position whtle Adjusting Carburetor
tightening, first the brake shoe pivot bolt, and then the front axle nut.
Check brake for correct adjustment. See "Front Wheel Brake Ad- The fuel supply for low speed is completely regulated by the low
justment". speed needle. The fuel supply for high speed is regulated by a combin-
ation fixed jet and adjustable needle. The fixed jet dominates the regula-
REAR BRAKE ADJUSTMENT (See figure 10.) tion of high speed fuel supply. The high speed needle merely provides
a means of supplementing, to a very limited degree, the fuel supplied
The rear wheel brake adjustment is made by means of a nut (52) by fixed jet, when it ts found that enriching the mixture slightly im-
which may be adjusted to change the effective length of the brake rod proves engine performance.
(52A). The adjusting nut has a notch which fits against the clevis pin in Both the high speed needle (1) and low speed needle (2) turn down
the operating lever (52B). Thus, it is locked in place on the rod but may (to right) to make mixture leaner at the respective speeds for which
be turned up or backed off by half turns, as required. Set the adjust- they adjust. Backing them out (to left) makes mixture richer. Both
ing nut so that the brake does not start to take effect until the foot pedal needles are held in whatever positions they may be turned to, by a
(3, fig. 3) is pushed downward about one and one-quarter inches. Turn spring and plunger which drops into notches in the needle adjusting
the nut farther onto the rod to tighten the brake; back it off to loosen the screw.
brake. Turn the rear wheel to be sure the brake is not too tight and It should only be necessary to adjust the needles a few notches
dragging. If brake should drag with correct free movement in foot pedal, richer or leaner to correct mixture for seasonal weather changes.
re-center brake shoes tn brake drum. See "Centering Brake Shoes in
Brake Drum".
28 29
Maintenance Maintenance
30 31
Maintenance Maintenance
A carburetor that is badly out of adjustment may be readjusted as
follows:
1. Make sure carburetor control wire is adjusted so throttle lever
(3) fully closes and opens with handle bar grip movement.
2. Turn the low speed needle (2) all the way down (to right).
3. Back up (to left) low speed needle (2) about 5 turns. With needle
in this posltton, engine wlll start, but low speed mixture wlll
probably be too rich,
4. Start the engine and after tt has reached operating temperature
and the choke lever (5) has been moved to the OPEN position, cor-
rect the adjustment of low speed needle.
5. Turn low speed needle (2) down (to right) one notch at a time untll
mixture becomes so lean that engine misses and Is Inclined to
stop; then, back needle up five totennotches, or until engine hits
regularly with spark advanced and throttle closed or as nearly
closed as it can be set and still have engine run at idling speed.
Starting and all around carburetlon wlll be better with low speed
adjustment slightly rich rather than as lean as it can be made.
6. Adjust throttle lever stop screw (4), as necessary, to make engine
idle at proper speed with throttle fully closed. Turn screw to right
to make engine idle faster. Turning screw to left makes engine
idle slower. Don't idle an engine at the slowest possible speed, be-
cause an extremely slow idling adjustment causes hard starting.
Changing the tdltng speed with throttle stop screw is likely to
change the low speed mixture slightly. It wlll, therefore, be
necessary to again check and correct low speed needle adjustment
by the same procedure followed in making the inltlal adjustment.
7. Check high speed adjustment, after low speed adjustments have
been completed. Run the motorcycle on the road at various speeds
between 20 miles per hour and wide open. Have spark fully ad-
vanced. Adjust high speed needle (1) for best engine performance.
Best all around engine performance ls usually found with high
speed needle (1) set from 3/4 to 1-1/4 turns open.
32 33
tintE e
Mai .nee
ADJUSTMENT OF CIRCUIT BREAKER POINTS (See figure 12.)
Check the contact point gap (9) with a .022 in. gage {wire prefer-
red). If it Is not exactly .022 in., when the cam follower (1) is on the
highest point of either cam (2), adjustment Is necessary. Incorrect
point gap spacing affects Ignition timing. To adjust the points loosen the
lock screw (11) and move the eccentric adjusting screw (14) to provide
a contact point gap of .022 in. Retighten the lock screw (11) and again
check the gap to make sure tt remains correct. ; :
Checking Ignition Timing with Factory Timing Marks (See figure 12.~
34
35
Maintenance
Maintenance
5. Timing mark (4) in top edge of circuit breaker cam (2) should
now align perfectly with breaker arm fiber cam follower (1).
If it does not, but is only slightly out of alignment, loosen
timing adjusting stud lock nut (6) and shiftctrcutt breaker head
to attain alignment. (Timing mark (8) wlll no longer line up
exactly with edge of plate (7).) Be sure to securely retighten
lock nut (6). Remember that circuit breaker must be fully
advanced when checking alignment of mark (4) with fiber cam
follower (1).
Timing Pointers (See figure 12.)
When flywheel timing slot (12) appears at front edge of timing hole
(13) the front cylinder piston is 15/64 inches before top dead center.
This is the piston position (on compression stroke) where ignition
should occur with spark fully advanced.
The narrow lobe of circuit breaker cam, which is the lobe that
carries mark (4), times the front cylinder; the wide lobe times the
rear cylinder. Ignition occurs just as circuit breaker points open.
Once or twice a year, have yourdealercheck ignition timing and,
if necessary, readjust circuit breaker setting to compensate for wear Figure 13. Timing Crankcase Breather
on circuit breaker and timing gears that may have caused a slight
change in timing.
36
37
Ma ... -~ .. ance
Summarizing the above: Spiral gear (2) must be so engaged with TIMING GEARS (See figure 14.)
breather sleeve gear that when flywheel mark is in center of Inspec-
tion hole and pinion gear 5/16 inch from joint face, timing hole(4)1n The pinion gear (5) and shaft are spline engaged and the gear is
breather sleeve registers as shown. a press fit on ~haft. Oil. pump pinion shaft gear (spiral gear), a sprin
and ~eartng otl. seal rmg are assembled behind pinion gear in ord:;
CAUTION ~am~ · The sprtng pushes spiral gear outward against pinion gear and
ear~n? oil ~eat ring inward against crankcase bearing bushing. A
The breather is a part of and drives the oil feed and mar ts c.ut m one side of spiral gear - assemble with mark outward
scavenger pumps (one unit) underneath gear case. If (against pm(lo)n gear). Timing marks are provided on pinion gear (5)
there is occasion to remove oil pumps, breather wtll of caml gel~fr 7 '.breather gear (6), and circuit breaker drive gear (8)'
t o s mp 1 y timmg engine.
course come out with it. Removing does not require
taking off gear case cover, however, it must be
rem em be red that in order to reassemble with breather
timed, it is necessary to take off gear case cover
and follow the above timing instructions. Breather
must be correctly timed as it is the control valve of
the oil circulating system. When original breather
timing has to be disturbed, it is advisable to have re-
timing done, or at least checked by your dealer.
Valve and Ignition Timing Gears with Marks in Correct Alignment. (See
figure 14.)
NOTE
5. Pinion gear. Gear and shaft are spline engaged and gear Is a press
fit on shaft.
6. Crankcase breather sleeve gear; also drives oil pumps.
7. Rear exhaust cam gear. 1. Tappet Adjusting Screw
8. Rear intake cam gear; also drives ignition circuit breaker. 2. Tappet Adjusting Screw
9. Front intake cam gear. Lock Nut
10. Front exhaust cam gear. 3. Valve Stem
11. Intermediate gear (not marked). 4. Thickness Gauge
12. Generator drive gear with breather exhaust oil separator ring (not
marked).
13. Oil screen.
Cam gears are numbered from one to four from the rear exhaust
valve cam forward. When cam gears are removed, make note whether or
not cam gears one, three and four have thin steel spacing shims on either
end of cam gear shafts. If any of the cam gears mentioned have spacing
shims, be sure the same number of shims are used on each shaft when
reassembling.
When gear case cover is taken off, l.t is advisable to remove from it
the circuit breaker assembly bnfore it ls replaced. Circuit bt·eaker has
to be re-tlmed. Figure 15. Adjusting Tappets
38 39
Maintenance
Maintenance
ADJUSTING TAPPETS (See figure 15.)
CLUTCH
The need for attention to clutch and controls will be Indicated by the
clutch slipping under load, or dragging In released position. In either
case, the first thing to be checked Is the adjustment of control. Proceed
as follows:
The clutch hand lever (8, fig. 3) should have one eighth to one quarter
of its travel as free movement, before the clutch starts to disengage. If It
does not move ln toward the handle bar one eighth to one quarter of its
movement before there Is a noticeable Increase In tension, loosen the
clutch push rod adjusting screw lock nut (67 A) and readjust the clutch
push rod adjusting screw (67) with a screw driver until the lever has the
required free movement. When adjustment Is correct, retighten the
lock nut (67A). Figure 16. Right Side of Engine
40
41
Maintenance
Clutch Spring Tension Adjustment (See figure 17.)
Clutch Repair (See figure 17.)
If the clutch sUps after control has been correctly adjusted, in-
crease clutch spring tension. Remove transmission and front chain com- Some of the clutch plates may be worn and require replacement
partment oil drain plug (2, fig. 6). This drains oil from transmission or they may be oll soaked and in need of washing and drying. When
and front chain compartments. Remove left foot rest lock bolt and the clutch must be taken apart, it is advisable to have it serviced by a
washer (19) and left foot rest (18). Remove stop ltght lamp switch (41) Harley-Davidson dealer where any needed new parts are at hand. If,
with attaching screw and washer (41A). Remove front chain cover (49) however, it is impossible to take the motorcycle to a Harley-Davidson
and gasket (49B) by first removing three front chain '!over screws dealer, and the clutch must be taken apart, proceed as follows: Remove
(49A). Remove the clutch cover (3) and twelve clutch cover screws the three 7/16 inch hex head (short) nuts (10) first. Remove the three
and lock washers (1). Do not pry cover loose at one point. Loosen 1/2 inch hex head (long) nuts (9). Remove spring tension adjusting
cover evenly in several places as the cover must provide an oU tight plate (8), clutch springs (6) and spring cups (7). Remove clutch re-
seal and must not be sprung out of shape. With cover (3) removed, leasing plate (5) and all clutch plates (11 and 13).
the clutch releasing plate (5), clutch springs (6), spring tension ad-
justing plate (8) and six spring tension adjusting nuts (9 and 10) are in Clutch Assembly (See figure 17 .)
view. Three of the spring tension adjusting nuts have 1/2 inch hex
heads and three have 7/16 inch hex heads (10). All spring tension ad- There are six clutch steel plates (11) and five clutch lined plates
justing nuts are recessed to conform to raised portion of spring tension (13). One of the clutch steel plates is thicker than the rest and is re-
adjusting plate which provides a lock for the nuts. Tighten each of the cessed on one side. This plate (12) wlth recessed side facing out, is
six nuts one half turn. The nuts must always remain in their locked posi- pushed over the clutch hub splines (16) to rest against back side of hub.
tions after adjustment is made. Test after each half turn by cranking the Place a clutch steel plate (11) next to the recessed plate (12). Place a
engine. Usually, a clutch that holds wlthout any noticeable slippage clutch lined plate (13) into clutch shell and sprocket assembly (17)
when cranking the engine, also holds on the road. Tightening of the and push inward against the second metal plate. Alternate with clutch
spring tension adjusting nuts (9 and 10) moves the spring tension steel plates and clutch lined plates until five clutch lined plates have
adjusting plate (8) in closer to the outside surface of the clutch re- been placed ln position. This will leave a clutch lined plate on the out-
leasing plate (5). The inner surface of the spring tension adjusting side. Install clutch releasing plate (5). Position clutch releasing plate
plate (8) measures 7/32 inches from the outer surface of the clutch (5) on the clutch hub (16) so the clutch hub studs are exactly center of
releasing plate (5) for normal clutch spring tension adjustment. When the clutch spring cup holes. Because of the odd number of teeth on the
increasing clutch spring tension adjustment, do not bring inner surface clutch hub it may be necessary to try the clutch releasing plate in
of spring tension adjusting plate (8) closer than 1/8 inch to outer surface several positions on the clutch hub before the studs are correctly
of clutch releasing plate (5) or clutch may not release. If clutch spring centere :1. Install clutch spring cups (7), clutch springs (6) and spring
tension is increased by one half turns of the nuts until the maximum tension adjusting plate (8) into position, raised surface facing outward.
spring tension adjusting plate measurement is reached, and the clutch Start the three 1/2 inch hex head (long) nuts (9) on their respective
still slips, tt wlll benecessarytodlsassemblefor inspection and repair. studs. Pull these nuts down evenly until the spring tension adjusting
plate (8) is pulled over the remaining three studs a sufficient distance
to allow starting the 7/16 inch hex head nuts (10) on their respective
studs. Draw, the stx spring tension adjusting nuts down evenly until the
42
43
Maintenance
Maintenance
inner surface of the spring tension adjusting plate (8) measures
7/64 inch from the outer surface of the flange on the clutch spring
cups (7). This is the normal clutch spring tension adjustment
when new clutch plates are used. Install clutch shell and sprocket
cover (3} and screws and washers (1), with new gasket (4) if nec-
essary. Install chain cover (49) and screws (49A) with new gasket
(49B) if necessary. Replace stop light switch (41) with attaching
screw and washer (41A}, replace left foot rest {18) with lock bolt and
washer (19). Install transmission and front chain compartment oil
drain plug (2). Remove transmission and front chain compartment
oil filler plug (2, fig. 1), Fill transmission and front chain com-
partments to correct oil level according to information under "Trans-
mission and Front Chain Compartment Lubrication."
WHEELS
Locate and remove chain connecting link (1) and disengage chain
from rear sprocket. Remove brake adjusting nut (52) from brake rod.
Remove axle nut (63), axle nut lock washer (63A) and centering collar
(62B). With a soft hammer tap right end of axle (62) to loosen it
in left side of frame. Lay motorcycle on its right side to rest on
front Safety-Guard.
Figure 17. Front Chain Cover Removed and Clutch Apart Operations on Left Side of Motorcycle
11. Steel Friction Plates (five) Remove rear axle (62) by pulling it out of hub and frame assembly.
1. Clutch Cover Screws and Remove axle spacer (62A) from left side. Slide wheel and brake as-
Lock Washers (twelve) 12. Recessed Steel Back Plate
13. Lined Friction Plates (five) sembly to extreme rear end of frame. Lift wheel up to pass outer
2. Oil Drain Plug (See Trans-
mission and Front Chain 14. Push Rod Head surface of brake drum over brake shoes and remove wheel. To re-
Lubrication) 15. Hub Nut with Oil Seal install wheel, reverse the above procedure.
3. Clutch Cover 16. Clutch Hub
17. Clutch Shell and Sprocket Removal of F,ront Wheel (See figure 19.)
4. Clutch Cover Gasket
5. Releasing Plate 18. Foot Rest
19. Foot Rest Pinch Screw Operations on Right Side of Motorcycle
6. Springs (six)
20. Chain Adjusting Shoe
7. Spring Cups (six)
21. Chain Adjusting Shoe Disconnect brake control by removing brake clevis pin (1). Re-
8. Spring Tension Adjusting
Plate Clamp Screws move axle nut (70} and axle nut lock washer (70A). Remove brake
9. Spring Tension Adjusting 41. Stop Lamp Switch anchor and shoe centering cap screw (57) and cap screw lock washer
Nuts (three - 1/2" hex, 41A. Stop Lamp Switch Attach- (57 A),
5/8" long) ing Screw
10. Spring Tension Adjusting 49. Front Chain Cover
Nuts (three - 7/16" hex, 49A. Front Chain Cover Screws
7/32" long) 49B. Front Chain Cover Gasket
45
44
Maintenance Maintenance
46 47
Maintenance
Maintenance
Operations on Left Side of Motorcycle
Loosen axle pinch bolt nut. With a soft hammer tap right end of
axle to loosen it and start it out. Lay motorcycle on Its right side to
rest on front Safety-Guard. Pull axle out of hub and fork assembly.
Remove front wheel and brake assembly complete. To reinstall, re-
verse above procedure. Brake shoes must be centered in brake drum.
See "Centering Brake Shoes in Front Brake Drum".
Servicing the Hydraulic Fork (See figure 22.)
The hydraulic fork requires very little maintenance or attention,
and no greasing. If fork does not appear to be working properly or an
appreciable amount of oil leakage should develop, ·attention should be
given by a Harley-Davidson dealer.Incorrect recoil action will result
if there is insufficient oil in either side of fork.
When forks are disassembled for repairs and reassembled
(DRY), each fork side should have 4-1/2 ounces of Harley-Davidson
Hydraulic Fork Oil. When oil is drained for refill, each fork side
should have not over 3-1/2 ounces of oil. The difference in the amount
f~;
of oil required between a (DRY) fork and a (WET) fork is due to
oil cling and the fact that it is not possible to drain every drop of oil
from the fork. Do not use more oil than recommended above, because
the excess oil will cause leakage from the top of the slider tubes.
To drain and refill fork, first remove the hex head cap screw
u 6 .,
(Fig. 22 Item 16) at the top of each fork side. Remove the drain
plug (Item 58) at the lower end of each slider tube and drain the
oil into a clean container. 011 drained from the forks, if not con-
taminated with water or other foreign matter, can be used again.
In this case, add oil to container to make up the required amount.
Replace the drain plugs and pour 3-1/2 ounces (WET FORK), or
4-1/2 ounces (DRY FORK), of Harley-Davidson Hydraulic Fork
Oil through the hole in the upper end of each fork side. Install
the cap screws ln the top of each fork side and tighten securely.
In an emergency, when Harley-Davidson Hydraulic Fork OU
is not available, use the lightest automobile engine oil obtainable.
Do not use shock absorber fluid. If engine oil ls used, however,
drain and replace with Hydraulic Fork Oil as soon as possible.
The consistency of engine oil varies with temperature changes,
and stiff recoil action and a rough ride will result at lower tem-
, •
Figure 20. Front Wheel Hub and Brake Drum
peratures. Temperature changes have little effect on the recom-
mended oil. Every 5000 miles, or at least once each year, drain 1. Bearing Lock Nut (left thread) 5. Hub Shell and Brake Drum
the oil from the fork and refill with a fresh supply of Hydraulic 2. Ball Bearing 6. Ball Bearing
Fork Oil. If fork should at any time become submerged In water, 3. Bearing Stop Washer 7. Grease Retainer {pressed
drain and reflll immediately. 4. Bearing Spacer with Grease fit)
Distributing Shroud 8. Grease Gun Connector
Replacing Head Lamp-Cycle Beam Sealed Unit
If either filament burns out, or the lens breaks, the entire cycle-
beam unit must be discarded and a new unit installed.
48 49
lVHumenance
k-'
1. Spacing Collar
2. Grease Retainer (press fit)
3. Ball Bearing
4. Bearing Spacer with Grease Distributing Shroud
5. Hub Shell
6. Bearing Stop Washer
7. Ball Bearing
8. Bearing Lock Nut (left thread)
9. Spacing Collar
10. GreasE' Gun ConnPctor
Figure 22. Changing Oil in Hydraulic Forks
50 51
Maintenance
To install a new unit loosen door screw enough to remove head lamp
door. Remove the three retaining ring screws and retaining ring. The
cycle-beam unit ls now free from theheadlamp body, and the connector
block can now be removed from the unit by pulllng connector block
from the unit prongs.
Install the new unit by reversing above operations. Make sure
prongs on unit are clean to assure good contact with coiUlector block.
No attempt should be made to repair a defective cycle-beam
sealed unit. When the seal is broken the reflector tarnishes and poor
light and road visibility result.
Use only a cycle-beam sealed unit for replacement. This unit ts
designed for motorcycle use. Do not use automobile sealed beam unit.
The electrical system is not designed to supply the heavy current draw
required wtth an automobile sealed-beam unit, and tts use will only
invite battery and generator trouble.
STEERING DAMPER
·~li
Figure 23. Wiring Terminal Plate and Headlamp Lock Nut
52 53
~.ech .v-· Sys.v ...
Key for Wiring Diagram
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Standard Equipped Motorcycle)
A complete wiring diagram of the electrical system is given below l.}Termlnal numbers stamped ln bases of lgnltlon and llght switches.
\n f\gure 24, and all parts and connections are explained in the figure 2. Connect wiring as Indicated by diagram.
3.
key on the opposite page.
4. HEADLAMP HlGH AND LOW BEAM SWITCH - (See Item 7, ftg.3)
5. HORN BUTTON.
6. OIL SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH- (See Item 3,flg.6)
7, TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL· Black wire wlth yellow tracer
from headlamp; green wire of cable "B".
8. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL-Green wire from headlamp; black
wire of cable "B".
9. WIRlNG TERMINAL PLATE- Terminal numbers stamped ln plate-
(See Item 9A Ulus. 23)
10. SPEEDOMETER- (See Item 14,flg, 3)
lOA. SPEEDOMETER LIGHT- Connect speedometer light wire to light
switch terminal 1#3.
12. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- (Not usedwlthstandardequlpment
wlrlng). ·
13. GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHT.
14. OIL SIGNAL LIGHT- (See Item 12,flg.3)
15. IGNITION SWITCH.
16. LIGHT SWITCH -(See Item lO,ftg. 3)
17. HEADLAMP- (See Item ll,flg. 3)
18. IGNITION COIL- (See Item 4, flg. 25) Red wire terminals (two) of
cable "D" to rear coil terminal; black wire of conduit "E" to front
terminal.
19. GENERATOR "F" TERMINAL- Black wire from voltage regulator
"F" terminal.
20. GENERATOR "REG." TERMINAL- Red wire from voltage regulator
"GEN." terminal.
21. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- Black wire wlth red tracer from
headlamp; black wire wlth red tracer of handlebar Conduit" A".
22. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- Red wire from headlamp; red wire
with yellow tracer of handlebar Conduit "A".
23. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- (Not used wlthstandardequtpment
wlrlng)
25. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL - Green wire of cable "C"; black
. wire with white tracer of handle bar Conduit "A".
26. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- (Not usedwlthstandardequtpment
w\r\ng).
27. TERMINAL PLATE TERMINAL- (Not used with standard equipment
wiring).
KEY TO COLOR CODE 36. VOLTAGE REGULATOR- Red wire of cable "B" to "BAT." terminal;
black wire of cable "B" to "GEN." terminal; red wire from gen-
@ REO ~ RED WITH BLACK TRACER
erator "REG." terminal to "GEN." terminal; black wire from
@ GREEN R):Y) RED WITH YELLOW TRACER generator "F" terminal to "F" terminal.
@ BLACK @:@) BLACK WITH REO TRACER 37. GENERATOR (Model 52 K)
(f) TAN ~ BLACK WITH WHITE TRACER 41. STOP LAMP SWITCH- Red wire terminals (two) of cable "D" to
I®V BLACK WITH YELLOW TRACER
51.
switch terminals.
TAIL AND STOP LAMP- Red wire of cable "D" to right side of
Letters in 0 identify cables and conduit housed wires stop and tail lamp connector plug; green wire of cable "0' to left
side of connector plug.
55. HORN- Green wire of cable "C" to upper terminal; red wire of
Figure 24. Wiring Diagram conduit "G" to lower terminal.
68. IGNITION CIRCUIT BREAKER- Black wire or conduit "E" from
(Standard Equipped Motorcycle) Ignition coli front terminal.
55
54
Electrical System Electrical System
HEAD LAMP ADJUSTMENT (See figure 23.) Adding Water to Battery
The head lamp is of the sealed-beam type (especially made for The motorcycle should be standing straight up, not leaning on the
Harley-Davidson) and does not require re-focusing. Jiffy Stand, when adding water to the battery. Remove tool box wing nuts.
However, the beam must be adjusted forhetghtand direction. To get Swing tool box out and to the left. Turn off the wing nuts, and remove the
the greatest effectency from the head lamp and to meet the requirements battery cover. Take out the three screw-in filler plugs, and with a
of the law, make the following adjustment. Adjust In a darkened room or hydrometer or syringe, add water to each cell to· raise the level of
at night. the solution about 5/16-tn. above the plates and separators.
1. Have the motorcycle standing on a level surface with tires
correctly inflated about 25 feet away from, and headed toward a
wall or screen upon which a horizontal line has been drawn at
exactly the same height as the head lamp center. The motorcycle
must be resting on both wheels, the front wheel must be In straight
ahead alignment.
To correctly adjust the head lamp on motorcycle having the
Hydra-Glide Fork, lt will be necessary to have someone of
about the same weight as the rider seated on the motorcycle be-
cause the weight of the rider will compress the fork slightly.
2. Remove back panel. Turn ltght switch ON, set handle bar toggle
switch in BRIGHT posttton, and check light beam for height and
direction. The top of the main beam of light should register on
the wall or screen even with, but no higher than, the horizontal
line mentioned above.
3. After loosening the clamp nut (3) behind the lamp bracket, the
lamp can be tilted up or down to properly atm It in relation to
the horizontal line and at the same ttme can be turned right or
left to direct the beam of light straight ahead.
It is the care given a batte.ry, rather than time and miles in service,
which is most important in determining its life. Don't neglect tt.
56 57
Electrical System
CAUTION
CAUTION
Remove generator end cover screws and cover, exposing the commu-
tator and brushes. Brushes can be taken out after unfastening the spring
retainers. Brushes are worn out and should be renewed when the longest
side of brush measures 7/16inchorless. Be sure to insert the brushes
into the holders so that the concave face of the brush fits the curve of the
commutator.
58
RULES OF THE ROAD
1. Keep on the right side of the road when meeting other vehicles
coming in the opposite direction.
2. Always sound your born and pass on the left side when passing
other vehicles (except street car) going in the same direction.
Never try to pass another vehicfe going in the same direction at
street intersections, on curves, or when going up or down a hill.
3. At street intersections give the right-of-way to the vehicle on
your right. Do not presume too much when you have the right-of-
way; the other fellow may not know you have it.
4. Always signal when preparing to stop, start, or turn. If possible,
signal by extending the arm.
5. All traffic signs, including those used for the control of traffic at
intersections, should be obeyed promptly and to the letter. "Slow
Down'"' signs near schools and caution signs at railroad crossings
should always be observed and your actions governed accordingly.
6. Never "crash" a light. When a change is indicated from "Go" to
"Stop" (or vice versa) in the traffic control systems at inter-
sections, await the change.
7. When intending to turn to the left, give signal at least 50 feet
before reaching the turning point. Move over to the center line
of the street, (unless local nU.es require otherwise), slow down
passing the intersection of the street and then turn carefully to
the left.
8. In turning either right or left, watch for pedestrians as well as
vehicles.
9. Do not leavethecurborpa.rkingareawithou.t signaling and seeing
that your way is clear to drive into moving traffic. A moving line
of traffic bas the right-of-way.
10. See that your license tags are installed in the position specified
by law and that they are clearly visible under all conditions.
Keep them clean.
11. Ride at a safe speed -a speed consistent with the type of high-
way you are on , and always note whether the road is dry or wet.
Each varying condition on the highway means adjusting your
speed accordingly.
' ' '"• . ... . . . ·,,_. .. ..
' ... ,. . . ~ . ' ' ~ - ... . . . :.
.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Printed In U.S. A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Part Page
TRANSMISSION
Part Page 1. Clutch Hand Control • 41
2. Clutch . • 41
8. Starter Crank Pedal . 12 CHASSIS
9. Steering Damper Adjusting Knob 12 1. Chains
10. Horn • • . . . • • . 45
13 2. Brakes 48
11. Oil and Generator Signal Lights 13 3. Wheels
12. Rear Shock Absorber Spring Adjustment 13
52
4. Tires • 53
13. Starting the Engine . 14 ELECTRICAL
14. Starting a Cold Engine 14 1. Headlamp
15. Starting a Warm or Hot Engine 15
54
2. Bulb Chart 56
16. Stoppmg the Engine . • 16 3. Wiring Diagram Key 57
III DHIVING YOUR HAHLEY-DAVIDSON 16
1. Care of New Engme. • • 16
2. Check at First 750 Miles . 16
3. Check at First 1500 Miles 17
4. High Speed Operating Tips 17 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
5. Operating Troubles . • • 18
6. Hules of the Road 21 Figure 1. Right Side View. . 6
Figure 2. Left Side View 7
IV SERVICING YOUR HAHLEY-DAVIDSON 22 Figure 3. Top View . • • 8
1. Engine . • . . • • • • • • 22 Figure 4. Gasoline Supply Valve
24 9
2. Transmtssion and Front Chain ••. Figure 5. Ignition and Light Switches
26 10
3. Hear Chain • • • • • . Figure 6. Hear Shock AbsorbP.r Spring Adjustment
27 15
4. Chassis . . . Figure 7. Left Side of Engine . •
5. Armature Beanng - Commutator End 27 25
Figure 8. Changing Oil in Hydraulic Forks • 29
6. Oil Appiications • • • • • • • 28 Figure 9. Carburetor .
7. Hydraulic Fork . 28 35
Figure 10. Circuit Breaker and Flywheel Timing Mark 37
8. Battery • • • • • • • • 30 Figure 11. Hight Side of Engine • 40
9. Keep the Motorcycle Clean 31 Figure 12. Front Chain Cover Removed and Clutch
10. Servicing Intervals • • 32 Disassembled • • • • • • • • 42
Figure 13. Positioning Clutch Releasing Plate 44
v MAINTAINING YOUR HAHLEY-DAVIDSON • 34 Figure 14. Repairing Drive Chain . • . • • • 46
Figure 15. Right Side - Front End 47
ENGINE Figure 16. Right Side - Rear End • . • • . •
1. Spark Plugs . 34 49
Figure 17. Rear Brake Cross Shaft Adjustment . 50
2. Caruuretor Adjustments 34 Figure 18. Hear Wheel Removal . • • • • 51
3. Circuit Breaker • • 36 Figure 19. Front Wheel Removal . • 53
4. Tinung • . . • • 36 Figure 20. Replacing the Cycle- Beam Sealed Unit 54
5. Tappet Adjustment . . • • . . . · • · · · · · • 39 Figure 21.
39 Wiring Terminal Plate and Headlamp Lock Nut • 55
6. Generator Charging Hate and Voltage Regulator Figure 22. Wiring Diagram • • • • • • • • • • 58
3
PART I NUMBER OF SPROCKET TEETH
IGNITION SYSTEM
4 5
2 3 4 5 6 8
1. Rear Brake Rod Adjusting 13. Gear Shift Foot Pedal 1. Headlamp 15. Stop Lamp Switch Adj us ling
Nut 14. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting 2. Carburetor Air Cleaner Screw
2. Rear Wheel Cushion-Shock Screw 3. Gasoline Supply Valve 16. Transmission and Front
3. Oil Tank 15. Starter Crank Pedal 4. Carburetor Choke Lever Chain Compartment Oil
4. Oil Tank Cap 16. 011 Tank Drain Plug 5. Tool Box Filler Plug
5. Horn 17. Cushion Spring Adjusting 6. Rear Wheel Cushion-Shock 17. Brake Foot Pedal
6. Front Brake Adjusting Cam 7. Tail Lamp 18. Transmission and Front
Sleeve 18. Brake Anchor Shoe 8. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud Chain Compartment Oil
7. Brake Anchor Shoe Centering Cap Screw 9. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud Level Plug
Centering Cap Screw 19. Rear Wheel Axle Lock Nut 19. Ignition Timing Inspection
8. Right Fork Side Drain Plug 20. Rear Wh1~el Axle Nut 10. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud Hole Plug
9. Front Wheel Axle 21. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud Nut 20. Gasoline Line
10. Front Wheel Axle Nut Nut 11. Rear Axle 21. Generator
11. Front Exhaust Valve Cover 22. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud 12. Cushion Spring Adjusting 22. Voltage Regulator
12. Ignition Circuit Breaker Lock Nut Cam 23. Left Fork Side Drain Plug
23. Rear Wheel Adjusting Stud 13. Jiffy Stand 24. Front Wheel Axle Pinch
14. Stop Lamp Switch Bolt
6
7
PART II
The gasoline supply valve (3, figure 2) is located on the left side
under the gas tank. The valve (figure 4) has two handles; one is
marked "RESERVE" and the other is unmarked. Gasoline to car-
buretor is shut off when both handles are in horizontal position.
Turning the unmarked handle to vertical position turns on main
,
gasoline supply; turning "RESERVE" handle to vertical position
turns on reserve supply .
9- :_o;··'::.' .· __
-21
10
11-
12---
-- ~'
22
23
- -24
l MAIN
SUPPLY
(ON)
'\ .
GASOliNE
. S~RAINF.R
MAIN
SUPPLY
(OFF)
RESERVE
1. Headlamp 12. Left Side Foot Rest SUPPlY
13. Generator Signal Light RESERVF. (ON)
2. Oil Signal Light
14. Speedometer SUPPI.Y
3. Light Switch
'
(OFF)
4. Left Fork Side Cap Screw 15. Ignition Switch
5. Clutch Hand Lever 16. Right Fork Side Cap Screw
6. Headlamp Hi and Low Beam 17. Steering Damper Adjusting Figure 4. Gasoline Supply Valve
Switch Knob
7. Spark Control Grip 18. Gas Tank Cap '
Gas tank holds approximately four and one-half U.S. gallons.
8. Horn Button 19. Front Brake Hand Lever Approximately one quart of this is retained in the tank for reserve
9. Carburetor Choke Lever 20. Throttle Control Grip supply when the "RESERVE" handle remains in the horizontal
10; Rear Brake Foot Pedal 21. Gear Shift Foot Pedal position.
11. Transmission and Front 22. Oil Tank Cap Use "ETHYL" or other "ANTI-KNOCK" gasoline.
Chain Compartment Oil 23. Right Side Foot Rest
Filler Plug 24. Starter Crank Pedal 2. IGNITION AND LIGHT SWITCHES
8 9
Knowing Your Harley~Davidson
11
10
Knowing Your Harley-Davidson Knowing Your Harley-Davidson
first, and slowly engage clutch. After desired speed is attained in 10. HORN
first, fully disengage clutch, lift foot lever all the way up to shift into
second and again engage clutch. Shift in like manner into third The horn (5, figure 1) is operated by the horn button (8, figure 3)
and fourth gears. on the left handle bar. Volume may be set to the desired degree
by turning the adjusting screw under the horn cover.
NEVER SHIFT GEARS WITHOUT DISENGAGING THE CLUTCH
11. OIL AND GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHTS (see figure 5) ,
CAUTION Two signal lights are located on top of the headlamp body.
The right "GEN" signal light, when on, indicates that the generator
When it is desired to shift to lower gears with is not charging. The left "OIL" signal light, when on, indicates
the motorcycle in motion, do not shift from third that oil is not circulating through the engine. Pt·oper operation
to second until speed is reduced to 20 miles per is indicated when both lights are off.
hour or less; do not shift to first until speed ls re- Both the "GEN'' and "OIL" signals will light when the ignition
duced to below 10 miles per hour. is turned on preparatory to starting engine. With engine running,
Shifting to lower gears when speed is too high both lights should be off when engine speed is equivalent to ap-
may severely damage the transmission. proximately 20 miles per hour road speed in high gear.
The generator light will normally flash on and off at slow idle or
road speeds below 20 miles per hour in high gear because gener-
7. BRAKES ator output is very low and unsteady at these speeds. If the gen-
erator signal light fails to go off at speeds above about 20 miles
The brake foot pedal (17, figure 2) controls the rear wheel brake per hour, the generator is either not charging or its output is
and is located on the left side where it is operated by the toe of below normal and it should be inspected at once.
the left foot. The brake hand lever (19, figure 3) controls the front If the oil circulation signal light fails to go off at speeds above
wheel brake and is located on the right handle bar, where lt is idling, it is usually due to an empty oil tank or to diluted oil.
operated by the fingers of the right hand. In freezing weather the oil feed pipe may clog with ice and sludge,
thus preventing circulation of the oil. A grounded oil signal switch
wire, faulty signal switch, or trouble with the oil pump will also
8. STARTER CRANK PEDAL cause the light to stay on. If the oil circulation signal fails to
go off, always check the oil supply first. Then, if oil supply is
The starter crank pedal (15, figure 1) is located on the right side normal and the light still does not operate normally, look inside
and has a spring return. When starting the engine, kick the pedal the oil tank and see if oil returns to the tank from the outlet
down with full, vigorous strokes to turn the engine over. of the oil return pipe when the engine is running. If it is returning
to the tank there is some circulation, and you may drive slowly
to the nearest Harley- Davidson dealer to have the oiling system
9. STEERING DAMPER ADJUSTING KNOB checked and serviced. If no oil returns to the tank, stop the engine
at once and do not drive further until the trouble is located and
Turn steering damper adjusting knob (17, figure 3) clockwise to the necessary repairs are made.
apply dampening action and counterclockwise to reduce dampening
action. When riding at low and intermediate speeds, steering should 12. REAR SHOCK ABS9RBER SPRING ADJUSTMENT
be free (very little dampening applied). Too much dampening at
lower speeds causes motorcycle to "wander" from a straight The rear shock absorber springs can be adjusted to three posi-
ahead course. When driving at high speeds or over rough surfaces, tions for the weight the motorcycle is to carry. The average weight
apply dampening as needed to stabtlize steering. solo rider would use the extended spring position (off cam);
12 13
Knowing Your Harley-Davidson Knowing Your Harley- Davidson
a heavy solo rider might require the position with springs slightly
compr~ssed (first cam step); buddy seat riders require the fully
compressed spring position (second cam step).
To adjust the rear shock absorber springs, turn cushion spring
adjusting cam (figure 6) to desired position with spanner wrench.
Both cushion spring adjusting cams must be adjusted to the same
position. A spanner wrench for this purpose is available from your
Harley- Davidson dealer.
14
15
Driving Your Harley-Davidson Driving Your Harley-Davidson
16. STOPPING THE ENGINE D. Lubricate all points indicated for 750 mile attention (see
Par. 4, Part IV).
Stop the engine by turning off the ignition switch. If the engine E. Oil all control joints and parts (see Par. 6, Part IV).
should be stalled or stopped in any other way than with the switch, F. Inspect and service air cleaner if needed (see Par. 1d,
turn off the switch at once to prevent battery discharge through Part IV).
the circuit breaker points. G. Check adjustment of chains and readjust if necessary
(see "CHASSIS", Par. 1, Part V).
H. Check lubrication of rear chain and readjust rear chain
oiler (6, figure 11) if necessary (see Par. 3, Part IV).
I. Check wheel mounting bolts which secure rear wheel to
brake assembly and tighten if needed. These bolts must
PART III be kept very tight.
J. Check level of solution in battery and add distilled water
DRIVING YOUR HARLEY-DAVIDSON if needed. See that terminals are clean and connections
tight (see Par. 8, Part IV).
K. Check tightness of all cylinder head bolts and all cylinder
1. CARE OF NEW ENGINE base nuts and tighten where necessary.
Do not operate a new engine faster than 40 miles per hour the 3. CHECK AT FIRST 1500 MILES
first 100 miles, 50 miles per hour the next 400 miles, or 60 miles
per hour the next 500 miles. Below 2000 miles, avoid driving at A. Check condition of oil in tank to determine if oil change
or near top speed for long distances. After a new motorcycle is needed.
has been driven its first 750 miles and again at approximately B. Check level of oil in transmission and front chain compart-
1500 miles, the motorcycle should be taken to the dealer from ments and add oil If needed; Use same grade of oil used in
whom it was purchased for certain initial service operations with engine.
which the dealer is familiar. If it is impossible to take the motor- C. Lubricate all points indicated for 750 mile attention
cycle to a dealer at the mileage intervals mentioned, the owner (see Par. 10, Part IV).
should at least give the following outlined attention, or arrange to D. Oil all control joints and parts (see Par. 10, Part IV).
have it given, and take the motorcycle to the dealer for more com- E. Check adjustment of chains and adjust if necessary (see
plete servicing later on when convenient to do so. After initial ser- "CHASSIS", Par. 1, Part V).
vicing schedule has been completed, motorcycle should then be F. Check lubrication of rear chain and readjt:st chain oiler
taken to your dealer for check up at regular intervals of 1500 miles. if necessary (see Par. 3, Part IV).
G. Check all nuts, bolts and screws and tighten any found loose.
2. CHECK AT FIRST 750 MILES H. ChecJ<, level of solution in battery and add distilled water
if needed. See that terminals are clean and connections
A. Drain oil tank through drain plug (16, figure 1) and refill tight (see Par. 8, Part IV).
with fresh oil. Thereafter, for average service, change I. Check tappet adjustment and readjust if necessary (see
oil at intervals not exceeding 2000 miles. Under extremely "ENGINE", Par. 5, Part V).
dusty conditions, when service ls exceptionally hard or in
winter weather, oil must be changed much more frequently. 4. HIGH SPEED OPERATING TIPS
B. If motorcycle Is equipped with oll filter, service the filter
(see Par. lb, Part lV). A. Develop the habit of frequently snapping the throttle shut
C. Drain transmission and front-chain compartments and refill. for an instant when running at high speed. This draws ad-
Use same grade oil used in engine (see Par. 2, Part IV). ditional lubrication to pistons and cylinders and helps cooling.
16 17
Uriving Your Harley-Davidson Driving Your Harley- Davidson
U. In eold weather run engine slowly until it is thoroughly If engine starts but runs irregularly or misses:
warmed up. This will insure that the oil is warm enough
to eirculate fredy and can provide proper lubrication for A. Spark plugs in bad condition ~r partially fouled.
pi~tons, rings and other moving parts.
B. Spark plug gap too close or too wide.
C. An engine run long distances at high speed must be given C. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment or dirty.
closer than ordinary attention to avoid overheating and con- D. Condenser connections loose.
sequent damage. Have the engine checked regularly and keep E. Battery nearly discharged.
it well tuned. Valve seating and good compression are par- F. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at
ticularly important, and the carburetor shoul<l be adjusted coil or circuit breaker.
moderately rich rather than lean. Inspect spark plugs G. Water or dirt in fuel system and carburetor.
often for good condition. This applies particularly to a H. Gasoline tank cap vent plugged and tank air bound.
motorcycle equipped with windshield. I. Carburetor not adjusted correctly.
D. Do not idle engine unnecessarily with motorcycle standing
still. If engine fails to start:
E. If an engine is to be driven normally at high speeds (after it
has gone through the slow and m,oderate speed running- in A. Gasoline tank empty.
period), it may be necessary to install spark plugs which are B. Gasoline supply valve shut off.
"colder" than the original equipment plugs. This will be C. Gasoline line clogged.
indicated by overheating, loss of power, excessive knocking, D. Discharged battery or loose or broken battery terminal
and blistering of plug core tips. Disregard of these indica- connection. Check by turning on light switch.
tions of the need for colder plugs may result in overheating E. Fouled spark plugs.
and damage. F. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment.
F. When plugs need to be replaced, get new plugs from your G. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at
Harley- Davidson dealer. He can supply you with the type of coil or circuit breaker.
plug best suited to your requirements. Experimenting with H. Clutch slipping and starter not turning engine over.
plugs of unproven quality and suitability is inviting trouble. I. Sticking valves, or tappets too tight.
J. Engine flooded with gasolin·e as a result of overchoking.
5. OPEHATING TROUBLES
If a ::;park plug fouls repeatedly:
The following check list of possible operating troubles and their
probable causes will be helpful in keeping your motorcycle in A. Too cold a plug for the kind of service or for type of engine.
good operating condition. Remember that more than one of these B. Piston rings badly worn or in otherwise bad condition.
conditions may be causing the trouble and all should be carefully
checked. U engine o'verheats:
18 19
Driving Your Harley-Davidson Driving Your Harley- Davidson
C. Spark plugs of the wrong heat range for the type of service If clutch drags or does not release:
involved.
D. Defective spark plugs. A. Clutch control improperly adjusted.
B. Clutch spring tension too tight.
If engine uses too much oil: C. Friction discs saturated with oil.
A. Piston rings badly worn or in otherwise bad condition. If brakes do not hold normally:
B. Heavy oil leak to the outside.
A. Brake improperly adjusted.
B. Brake controls binding as result of improper lubrication or
If vibration is excessive: damage.
C. Brake linings impregnated with grease as result of over··
A. Cylinder bracket loose or broken. gl'easing wheel hub and/or brake operating shaft.
B. Engine mounting bolts loose. D. Brake linings badly worn.
A. Brushes badly worn. A. Keep on the right side of the road when meeting other vehicles
B. Brushes sticking in holders. coming in the opposite direction.
C. Commutator dirty or oily. B. Always sound your horn and pass on the left side when
D. Loose or broken wire in generator-battery circuit. Voltage passing other vehicles (except street car) going in the
regulator may be at fault. Do not attempt to repair voltage same direction. Never try to pass another vehicle going
regulator. If voltage regulator is suspected of giving trouble, in the same direction at street intersections, on curves, or
take your motorcycle to the nearest Harley- Davidson when going up or down a hill.
dealer. This type of work requires very special equipment. C. At street intersections give the right-of-way to the vehicle
on your right. Do not presume too much when you have the
right-of-way; the other fellow may not know you have it.
If carburetor floods: D. Always signal when preparing to stop, start, or turn. If
possible, signal by extending the arm.
A. Float set too high. E. All traffic signs, including those used for the control of
B. Float valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged. traffic at intersections, should be obeyed promptly and to
C. Dirt or other foreign matter between float valve and its the letter. "Slow Down" signs near schools and caution signs
seat. at railroad crossings should always be observed and your
actions governed accordingly.
If transmission shifts hard: F. Never "crash" a light. When a change is indicated from "Go"
to "Stop" (or vice versa) in the traffic control systems at
A. Clutch dragging. intersections, await the change.
B. Transmission oil too heavy (wintel' operation). G. When intending to turn to the left, give signal at least 50
feet before reaching the turning point. Move over to the
center line of the street, (unless local rules require other-
If clutch slips: wise) slow down passing the intersection of the street
and then turn carefully to the left.
A. Clutch control improperly adjusted. H. In turning either right or left, watch for pedestrians as
B. Insufficient clutch spring tension. well as vehicles.
20 21
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
I. Do not leave the curb or parking area without signaling Furthermore, unless oil tank is kept well filled, frequent checking
and seeing that your way is clear to drive into moving of oil level will be necessary to avoid any chance of running dry.
traffic. A moving line of traffic has the right-of-way. After a new engine has run its first 750 miles, and it is operating
J. See that your license tags are installed in the position in warm or hot weather and in average service, completely drain
specified by law and that they are clearly visible under oil tank of used oil and refill with fresh oil at about 2000 mile
all conditions. Keep them clean. intervals. If the engine is driven extremely hard, or used on
K. Ride at a safe speed - a speed consistent with the type dusty roads or in competition, drain and refill at shorter inter-
of highway you are on, and always note whether the road vals. Draining should be done while oil is hot. It is not necessary
is dry or wet. Each varying condition on the highway means to drain the crankcase as it does not accumulate used oil. At the
adjusting your speed accordingly. time of the first 750 mile oil change, and at least at every second
oil change thereafter, thoroughly flush and clean out tank with kero-
sene to remove any sediment and sludge that may have accumu-
lated. Your Harley-Davidson dealer has facilities for quick flushing
and cleaning of oil tank.
PART IV B. Oil Filter
SERVICING YOUR HARLEY-DAVIDSON If motorcycle is equipped with an oil filter, the filter element
should be thoroughly washed in clean gasoline or solvent at least
once every 2000 miles when the oil is changed.
1. ENGINE Filter is located in the oil tank. To service the filter, remove it
from oil tank, remove retaining spring from top of filter and
A. Engine Oil disassemble.
Renew filter element every 6000 miles.
Use Harley-Davidson 105 series (regular heavy) oil when pre-
dominating temperature is above 75° F. C. Winter Caution
Use Harley-Davidson 75 series (medium heavy) oil when pre-
dominating temperature is 32° F to 75° F. Combustion in any engine produces water vapor. When starting
Use Harley- Davidson 58 series (light) oil when predominating and warming up in cold weather, especially in freezing or colder
temperature is below 32° F. weather, much of the vapor that gets into the crankcase condenses
The oil tank capacity is 3 quarts. When the tank is filled to about to water before the crankcase is hot enough to exhaust the vapor
two and one-quarter inches from top of filler opening, it is con- through the outside breather. If engine is driven enough to get
sidered full. Do not fill above this level, as the tank needs some the crankcase thoroughly warmed UJ? frequently, most of this
air space. Tighten the cap securely to prevent leakage. The oil water is ·again vaporized and blown out through the breather.
signal light in the top of headlamp indicates oil circulation. Sec However, a moderately driven engine, making only short runs now
OIL AND GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHTS {Par. 11, Part II). Oil and then and seldom getting thoroughly warmed up, is likely to
mileage normally varies from 250 to 500 miles per quart de- accumulate an increasing amount of water in the oil tank. This
pending on the nature of service, fast or moderate driving, and water will, in freezing weather, become slush or ice, and if allowed
how well the engine is kept tuned. If mileage is not within this to accumulate too long, may block the oil lines and cause damage
range, see your dealer about it. to the engine. Also, water mixed with oil for some time forms
Remove tank cap and check oil supply at least every 300 miles sludge that is harmful to the engine and causes undue wear of
after each complete refill. various working parts. Therefore, in winter the oil change interval
Keep the oil level well up in tank. Oil runs cooler and oil should be shorter than normal for all engines, and any engine used
mileage is somewhat higher with oil level well up in the tank. only for short runs must have oil drained frequently along with
22 23
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
a thorough tank flush-out before new oil is put in tank. The farther
below freezing the temperature drops, the shorter the oil change
interval should be.
E. Gasoline Strainer
24 25
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
Drain transmission and refill to correct level with fresh, If motorcycle is operated under extremely dusty conditions, ad-
clean oil once each year or every 5000 miles, whichever comes ditional lubrication of the rear chain may be advisable from time
fir~;t. If transmission should become submerged in water, drain it to time. Under these conditions proceed as follows: remove chain
immediately and refill with clean oil to the correct level. from motorcycle. Soak and wash thoroughly in a pan of kerosene.
After removing chain from kerosene, hang it up for a time to allow
3. REAR CHAIN kerosene to drain off. Immerse for a short time in a pan of grease
heated to the consistency of light engine oil. If grease and facilities
At regular service intervals (750 miles) make a close inspection for heating are not at hand, substitute light engine oil. While
of rear chain. If it does not appear to be getting sufficient lubri- immersed move chain around to be sure that hot grease or oil
cation, or if there is evidence of an over-supply of oil, readjust- works through all inside parts. After removing from hot grease
ment should be made with "rear chain oiler adjusting screw". or oil, allow chain to drain and wipe all surplus grease or oil
Readjust the rear chain oiler as follows: rear chain oiler and the from surface of chain. Install chain on motorcycle. Inspect
adjusting screw are located at the bottom end of the oil return connecting link and spring clip closely for bad condition. Replace
line; the adjusting screw is locked in position with a lock nut; if at all questionable. Be sure spring clip is correctly and securely
loosen the lock nut and turn screw outward for more oil, and locked on pin ends.
inward for less oil; turn screw only a fraction of a turn at a
time; lock adjusting screw in place with lock nut. 4. CHASSIS
The quantity of oil needed to lubricate the rear chain is very
small. The size of the opening (orifice) through which oil bleeds Use Harley- Davidson "Grease All" for all greasing require-
to the chain Is regulated by the adjusting screw. Sediment and ments.
gummy matter, accumulating in the oil supply, deposit in and All chassis bearings requiring frequent applications of grease
around this orifice and gradually decrease the oil supply to the are provided with grease gun fittings. Locations and recommended
chain. A chain that has been lubricated perfectly the first 2000 greasing intervals are listed under SERVICING INTERVALS (see
miles may run short of oil the second 2000 miles. For this Par. 10, Part IV).
reason, even though inspection indicates the chain is amply lubri- Remove and grease handle bar grip spirals with fresh grease
cated, it is advisable to blow away accumulated sediment and every 5000 miles, once each year, or when operation of grips
restore the orifice to its original size at intervals of approximately indicates lubrication is necessary.
2000 miles. Pack frame head bearings with fresh grease at intervals indica-
To clean rear chain oiler, proceed as follows: ted under SERVlCING INTERVALS. Be careful about over-greasing
wheel hubs and brake operating shafts. Excess grease working out
A. Back out adjusting screw lock nut as far as possible. of these bearings produces a messy condition and is likely to get
B. Turn adjusting screw inward until it bottoms on its seat. onto brake linings and greatly reduce efficiency of brakes.
Keep track of the number of turns needed to turn the screw
inward. 5. ARMATQRE BEARING- COMMUTATOR END
C. Remove adjusting screw and clean (blow) out orifice with
compressed air. To lubricate this bearing, first remove the generator end cover.
D. Reinstall adjusting screw and turn it inward until it bottoms The bearing can then be oiled through hole in bearing cover or
on its seat. bearing cover can be removed to permit greasing. Lubricate every
E. Turn adjusting screw outward the same number of turns 5000 miles or at least once a year. If not convenient to lubricate
determined in step B above and lock in place with locking with grease at specified intervals, at least lubricate with a few
nut. This is your former setting. drops of motor oil. Be careful not to over-lubricate, as excess
oil or grease may work out and get onto commutator and brushes.
The initial (factory) setting of the rear chain oiler is 1/4 turn It is recommended that your motorcycle be taken to a Harley-
open which permits oil to flow at the rate of 2 to 3 drops per minute. Davidson dealer for this lubrication.
26 27
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
A. Rear brake rod clevis pin (at both ends of brake rod).
B. Front brake clevis pin.
C. Hand brake lever clevis pin and brake cable at both ends of
housing.
D. Hand clutch lever clevis pin.
E. Clutch cable at both ends of housing and at oiler.
F. Throttle control wire at carburetor.
G. Spark control wire at distributor.
H. Seat post.
28 29
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley-Davidson
Every 5000 miles, or at least once each year, drain oil from CAUTION
the fork and refill with a fresh supply of hydraulic fork oil. If fork
should at any time become submerged in water, drain and refill If battery is filled to a higher level, some of the
immediately. solution will be forced out through vent holes when
battery is charging. This will not only weaken the
8. BATTERY battery solution but also may damage parts near
the battery.
It is the care given a battery, rather than time and miles of
service, which is most important in determining its life.
C. Battery Charging Rate
A. Servicing Battery When charging a battery from an outside source, the charging
rate is constant and should not be allowed to go over 1/2 ampere.
1. Inspect the level of the solution of the battery as indicated A higher rate will heat and damage the battery.
in SERVICING INTERVALS (Par. 10, Part IV). Add pure distilled
water as often as necessary to keep solution above the plates (see
Section B) below. CAUTION
Do not allow the battery to be charged in the
CAUTION same line with automobile batteries because of the
high charge rate.
If motorcycle is not used for an extended period
of time (month or more) check solution level before
placing motorcycle in service. 9. KEEP THE MOTORCYCLE CLEAN
2. Check solution with a hydrometer. If hydrometer reading Keeping the motorcycle clean on the outside as well as on the
is below 1.200, remove battery and charge it from an outside inside not only is a sign of good maintenance, it is good main-
source. Allowing battery to remain in a discharged condition for tenance. To aid you in keeping your motorcycle clean see your
any length of time shortens its life. It is especially important that Harley- Davidson dealer for the following:
the battery be kept well charged in below freezing weather. A low
or discharged battery is very likely to be frozen and ruined.
3. Keep the battery clean and terminal connections tight. Harley-Davidson" Gunk"
30 31
Servicing Your Harley-Davidson Servicing Your Harley- Davidson
The following items require servicing at the intervals speci- A. Change engine oil
fied. Your Harley- Davidson dealer knows every lubrication point B. Service oil filter
on your motorcycle. He has the right kinds of lubricant to put at C. Grease front wheel hub
each point. He knows best how to service your motorcycle. Take D. Grease rear wheel hub
your motorcycle to him for its periodic servicing. E. Check front chain
F. Service rear chain oiler
Every 750 Miles G. Check tappet adjustment
A. Grease
Rear brake operating shaft Every 5,000 Miles or One (1) Year
Front brake operating shaft
Rear brake crossover shaft A. Grease
Clutch push rod release worm Armature bearing-commutator end
Foot shift lever Throttle control spiral
Seat bar roller Spark control spiral
Seat bar bolt
Kick starter shaft B. Service
Hydraulic fork
B. Oil Transmission and front chain
1. Control joints
Rear brake rod clevis pins (2)
Front brake clevis pin Every 10,000 Miles or One (1) Year
Hand brake lever
Clutch hand lever
2. Control cables Repacl~ frame rear fork Timken bearing
Front brake cable housing
Clutch cable housing
Clutch cable housing oiler CAUTION
Throttle control wire housing
Spark control wire housing This is to be done by your Harley-Davidson dealer.
3. Seat posts (2)
32 33
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
PART V Both needles are held in whatever position they may be turned
to, by a spring and plunger which drops into notches in the needle
MAINTAINING YOUR HARLEY-DAVIDSON adjusting screw.
To obtain the longest possible life and the best possible per-
formance from your motorcycle it is necessary to keep it not only
adequately serviced, but also correctly adjusted to the tolerances
to which it was manufactured. The following are the adjustments
and general maintenance facts pertaining to your motorcycle.
ENGINE
1. SPARK PLUGS
Keep plugs clean and the gap between the points adjusted to
between .025 and .030 inch. Do nottake the plugs apart for cleaning.
Clean witl} a sand blast cleaner.
Be surn your motorcycle is operating with the correct heat range
plug best suited to your type of riding. If in doubt see your Harley-
Davidson dealer.
2. CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENTS (see figure 9) 1. High Speed Needle 4. Throttle Stop Screw
2. Low Speed Needle 5. Choke Lever
A carburetor, once properly adjusted, requires little if any re- 3. Throttle Lever 6. Choke Disc
adjustment. It should not be necessary to adjust the needles more
than one or two notches, richer or leaner, to the correct mixture Figure 9. Carburetor
for a change in weather conditions. Do not continually tamper
with carburetor adjustments. If engine does not start and run
right, first look for trouble elsewhere, before checking the A carburetor that is badly out of adjustment may be readjusted
carburetor. as follows:
We suggest having carburetor adjustments made by your Harley-
Davidson dealer. A. Make sure carburetor control wire is adjusted so throttle
The fuel supply for low engine speed is completely regulated lever (3) fully closes and opens with handle bar grip
by the low speed needle. The fuel supply for high engine speed is movement.
regulated by a combination fixed jet and adjustable needle. The B. Turn both the high speed needle (1) and the low speed
fixed jet dominates the regulation of high speed fuel supply. The needle (2) all the way down (to right).
high speed needle provides a means of supplementing, to a limited C. Back up (to left) low speed needle (2) about 5 turns. With
degree, the fuel supplied by the fixed jet, when it is found that needle in this position, engine will start, but low speed
slightly enriching the mixture improves engine performance. mixture will probably be too rich.
Both the high speed needle (1) and low speed needle (2) turn down D. Start the engine and after it has reached operating temper-
(to right) to make mixture leaner at the respective speeds for ature and the choke lever (5) has been moved to the open
which they adjust. Backing them out (to left) makes mixture richer. position, correct the adjustment of low speed needle.
35
Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
E. Turn low speed needle (2) down (to right) one notch at a
time until mixture becomes so lean that engine misses
and is inclined to stop; then, back needle up five to ten
notches, or until engine hits regularly with spark advanced
and throttle closed and engine running at idle speed. Starting
and all around carburetion will be better with low speed
adjustment slightly rich rather than as lean as it can be
made.
F. Adjust throttle lever stop screw (4) as necessary, to make
engine idle at proper speed with throttle fully closed.
Turn screw to right to make engine idle faster and to left
to make engine idle slower. Do not idle an engine at the
slowest possible speed because an extremely slow idling
adjustment causes hard starting. Changing the idle speed
with throttle stop screw is likely to change the low speed
mixture slightly. It will, therefore, be necessary to again
check and correct low speed needle adjustment by the
same procedure followed in making the initial adjustment.
G. Check high speed adjustment, after low speed adjustments
have been completed. Run motorcycle on the road at various 14 11 8
speeds between 20 miles per hour and wide open. Have
TIMING POSITION OF FLYWHEEL TIMING SLOT (ON LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE)
spark fully advanced. Best all around engine performance
can usually be found with the high speed needle (1) set
from 3/4 to 1-1/4 turns open.
Check the gap between the contact points (9) with a .022 inch gage
MODEL KH MOOELKHK
(wire preferred). If it is not exactly .022 inch when the cam FRONT CYLINDER PISTON 19/64 IN. FRONT CYLINDER PISTON 11/32 IN.
follower (1) is on either of the highest points of cam (2), ad- BEFORE TOP OEAO CENTER BEFORE TOP OEAO CENTER
justment ls necessary. Incorrect point gap spacing affects ignition
timing. To adjust the points loosen the lock screw (11) and move
the eccentric adjusting screw (14) to provide a contact point gap 1. Fiber Cam Follower 9. Contact Points
of .022 inch. Retighten the lock screw (11) and again check the 2. Breaker Cam 10. Cover Retainer
gap to make sure it remains correct. 3. Condenser 11. Adjustable Point Lock
4. Cam Timing Mark Screw
5. Timer Adjusting Stud 12. Timing Slot on Flywheel
4. TIMING (see figure 10) 6. Adjusting Stud Lock Nut 13. Timing Inspection Hole
7. Timing Adjusting Stud Plate 14. Eccentric Adjusting Screw
Ignition timing is controlled by the circuit breaker. Correct 8. Timing Mark 15. Control Wire Lock Screw
ignition timing and correct setting of the circuit breaker contact
point gap is absolutely necessary for proper engine operation
and performance. Figure 10. Circuit Breaker and Flywheel Timing Mark
36 37
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
With timing slot (12) in the correct position in timing hole (13),
as shown in figure 10, thefrontcylinderpiston is in the position (on The generator itself has no adjustment for control of charging
compression stroke) where ignition should occur with spark fully ad- rate. This is controlled by the voltage regulator. The voltage
vanced (see dimension given for piston position on figure 10). regulator functions to increase charging rate when battery is low
The narrow lobe of circuit hrPaker cam, which is the lobe that or lamps are lighted, and to decrease charging rate when no
carries mark (4), times the front cylinder; the wide lobe Urnes lamps are lighted and when battery is up. Voltage regulator re-
the rear cylinder. Ignition occurs just as circuit breaker points quires no regular interval attention. The cutout relay is combined
open. with the voltage regulator in a single unit. Should any electrical
Once or twice a year, have your dealer check ignition timing system trouble be experienced that might be traceable to the
and, if necessary, readjust circuit breaker setting to compensate voltage regulator, motorcycle should be taken to your Harley-
for wear on circuit breaker and timing gears that may have caused Davidson dealer who has the necessary electrical testing equip-
a slight change in timing. ment to give required attention.
38 39
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
TRANSMISSION
A. Loosen clutch push rod adjusting screw lock nut (3, figure
11) and back off (turn left) clutch push rod adjusting screw
(2, figure 11).
B. Determine that clutch release worm, inside transmission
rear chain sprocket cover (4, figure 11), is returning all
the way to its stop when clutch hand lever (5, figure 3)
is in its fully extended position. If it is not, check to see
if a binding cable or incorrect cable length is causing
trouble and make necessary adjustments.
C. Adjust cable length by turning clutch cable adjusting sleeve
(lever end of cable housing) so that clutch releasing worm
does not quite return against its stop. This will hold clutch
hand lever (5, figure 3) in its fully extended position at
all times.
D. Turn clutch push rod adjusting screw (2, figure 11) Inward
(right) until clutch hand lever has 1/8 of its full movement
free before clutch starts to release. This can be determined
by a slight increase in tension on the clutch hand lever at
the above point as it is being moved to the released position.
Tighten clutch push rod adjusting screw lock nut (3, fig-
ure 11) in place without disturbing the setting of the ad-
1. Oil Tank Drain Plug justing screw.
3. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting Screw Lock Nut If the clutch slips after control has been correctly adjusted
(Par. 1 above), increase clutch spring tension. Remove trans-
4. Transmission, Rear Chain and Sprocket Cover mission and front chain compartment oil drain plug and drain oil
from compartments. Remove left foot rest pinch screw and washer
5. Gear Compartment Cover (16) and left foot rest (14). Remove stop light lamp switch with
attaching screw and washer (15). Remove front chain cover (8)
6. Rear Chain Oiler and gasket (9) by first removing three front chain cover screws (7).
Remove the clutch cover (25), twelve clutch cover screws (20)
and six clutch cover screw retainers (23). Do not pry cover loose
Figure 11. Right Side of Engine at one point. Loosen cover evenly in several places as the cover
40 41
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
must provide an oil tight seal and must not be sprung out of
shape. With cover (25) removed, the clutch releasing plate (13),
clutch springs (27), spring tension adjusting plate (24) and six
spring adjusting nuts are in view. Three of the spring tension
adjusting nuts (22) have 1/2-inch hex heads and three (21) have
7/16-inch hex heads. All spring tension adjusting nuts are re-
cessed to conform to raised portion of spring tension adjusting
plate which provides a lock for the nuts. Tighten each of the six
nuts one half turn at a time. The nuts must always remain in their
locked positions after adjustment is made. Test after each half turn
by cranking the engine. Usually, a clutch that holds without any
noticeable slippage when cranking the engine, also holds on the road.
Tightening the spring tension adjusting nuts moves the spring tension
adjusting plate (24) closer to the outside surface of the clutch re-
leasing plate (13). The inner surface of the spring tension adjusting
plate (24) measures 13/64 inch from the outer surface of the flange
on the clutch spring cups (28) for normal clutch spring tension ad-
justment. When increasing spring tension do not decrease the above
distance to less than 7/64 inch or clutch will not release. If clutch
spring tension is increased by one half turns of the nuts until the
maximum spring tension adjusting plate measurement is reached,
and the clutch still slips, it will be necessary to disassemble the
clutch for inspection and repair.
42 43
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
hub. Place a steel plate (12) next to the recessed plate (11). a sufficient distance to allow starting the 7I 16 inch hex head nuts
Place a lined plate (13) into clutch shell and sprocket assembly (5) (21) on their respective studs. Draw the six spring tension adjusting
and push inward against the second metal plate. Alternate with nuts down evenly until the inside of the spring tension adjusting
steel plates and lined plates until seven lined plates have been plate (24) measures 13/64 inch out from the outside surface of
placed in position. This wilJ leave a lined plate on the outside. flange of the clutch spring cups (28) at the 1/2 inch hex head studs.
Install clutch releasing plate (13). Position clutch releasing plate This is the normal clutch spring tension adjustment when new
(13) on the clutch hub (6) so the clutch hub studs are exactly clutch plates are used. Before completing assembly test clutch for
centered in the clutch spring cup holes. To center studs align the slippage by cranking engine. Install clutch shell and sprocket
larger of the two depressions (see figure 13) on the rim of the clutch cover (25), screws (20) and retainers (23), with new gasket (26),
releasing plate with the notched tooth of the clutch hub. Install if necessary. Install chain cover (8) and screws (7) with new gasket
clutch spring cups (28), clutch springs (27) and spring tension (9) if necessary. Use adequate amount of gasket seal on both sides
adjusting plate (24) into posiUon with the raised surface facing of gasket to seal clutch shell and chain covers. Replace stop
outward. Start the three 1/2 inch hex head (long) nuts (22) on their light switch with attaching screw and washer (15), replace left
respective studs. Pull these nuts down evenly until the spring foot rest (14) with pinch screw and washer (16). Install transmission
tension adjusting plate (24) is pulled over the remaining three studs and front chain compartment oil drain plug. Refill transmission and
front chain compartment to correct level (see Par. 2, Part Iy).
CHASSIS
1. CHAINS
44 45
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
adjusting studs (4). The adjusting studs extend through and out
the rear ends of frame fittings on either side. The outer nuts (5)
are lock nuts; the inner nuts (6) are adjusting nuts. Turning ad-
justing nuts clockwise moves the wheel back to tighten chain;
turning adjusting nuts counterclockwise and tapping each end of the
axle to move wheel forward will loosen chain. '(urn adjusting nut
(6) on either side exactly the same number of turns to maintain
alignment of wheel. With lock nut (5) tight against adjusting nut (6),
the distance from lock nut to outer end of adjusting stud (4) should
be the same on both sides. Check correct alignment of wheel by
observing that tire runs about midway between rear frame tubes
and also that rear wheel sprocket runs centrally in the chain.
When readjustment is completed, be sure to securely retighten
rear axle nut {8) and rear wheel adjusting stud lock nuts (5).
After readjusting rear chain, the rear brake may be too tight.
Rcadj ust brake rod if necessary. See Par. 2C "Rear Brake
Adjustment" in this section.
46 47
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
2. BRAKES
When the front wheel brake is properly adjusted, the hand lever
(19, figure 3) will move freely about one-quarter of its full movement
before the brake starts to take effect. If adjusted tighter the brake
may drag. The brake adjusting sleeve (1) is located to rear of
right fork side and at end of cable support tube. To adjust brake,
loosen lock nut (2) on adjusting sleeve (1) and turn lower nut (3)
in toward the cable support tube to decrease the free movement
of the lever (19, figure 3) and tighten the brake. Turn lower nut (3)
away from the cable support tube to increase the free movement
of lever and loosen the brake. When free movement of the hand
lever (19, figure 3) is about one-quarter of its full movement
tighten lock nut (2) securely against the adjusting sleeve nut. If
brake should drag with correct free movement in hand lever,
re-center brake shoes in brake drum. See Par. 2B following. 1. Brake Rod Adjusting Nut 6. Rear Wheel Right Side
2. Brake Rod Adjusting Stud Nut
3. Operating Lever 7. Rear Axle
B. Centering Front Brake Shoes (see figure 15) 4. Rear Wheel Right Side 8. Rear Axle Nut
Adjusting Stud 9. Rear Brake Shoe Pivot
Loosen but do not remove front brake shoe pivot and brake 5. Rear Wheel Right Side and Brake Side Cover
side cover anchoring screw (5) through mounting on rear of right Adjusting Stud Lock Nut Anchoring Stud
fork side. Loosen but do not remove right axle nut (8). Spin front
wheel. While wheel is turning apply front brake and hold in tightest Figure 16. Right Side - Hear End
position while tightening first brake shoe pivot bolt (5) and then front
axle nut (8). Check brake for correct adjustment. See Par. 2A above. D. Centering Rear Brake Shoes (see figure 16)
C. Rear Brake Adjustment (see figure 16) Loosen but do not remove nut on rear brake shoe pivot and
brake side cover anchoring stud (9) (located to front of brake
The rear wheel brake adjustment is made by means of the nut side cover and through slot provided in rear frame fork casting).
(1) which may be adjusted to change the effective length of the Loosen but do not remove rear axle nut (8). Spin rear wheel. While
brake rod (2). The adjusting nut has a notch which fits against wheel is turning apply brake and hold in tightest position while
the clevis pin in the operating lever (3). Thus, it is locked in place tightening first the brake shoe pivot stud nut (9) and then the rear
on the rod but may be turned down or backed off by half turns, as axle nut (8). Check brake for correct adjustment. See Par. 2C
required. Set the adjusting nut so that the brake does not start above.
to take effect until the foot pedal (17, figure 2) is pushed downward
about 1-1/4 inches. Turn the nut farther onto the rod to tighten E. Rear Brake Cross Shaft and Pedal Adjustment (see figure 17)
the brake; back it off to loosen the brake. Turn the rear wheel to
be sure the brake is not too tight and dragging. If brake should If for any reason it is necessary to disturb the adjustment of
drag with correct free movement in foot pedal, re-center brake the rear brake cross shaft adjusting screw (2), take care to readjust
shoes in brake drum. See Par. 2D following. it correctly. To make correct adjustment, proceed as follows:
48 49
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
i '
~ /.;. ~t
/l '
f
c
''
' '
':, hi
'.;'u<"i
50
51
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
made so that cross shaft arm (3} is always moved to the rear
and never closer to the transmission sprocket cover (5).
4. After final adjustment tighten cross shaft bolt lock nut (1)
in place.
3. WHEELS
52 53
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
ELECTRICAL
1. HEADLAMP
A. Replacing Cycle- Beam Sealed Unit (see figure 20) 3. Headlamp Lock Nut
54 55
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley- Davidson
retaining ring. The cycle-beam unit is now free from the headlamp
body, and the connector block can now be removed from the unit
by pulling connector block from the unit prongs. No. Bulbs Candle Power Harley- Davidson
Install the new unit by reversing above operations. Make Lamp Description Required or Wattage Part No.
sure prongs on unit are clean to insure good contact with con-
nector block.
Do not attempt to repair a defective cycle-beam sealed unit. Hi Beam 30 Watts
Headlamp Low Bfam 1 67717-48
When the seal is broken the reflector tarnishes and poor light 30 Watts
and road visibility result. Tail Lamp 3 C.P.
Tail Lamp Stop Light 1 21 C.P. 68165-47
B. Headlamp Adjustment (see figure 21) Generator Light 1 2 C.P. 68462-49
Oil Light 1 2 C.P. 68462-49
The headlamp beam must be adjusted for height and direction. Speedometer Light 1 .25 Amp. 71090-47
To get the greatest efficiency from the headlamp and to meet the
requirements of the law, make the following adjustment in a Accessories
darkened room or at night. Spot Light 2 32 C.P. 68715-49
Parking Lights 3 C.P. 68165-15
1. With the tires correctly inflated stand the motorcycle on Fender Lights 2 C.P. 68462-49
a level surface about 25 feet away from, and headed toward
a wall or screen upon which a horizontal line has been drawn at
exactly the same height as the headlamp center. The motorcycle
must be resting on both wheels, and the front wheel must be in 3. WIRING DIAGRAM KEY (see figure 22)
straight ahead alignment. Furthermore, to correctly adjust the
headlamp on the motorcycle, it wtll be necessary to have some- A. Handle Bar (Loose Wires) - Red wire with black tracer,
one of about the same weight as the rider seated on the motor- black wire with red tracer, red wire with yellow tracer
cycle because the weight of the rider will compress the fork from headlamp switch (4) on handle bar to light switch
slightly. terminal #1 and to terminal plate terminals #21 and #22
2. Remove back panel. Turn on light switch, set handle bar respectively. Black and green wire from horn switch (5)
toggle switch (6, figure 3) to the HI BEAM position, and check to terminal plate terminal #25 and to ground terminal
light beam for height and direction. The top of the main beam right rear fork boot support screw respectively.
of light should register on the wall or screen even with, but no B. Three Wire Cable - Red, black and green wire from light
higher than, the horizontal line mentioned above. switch and terminal plate terminals 112, 118 and 117 respec-
3. After loosening the clamp nut (3, figure 21) behind the tively.
lamp bracket, tilt the lamp up or down to properly aim it in C. Two Wire Cable (Through Loom) - Red and green wires from
relation to the horizontal line and at the same time turn it right hor,n to ignition switch and terminal plate terminals 112
or left to direct the beam of light straight ahead. Tighten the and 1125 respectively.
clamp nut after the lamp is properly positioned. D. Two Wire Cable - Red wire from ignition switch terminal #3
to rear terminal ignition coil (18), from rear terminal
ignition coil (18) to stop lamp switch (41), from stop lamp
2. BULB CHART switch (41) to tail and stop lamp (51). Green wire from
light switch terminal 113 to tail and stop lamp (51).
E. Loom (One Wire) - Black wire from ignition circuit breaker
The following chart gives the location and bulb requirements (68) to front terminal of ignition coil (18).
for your Harley-Davidson motorcycle. F. Loom (One Wire) - Green wire from cable "B" and terminal
plate terminal #7 to oil signal light switch (6).
56
57
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
Maintaining Your Harley~Davidson
58 59
Maintaining Your Harley-Davidson
terminal plate terminal #8. Tan wire through loom 11 H" to Ignition
switch terminal #3.
18. Ignition Coil- Red wire through cable 11 D'' to ignition
switch terminal #3. Red wire through cable "D'' to stop light
switch (41). Black wire through loom "E11 to circuit breaker (68).
19. Generator "F' Terminal- Black wire to "F' terminal of
voltage regulator (36).
20. Generator 11 Reg'' Terminal- Red wire to 11 Gen" terminal
of voltage regulator (36).
21. Terminal- Black wire with red tracer through "A" to
headlamp Hi and Low beam switch (4). Black wire with red tracer
through loom "H" to headlamp (17).
22. Terminal - Red wire with yellow tracer through "A" to
headlamp Hl and Low beam switch (4). Red wire through loom "H"
to headlamp (17).
23. Terminal - Terminal not used.
25. Terminal- Black wire through "A" to horn switch (5).
Green wire through cable tiC" to horn (55) upper terminal.
26. Terminal - Terminal not used.
27. Terminal -Terminal not used.
28. Battery -Red wire from positive terminal through loom
"G" to horn (55). Black wire from negative terminal to ground
terminal on frame.
36. Voltage Regulator- Red wire from "Batt! terminal through
cable "B" to light switch terminal 1#2. Black wire from "Gen"
terminal through cable "B" to terminal plate terminal 1#8. Red
wire from "Gent! terminal to generator "Regfl terminal H20.
Black wire from "F' terminal to generator "F' terminal H19.
37. Generator
41. Stop Light Switch - Red wire through cable "D'' to rear
ignition coil terminal. Red wire through cable "D'' to tail and
stop lamp (51).
51. Tall and Stop Lamp- Red wire from right side of connector
plug through cable "IJ' to stop lamp switch (41). Green wire
from left side of connector plug through cable "D'' to light switch
terminal #3.
55. Horn- Green wire from upper terminal through cable "C"
to terminal plate terminal ##25. Red wire from lower terminal
through cable "C" to lgnltlon switch terminal ##2. Red wire from
lower terminal throughloom"G'' to positive terminal of battery (28).
68. Ignition Circuit Breaker -Black wire through loom "E" to
front terminal of ignition coU (18).
60
. ~>~,~'.R~ ;f!J R~ :
. . . " ' ...
£.A~LIE.R ~001<.
O,F: LAnE
99466-57 Price 50 cents
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part Page
1
Orlg. 656 Printed In U.S.A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page
CHASSIS
Part Page
1. Chains 47
10. Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2. Brakes 48
11. Oil and Generator Signal Lights . . . . . 13 3. Wheels 52
12. Rear Shock Absorber Spring Adjustment 13 4. Tires . 54
13. Starting the Engine . . . . . . 14
14. Starting a Cold Engine ELECTRICAL
14
15. Starting a Warm or Hot Engine 15 1. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
16. Stopping the Engine . . . . 16 2. Generator Charging Rate and Voltage Regulator 58
17. Care of New Engine . . . . 16 3. Horn . . . . . . • • . • • • • • . . • • • . • 59
18. High Speed Operating Tips .. . 16 4. Inspecting or Replacing Generator Brushes • • 59
19. Operating Troubles . . . . . . 17 5. Bulb Cllart . . . . . . .. . • . • . . . . 59
m. SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6. Wiring Diagram Key • • . • • • • 60
1. Service and Maintenance Intervals 20
2. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
3. Transmission and Front Chain . . 24 Figure 1.Right Side View . • • • • • 6
4. Rear Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Figure 2.Left Side View • • • • • • • • 7
5. Chassis . . . . • . . • . . . . • • • 27 Figure 3.Top View • • • • • • • • • 8
6. Generator Armature Bearing - Commutator Figure 4. Gasoline Supply Valve • • • • • • • 9
End. . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Figure 5. Ignition and Light Switches • • • • • • • • 10
7. Oil Applications • . . . . . 28 Figure 6. Rear Shock Absorber Spring Adjustment • • 15
8. Hydraulic Fork . . . . . . 28 Figure 7. Left Side of Engine • • • • • • • • • • • • 25
9. Battery . . . . . . . . . . . • 30 Figure 8. Changing Oil In Hydraulic Forks • • • • • 29
10. Keep the Motorcycle Clean 31 Figure 9. ca.rburetor . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . 34
Figure 10. Circuit Breaker and Flywheel Timing Mark 36
IV. MAINTENANCE . . 33 Figure 11. Timing Crankcase Breather 39
ENGINE Figure 12. Timing Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Figure 13. 'I'a.ppets . • • • • • • • • • • • • • · • • 41
1. Spark Plugs . . . . . . 33 Figure 14. Right Side of Engine • • • • • • • • • • • 42
2. Carburetor Adjustments . 33 Figure 15. Front Chain Cover Removed and Clutch
3. Circuit Breaker 35 Disassembled • • • • • • • • • • • • • 44
4. Ignition Timing . . 37 Figure 16. PoslUoning Clutch Releasing Plate • • 46
5. Breather Timing 38 Figure 17. Repairing Drive Chain • • • • • • • • • • 48
6. Valve Timing . . . 39 Figure 18. Right Side - Front End • • • • • • • • 49
7. Tappet Adjustment . 39 Figure 19. Right Side - Rear End • • • • • • • • 51
Figure 20. Rear Brake Cross Shaft Adjustment • 52
TRANSMISSION Figure 21. Rear Wheel Removal • • • • • • • • • 53
Figure 22. Front Wheel Removal • • • • • • • • • 55
1. Clutch Hand Control 41 Figure 23. Replacing the Cycle-Beam Sealed Unit •••• 56
2. Clutch . . . . • . . . 43 Figure 24. Wiring Terminal Plate and Headlamp Lock Nut 57
Figure 25. Wiring Diagram • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 61
2
3
NUMBER OF SPROCKET TEETH
PART I
Engine • . . 34
SPECIFICATIONS Clutch .••• 59
Main Shaft . 21
Rear Wheel. 51
DIMENSIONS
ENGINE
Tire Size • . • • • • •
Tire Pressure • • • • •
(Solo Rider Only)
. . . •• 14Front
lbs.
3. 50 X 18
Rear
18 lbs.
Model Designation Letters • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • XL
Number of Cyllnders • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • . • • 2 The tire inflation pressures given are based on a rider weighing
Type . . . • . • • • • • . • • • . • • • . . • • 45 Degree V Type approximately 150 lbs. When this load is exceeded by 50 lbs. or
Horsepower. • . • . • 40 H. P. at 5500 R. P.M. more, Increase tire pressures as follows: for each 50 lbs. of
Taxable Horsepower • • • • . • • • • • • • . • • 7. 2 overload, increase pressure of rear tire 2 lbs., front tire 1 lb.
Bore . . . . . . . . . • • , • (76. 2 mm) 3. 000 ln.
Stroke . . . . . . . . . , • • , , (96. 8 mm) 3. 8125 in.
Piston Displacement , •••• , • (883 c. c.) 53. 9 cu. in.
Compression Ratio . . . . . • . . • 7.5to1
IGNITION SYSTEM
5
4
1. Rear Brake Rod Adjusting 12. Front Exhaust Push Rod 1. Headlamp 13. Transmission and Front
Nut Cover
2. Horn Power Pack Chain Compartment Oil
2. Rear Wheel Cushion-Shock 13. Ignition Circuit Breaker 3. Carburetor Choke Lever Filler Plug
3. 011 Tank 14. Gear Shift Foot Pedal 4. Tool Box 14. Brake Foot Pedal
4. Oil Tank Cap 15. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting 5. Rear Wheel Cushion-Shock 15. Transmission and Front
5. Air Cleaner Screw 6. Tail Lamp Chain Compartment Oil
6. Gasoline Supply Valve 16. Starter Crank Pedal 7. Rel,lr Wheel Adjusting Nut Level Plug
7. Front Brake Adjusting 17. Oil Tank Drain Plug 8. Rear Axle 16. Ignition Timing Inspection
Sleeve 18. Cushion Spring Adjusting 9. Cushion Spring Adjusting Hole Plug
8. Front Brake Anchor and Cam Cam 17. Generator
19. Rear Brake Anchor and 10. Jiffy Stand 18. Voltage Regulator
Shoe Pivot Bolt
9. Right Fork Side Drain Shoe Pivot Stud 11. stop Lamp SWitch 19. Left Fork Side Drain Plug
Plug 20. Rear Wheel Axle 12. Stop Lamp Switch Adjusting 20. Front Wheel Axle Pinch
10. Front Wheel Axle 21. Rear Wheel Axle Nut Screw Bolt
11. Front Wheel Axle Nut 22. Rear Wheel Adjusting Nut
6 7
PART II
The gasoline supply valve (6, figure 1) is located on the right side
under the gas tank. The valve (figure 4) has two handles; one is
marked "RESERVE" and the other is unmarked. Gasoline to car-
buretor is shut off when both handles are in horizontal position.
Turning the unmarked handle to vertical posltlon turns on main
gasoline supply; turning "RESERVE" handle to vertical position
turns on reserve supply.
=~,
._ . GASOLINE
.-·< STRAINI:R
,',' ' .
1 .',
8 9
Controls and Operation Controls and Operation
of instrument panel. The switch locks are the same and keys can release the clutch; release the lever slowly to its outward posi-
be used in either lock. With keys in center position (figure 5) tion to engage the clutch.
both switches are OFF. Ignition switch is ON when key is turned
to right or left. Turning light switch key to left turns ON tail lamp 6. GEAR SHIFT FOOT LEVER
for parking and turning to right turns on running lights. SWitch
keys can be removed with switches in OFF or ON positions. The gear shift foot lever (14, figure 1) is located on the right
Either switch is locked ONLY with key in CENTER (OFF) po- side, where it may be conveniently operated with the toe of the right
sition and key removed from lock. foot. Pushing foot lever all the way down (full stroke) shifts trans-
mission to the next lower gear, while lifting foot lever all the way
up (full stroke) shifts transmission into the next higher gear. The
operator must release foot lever after each gear change to allow
lever to return to its central position before another gear change
can be made.
Neutral position is between first (low) and second gears.
First gear is the last gear position that can be found by pushing
foot lever full strokes downward. To shift from first gear to
neutral, lift foot lever half its full stroke. The shift to neutral
can also be made from second gear by pushing foot lever down-
LIGHT ward one-half stroke.
SWITCH When starting the engine it is not necessary to shift transmission
to neutral before attempting to kick the engine over. By releasing
the clutch hand lever and holding in the released position during
starting procedure, engine may be started regardless of the gear
in which the transmission might be engaged. However, it is better
whenever possible to start the engine with transmission in the
Figure 5. Ignition and Light Switches neutral position.
With the motorcycle standing still and the engine not running, it
3. SPARK CONTROL GRIP usually will be necessary to move the motorcycle backward and
forward with the clutch fully disengaged while maintaining a slight
Turn the spark control grip (7, figure 3) inward to advance spark; pressure on the foot shlft lever before a shift from one gear to
turn outward to retard spark. Fully advanced is the proper normal another can be made. Even with the engine running and the motor-
running position. When the engine is laborlngundera hard pull, re- cycle standing still, difficulty may be experienced in shifting gears.
tard the spark part waytoavoidknockingand improve performance. This difficulty arises when transmission gears are not turning
and shifting 'parts are not lined up to permit engagement. When
4. THROTTLE CONTROL GRIP this difficulty is experienced, do not under any circumstances
attempt to force the shift by "roughing" the foot lever; the results
Turn the throttle control grip (20, figure 3) outward to close of such abuse will be a damaged or broken shifter mechanism.
throttle; turn inward to open throttle. Either roll the motorcycle as indicated above, or if the engine
is running, engage the clutch very slightly at the same time ap-
5. CLUTCH HAND LEVER plying light pressure to the foot lever to make the shift. Both of
these procedures set transmission gears in motion and then
The clutch hand lever (5, figure 3) is located on the left handle the shift can be made easily.
bar where it may be conveniently operated with the fingers on With motorcycle standing and the engine stopped, proceed as
the left hand. Pull the lever in against the handle bar grip to follows to get under way: start engine, fully release clutch, shift into
10 11
Controls and Operation
Controls and Operation
3) on the left handle bar. Volume may be set to the desired degree
flrst, and slowly engage clutch. After desired speed is attained in by turning the adjusting screw under the horn cover.
first fully disengage clutch, lift foot lever all the way up to shift
into 'second and again engage clutch. Shift in llke manner into third 11. OIL AND GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHTS (see figure 5)
and fourth gears.
Two signal lights are located on top of the headlamp body.
NEVER SHIFT GEARS WITHOUT DISENGAGING THE CLUTCH The right "GEN" signal light, when on, indicates that the generator
ts not charging. The left "OIL" signal light, when on, indicates
CAUTION that oil is not circulating through the engine. Proper operation
is indicated when both llghts are off.
When it is desired to shift to lower gears with Both the "GEN" and "OIL" signals will llght when the ignition
the motorcycle in motion, do not shift from third is turned on preparatory to starting engine. With engine running,
to second until speed is reduced to 20 miles per both lights should be off when engine speed is equivalent to ap-
hour or less; do not shift to first until speed is re- proximately 20 miles per hour road speed in high gear.
duced to below 10 miles per hour. The generator light will normallyfiashonandoff at slow ldle or
Shifting to lower gears when speed is too high road speeds below 20 miles per hour in high gear because gener-
may severely damage the transmission. ator output does not meet the load requirements at these speeds.
If the generator signal light falls to go off at speeds above about
7. BRAKES 20 miles per hour, the generator is either not charging or its out-
put is below normal and it should be inspected at once.
The brake foot pedal (14, figure 2) controls the rear wheel If the oil pressure signal light falls to go off at speeds above
brake and is located on the left side where it is operated by the toe idling, lt is usually due to an empty oil tank or to diluted oil.
of the left foot. The brake hand lever (19, figure 3) controls the 1n freezing weather the oil feed pipe may clog with lee and sludge,
front wheel brake and is located on the right handle bar, where lt thus preventing circulation of the oll. A grounded oil signal switch
is operated by the fingers of the right hand. wire, faulty signal switch, or trouble with the on pump wlll also
cause the light to stay on. If the oil circulation signal falls to
8. STARTER CRANK PEDAL go off, always check the oil supply first. Then, if oil supply is
normal and the light still does not operate normally, look inside
The starter crank pedal (16, figure 1) is located on the right side the oil tank and see if oil returns to the tank from the outlet
and has a spring return. When starting the engine, kick the pedal of the oil return pipe when the engine is running. If it is returning
down with full, vigorous strokes to turn the engine over. to the tank there is some circulation, and you may drive slowly
to the nearest Harley-Davidson dealer to have the olllng system
9. STEERING DAMPER ADJUSTING KNOB checked and serviced. If no oil returns to the tank, stop the engine
at once and do not drive further until the trouble is located and
Turn steering damper adjusting knob (17, figure 3) clockwise to the necessacy repairs are made.
apply dampening action and counterclockwise to reduce dampening
action. When riding at low and intermediate speeds, steering should 12. REAR SHOCK ABSORBER SPRING ADJUSTMENT
be free (very little dampening applied). Too much dampening at
lower speeds causes motorcycle to "wander" from a straight The rear shock absorber springs can be adjusted to three posi-
ahead course. When driving at high speeds or over rough surfaces, tions for the weight the motorcycle is to carry. The average weight
apply dampening as needed to stabilize steering. solo rider would use the extended spring position (off cam);
when in low position (off cam), the cam lobes should be next to
10. HORN each other: that is, single lobes and double lobes matched as
shown in the following illustration. If necessary, rotate the cam to
The horn (2, figure 2) is operated by the horn button (8, figure
13
12
Controls and Operation Controls and Operation
line them up properly. A heavy solo rider might require the posi-
tion with springs slightly compressed (first cam step); buddy seat
riders require the fully compressed spring position (second
cam step).
To adjust the rear shock absorber springs, turn cushion spring
adjusting cam (figure 6) to desired position with spanner wrench.
Both cushion spring adjusting cam3 must be adjusted to the same
position. A spanner wrench for this purpose is available from your
Harley- Davidson dealer.
14 15
Controls and Operation Controls and Operation
16 17
Controls and Operation Controls and Operation
If vibration is excessive:
1. Cylinder bracket loose or broken.
2. Engine mounting bolts loose.
If carburetor floods:
1. Float set too high.
2. Float valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged.
3. Dirt or other foreign matter between float valve and its seat.
If clutch sllps:
1. Clutch control improperly adjusted.
2. Insufficient clutch spring tension.
18 19
Servicing
PART III B. Check level of oil in transmission and front chain compart-
ments and add oil if needed. Use same grade of oil used in
SERVICING engine.
C. Lubricate all points indicated for 1000 mile attention.
D. Oil all control joints and parts.
E. Check adjustment of chains and adjust if necessary.
1. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE INTERVALS F. Check lubrication of rear chain and readjust chain oiler
if necessary.
A. NEW MOTORCYCLE INITIAL SERVICE G. Check all nuts, bolts and screws and tighten any found loose.
T:I. Check level of solution in battery and add distilled water
After a new motorcycle has been driven its first 750 miles and if needed. See that terminals are clean and connections
again at approximately 1500 miles, the motorcycle should be taken tight.
to the dealer from whom it was purchased for certain initial service L Check tappet adjustment and readjust if necessary.
operations with which the dealer is familiar. If it is impossible to J. Check circuit breaker points and readjust if necessary.
take the motorcycle to a dealer at the mileage intervals mentioned, K. Check spark plug electrodes, clean and regap if necessary.
the owner should at least give the following outlined attention, or
arrange to have it given, and take the motorcycle to the dealer B. REGULAR MOTORCYCLE SERVICE INTERVALS
for more complete servicing later on when convenient to do so.
Regular motorcycle lubrication and maintenance will help you
CHECK AT FffiST 750 MILES keep your new Harley-Davidson operating at peak performance,
and will give you lower operating costs, longer motorcycle life,
A. Drain oil tank through drain plug (17, figure 1) and refill and greater riding pleasure. Your Harley-Davidson dealer knows
with fresh oil. best how to service your motorcycle with factory approved methods
B. If motorcycle is equipped with oil filter, service the filter. and equipment assuring you of thorough and competent workman-
C. Drain transmission and front-chain compartments and refill. ship for every job.
Use same grade oil used in engine.
D. Lubricate all points indicated for 1000 mile attention under The chart on the next page shows regular intervals at which
"REGULAR MOTORCYCLE SERVICE INTERVALS". specified service operations should be performed. For more de-
E. Oil all control joints and parts. tailed description of the service and maintenance procedures
F. Inspect and service air cleaner if needed. specified, refer to information following after chart.
G. Check adjustment of chains and readjust if necessary.
H. Check lubrication of rear chain and readjust rear chain oiler. 2. ENGINE
1. Check wheel mounting bolts which secure rear wheel to
brake assembly and tighten if needed. These bolts must be A. Engine Lubrication
kept very tight.
J. Check level of solution in battery and add distilled water Use Harley~Davidson 105 series (regular heavy) oil when pre-
if needed. See that terminals are clean and connections dominating temperature is above 75 °F.
tight. Use Harley-Davidson 75 series (medium heavy) oil when pre-
K. Check tightness of all cylinder head bolts and all cylinder dominating temperature is 32°F to 75°F.
base nuts and tighten where necessary. Use Harley-Davidson 58 series (light) oil when predominating
temperature is below 32 °F.
CHECK AT FIRST 1500 MILES The oil tank capacity is 3 quarts. When the tank is filled to
about two and one-quarter inches from top of filler opening, it is
A. Check condition of oil in tank to determine if oil change considered full. Do not fill above this level, as the tank needs some
is needed.
21
20
Servicing
Servicing
air space. Tighten the cap securely to prevent leakage. The oil
signal light in the top of headlamp indicates oil circulation. See
OIL AND GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHTS (Par. 11, Page13). Oil
mileage normally varies from 250 to 500 miles per quart de-
pending on the nature of service, fast or moderate driving, and
how well the engine Is kept tuned. If mileage is not within this
range, see your dealer about it.
Remove tank cap and check oil supply at least every 300 miles
after each complete refill,
Keep the oil level well up in tank. Oil runs cooler and oil
mileage is somewhat higher with oil level well up in the tank.
Furthermore, unless oll tank is kept well filled, frequent checking
of oil level will be necessary to avoid any chance of running dry.
After a new engine has run its first 750 miles, and in normal
service under warm or hot weather conditions, at 2000 mile inter-
vals thereafter, completely drain oil tank of used oil and refill
with fresh oil. If the engine is driven extremely hard, or used on
dusty roads or in competition, drain and reflll at shorter inter-
vals. Draining should be done while oil is hot. It is not necessary
to drain the crankcase as it does not accumulate used oil. At the
time of the first 750 mile oil change, and at least at every second
oil change thereafter, thoroughly flush andcleanouttank with kero-
sene to remove any sediment and sludge that may have accumu-
lated. Your Harley-Davidson dealer has facilities for quick flushing
and cleaning of oil tank.
B. Oil Filter
C. Winter Caution
22 23
Servicing Servicing
E. Gasoline Strainer
The gasoline strainer is located on top of the gasoline supply 1. Voltage Regulator 9. Stop Lamp Switch Ad-
valve inside the gasollne tank (see figure 4). If the supply of gasoline 2. Carburetor Choke justing Screw
is impeded, as indicated by irregular carburetlon, remove the Lever 10. Stop Lamp Switch
gasoline supply valve from the tank and thoroughly clean the gaso- 3. Tool Box 11. Jiffy Stand
line strainer. Be sure to drain the tank before removing the gaso- 4. Tool Box Cover Locking 12. Engine (Serial) Number
line supply valve. Screws 13. Ignition Timing Inspec-
5. Generator lion Hole Plug
3. TRANSMISSION AND FRONT CHAIN (see figure 7) 6. Front Chain Cover 14. Horn Power Pack
7. Transmission and Front 15. Transmission and Front
Use same grade of oil used in engine. Chain Compartment Oil Chain Compartment Oil
There is an opening between the transmission and the front chain Level Plug Filler Plug
compartments, and the same oil supply lubricates the parts in 8. Rear Brake Foot Pedal 16. Front Chain Cover Screws
both compartments. The oil drain plug is located underneath case
directly below the transmission. The oil filler plug (15) is located
near the top of the chain case cover. The oil level plug (7) is Figure 7. Left Side of Engine
24 25
Servicing Servicing
located near the bottom of the chain case cover. To clean rear chain oiler, proceed as follows:
To determine correct oil level in the transmission and chain
case compartments proceed as follows: A. Back out adjusting screw lock nut as far as possible.
B. Turn adjusting screw inward until it bottoms on its seat.
A. Stand motorcycle straight up. Motorcycle must remain in Keep track of the number of turns needed to turn the screw
this position during entire procedure. inward.
B. Remove transmission oil filler plug (15) and oil level plug (7). C. Remove adjusting screw and clean (blow) out orifice with
NOTE: If the oil is to be changed, remove oil drain plug. compressed air.
Reinsert after oil has drained and tighten oil drain D. Reinstall adjusting screw and turn it inward until it bottoms
plug before proceeding with next step. on its seat.
c. Add oil until it begins to overflow through oil level hole. E. Turn adjusting screw outward the same number of turns
Leave excess oil flow from oil level hole until it ceases determined in step B above and lock in place with locking
to run. This is correct oil level. nut. This is your former setting.
D. Reinsert and tighten oil level plug and oil filler plug.
The initial (factory) setting of the rear chain oiler is 1/4 turn
Drain transmission and refill to correct level with fresh, open which permits oil to flow at the rate of 2 to 3 drops per minute.
clean oil once each year or every 5000 miles, whichever comes If motorcycle is operated under extremely dusty conditions,
first. If transmission should become submerged in water, dr.ain it additional lubrication of the rear chain may be advisable from time
immediately and refill with clean oil to the correct level. to time. Under these conditions proceed as follows: remove chain
from motorcycle. Soak and wash thoroughly in a pan of kerosene.
4. REAR CHAIN After removing chain from kerosene, hang it up for a time to allow
kerosene to drain off. Immerse for a short time in a pan of grease
heated to the consistency of light engine oil. If grease and facilities
At regular ser~ice intervals (1000 miles) make a close inspec- for heating are not at hand, substitute light engine oil. While
tion of rear chain. If it does not appear to be getting sufficient immersed move chain around to be sure that hot grease or oil
lubrication, or if there is evidence of an over-supply of oil, read- works through all inside parts. After removing from hot grease
justment should be made with "rear chain oiler adjusting screw". or oil, allow chain to drain and wipe all surplus grease or oil
Readjust the rear chain oiler as follows: rear chain oiler and the from surface of chain. Install chain on motorcycle. Inspect
adjusting screw are located at the bottom end of the oll return connecting link and spring clip closely for bad condition. Replace
line; the adjusting screw is locked in position with a lock nut; if at all questionable. Be sure spring clip is correctly and securely
loosen the lock nut and turn screw outward for more oil, and locked on pin ends.
inward for less oil; turn screw only a fraction of a turn at a
time· lock adjusting screw in place with lock nut. 5. CHASSIS
The quantity of oil needed to lubricate the rear chain is very
small. The size of the opening (orifice). thr9ugh which oil bleeds Use Harley-Davidson "Grease All" for all greasing require-
to the chain is regulated by the adju~tlng screw. Sediment and ments.
gummy matter, accumulating in the oil supply, deposit ln and All chassis bearings requiring frequent applications of grease
around this orifice and gradually decrease the oil supply to the are provided with grease gun fittings. Locations and recommended
chain. A chain that has been lubricated perfectly the first 2000 greasing intervals are listed in the SERVICEANDMAINTENANCE
miles may run short of oil the second 2000 miles. For this CHART (Page 22).
reason, even though inspection indicates the chain is amply lubri- Be careful about over-greasing wheel hubs and brake operating
cated it is advisable to blow away accumulated sediment and shafts. Excess grease working out of these bearings pro.duces a
resto~e the orifice to its original size at intervals of approximately messy condition and is likely to get onto brake linings and greatly
2000 miles. reduce efficiency of brakes.
26 27
Servicing Servicing
Remove and grease handle bar grip spirals with fresh grease
and pack steering head bearings with fresh grease at intervals
indicated ln the SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CHART (see
Page 22).
6. GENERATOR ARMATURE BEARING- COMMUTATOR END
To lubricate this bearing, ·first remove the generator end
cover. The bearing can then be oiled through hole in bearing cover
or bearing cover can be removed to permit greasing. Lubricate
every 5000 miles or at least once a year. If not convenient to lubri-
cate with grease at specified intervals, at least lubricate with a few
drops of motor oil. Be careful not to over-lubricate, as excess
oil or grease may work out and get onto commutator and brushes.
It is recommended that your motorcycle be taken to a Harley-
Thlvidson dealer for this lubrication.
Generator drive end bearing requires no attention as it is
lubricated by the oil that circulates through the engine.
7. OIL APPLICATIONS
The following control connections and parts should be oiled
regularly, particularly after washing motorcycle or driving in
wet weather (see Page 22).
A. Rear brake rod clevis pin (at both ends of brake rod).
B. Front brake clevis pin.
C. Hand brake lever clevis pin and brake cable at both ends
of housing.
D. Hand clutch lever clevis pin.
E. Clutch cable at both ends of housing and at oiler. 1. Fork Side Drain Plug
F. Throttle control wire at carburetor. 2. Fork Side Hex Head Cap Screw
G. Spark control wire at circuit breaker.
H. Seat post. Figure 8. Changing Oil in Hydraulic Forks
8. HYDRAULIC FORK (see figure 8) Hydraulic Fork Oil. When oil is drained for refill, each fork side
should have not over 3-1/2 ounces of oil. The difference in the
The hydraulic fork requires little maintenance or attention, amount of oil required between a (DRY) fork and a (WET) fork is
and no greasing. If fork does not appear to be working properly or due to oil cling and the fact that it is not possible to drain every
an appreciable amount of oil leakage should develop, attention drop of oil from the fork. Do not use more oil than recommended
should be given by a Harley-DavldRon dealer. Incorrect recoil above, because the excess oil will cause leakage from the top of
action will result If there Is Insufficient oil In elther side of fork. the sllder tubes.
When forks are disassembled for repairs and reassembled To drain and refill fork, first remove the hex head cap screw
(DRY), each fork side should have 4-1/2 ounces of Harley-Davidson (2) at the top of each fork side. Remove the drain plug (1) at the
28 29
Servicing Servicing
lower end of each slider tube and draln the oil into a clean con- source. Allowing battery to remain in a discharged condition for
tainer. Oil drained from the forks, if not contaminated with water any length of time shortens its life. It is especially important that
or other foreign matter, can be used again. In this case, add oil the battery be kept well charged in below freezing weather. A low
to container to make up the required amount. Replace the drain or discharged battery is very likely to be frozen and ruined.
plugs and pour 3-1/2 ounces (WET FORK), or 4-1/2 ounces (DRY 3. Keep the battery clean and terminal connections tight.
FORK), of Harley-Davidson Hydraulic Fork Oil through the hole
in the upper end of each fork side. Install the cap screws in the B. Adding Water to Battery
top of each fork side and tighten securely.
In an emergency, when Harley-Davidson Hydraulic Fork Oil The motorcycle should be standing straight up, not leaning on
is not available, use the lightest automobile engine oil obtainable. the jiffy stand, when adding water to the battery. Remove tool
Do not use shock absorber fluid. If engine oil is used, however, box wing nuts. Swing tool box out and to the left. Turn off the wing
drain and replace with Hydraulic Fork Oil as soon as possible. nuts and remove the battery cover. Take out the three screw-in
The consistency of engine oil varies with temperature changes, filler plugs, and with a hydrometer or syringe, add water to each
and stiff recoil action and a rough ride will result at lower tem- cell to raise the level of the solution about 5/16 inch above the
peratures. Temperature changes have little effect on the recom- plates and separators.
mended oil. Every 5000 miles, or at least once each year, drain
the oil from the fork and refill with a fresh supply of Hydraulic If battery if filled to a higher level, some of the
Fork Oil. If fork should at any time become submerged in water, solution will be forced out through vent holes when
drain and refill immediately. battery is charging. This will not only weaken the
At best, servicing the fork using only a funnel is a rather slow battery solution but also may damage parts near
job because of the small filler openings and because the flller the battery.
channel tends to become air locked. It is recommended that you
see your Harley-Davidson dealer when this service is required C. Battery Charging Rate
for he has the necessary equipment to do this job cleanly and When charging a battery from an outside source, the charging
quickly. rate is constant and should not be allowed to go over 1/2 ampere.
A higher rate wlll heat and damage the battery.
9. BATTERY
CAUTION
It is the care given a battery, rather than time and miles of
service, which is most important in determining its life. Do not allow the battery to be charged in the
same line with automobile batteries because of the
A. Servicing Battery high charge rate.
1. Inspect the level of the solution of the battery as indicated 10. KEEP THE MOTORCYCLE CLEAN
in SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CHART (Page 22). Add pure Keeping th,e motorcycle clean on the outside as well as on the
distilled water as often as necessary to keep solution above the inside not only is a sign of good maintenance, it is good main-
plates (see Section B, below). tenance. To aid you in keeping your motorcycle clean see your
Harley-Davidson dealer for the following:
If motorcycle is not used for an extended period
of time (month or more) check solution level before Harley-Davidson "Gunk" Cleaner
placing motorcycle in service.
Harley-Davidson "Gunk" will quickly and efficiently
2. Check solution with a battery hydrometer. If hydrometer remove grease and oil from your motorcycle leaving a
reading is below 1.200, remove battery and charge it from an outside clean, bright finish.
30 31
Servicing
Keep plugs clean and the gap between the points adjusted to
between .025 and .030 inch. Do not take the plugs apart for cleaning.
Clean with a sand blast cleaner.
Be sure your motorcycle is operating with the correct heat
range plug best suited to your type of riding. If in doubt see your
Harley-Davidson dealer.
32 33
Maintenance Maintenance
With needle in this position, engine will start, but low speed
mixture will probably be too rich.
D. Start the engine and after it has reached operating temper-
ature and the choke has been moved to the open position,
correct the adjustment of low speed needle.
E. Turn low speed needle (2) in (to right) 1/8 turn at a time
until mixture becomes so lean that engine misses and is
inclined to stop; then, back needle out (to left) 1/8 turn or
untll engine hits regularly with spark advanced and throttle
closed and engine running at idle speed. Starting and all
around carburetion wlll be better with low speed adjustment
slightly rich, rather than as lean as it can be made.
F. Adjust throttle lever stop screw (4) as necessary, to make
engine idle at proper speed with throttle fully closed.
Turn screw to right to make engine idle faster and to left
to make engine idle slower. Do not idle an engine at the
slowest possible speed because an extremely slow idling
adjustment causes hard starting. Changing the idle speed
with throttle stop screw ls likely to change the low speed
mixture slightly. It will, therefore, 'be necessary to again
check and correct low speed needle adjustment by the
same procedure followed in making the initial adjustment.
G. Check high speed adjustment, after low speed adjustments
have been completed. Run motorcycle on the road at various
speeds between 20 miles per hour and maximum speed.
Have spark fully advanced. Best all around engine per-
formance can usually be found wlth the high speed needle
(1) set from 3/4 to 1-1/4 turns open.
1. High Speed Needle 3. Throttle Lever
2. Low Speed Needle 4. Throttle Stop Screw
3. CffiCUIT BREAKER (see figure 10)
Figure 9. Carburetor
A carburetor that is badly out of adjustment may be readjusted Circuit breaker 'points should be checked for gap and contact
as follows: surface condition initially at 1500 miles and every 2000 miles
thereafter. Check the gap between the contact points (9) with a
A. Make sure carburetor control wire is adjusted so throttle .022 inch gage (wire preferred). If it is not exactly .022 inch when
lever (3) fully closes and opens with handle bar grip the cam follower (1) is on either of the highest points of cam (2},
movement. adjustment is necessary. Incorrect point gap spacing affects ignition
B. Turn both the high speed needle (1) and the low speed timing. To adjust the points loosen the lock screw (11) and move
needle (2) all the way in (to right). Do not close off either the eccentric adjusting screw (14) to provide a contact point gap
needle too tightly or damage to needle and seat may of .022 inch. Retighten the lock screw (11) and again check the
result. gap to make sure it remains correct. Points in pitted or worn
C. Back up (to left) low speed needle (2) about 1-1/2 turns. condition should be replaced.
34 35
Maintenance Maintenance
36
37
Maintenance Maintenance
38 39
Maintenance Maintenance
6 5 u•o•••'
40 41
Maintenance Maintenance
D. Turn clutch push rod adjusting screw (2, figure 14) inward
(right) untu clutch hand lever has 1/8 of its full movement
free before clutch starts to release. This can be determined
by a slight increase in tension on the clutch hand lever at
the above point as it is being moved to the released position.
Tighten clutch push rod adjusting screw lock nut (3, fig-
ure 14) in place without disturbing the setting of the ad-
justing screw.
2. CLUTCH {see figure 15)
If the clutch slips after control has been correctly adjusted
(Par. 1 above), increase clutch spring tension. Remove trans-
mission and front chain compartment oll drain plug and drain oil
from compartments. Remove left foot rest pinch screw and washer
(16) and left foot rest (14). Remove stop light switch with attach-
ing screw and washer (15). Remove front chain cover (8) and
gasket (9) by first removing three front chain cover screws (7).
Remove the clutch cover (25), twelve clutch cover screws (20)
and six clutch cover screw retainers (23). Do not pry cover loose
at one point. Loosen cover evenly in several places as the cover
must provide an oil tight seal and must not be sprung out of
s~pe. With cover (25) removed, the clutch releasing plate (13),
clutch springs (27), spring tension adjusting plate (24) and six
spring adjusting nuts are in view. Three of the spring tension
1. Oll Tank Drain Plug adjusting nuts (22) have 1/2-inch hex heads and three (21) have
2. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting Screw 7/16-inch hex heads. All spring tension adjusting nuts are re-
3. Clutch Push Rod Adjusting Screw Lock Nut cessed to conform to raised portion of spring tension adjusting
4. Transmission, Rear Chain and Sprocket Cover plate which provides a lock for the nuts. Tighten each of the six
5. Gear Compartment Cover nuts one half turn at a time. The nuts must always remain In their
6. Rear Chain Oller locked positions after adjustment is made. Test after each half turn
by cranking the engine. Usually, a clutch that holds without any
Figure 14. Right Side of Engine noticeable slippage when cranking the engine, also holds on the road.
Tightening the' spring tension adjusting nuts moves the spring tension
rear chain sprocket cover (4, figure l4), is returning all adjusting plate (24) closer to the outside surface of the clutch re-
the way to its stop when clutch hand lever (5, figure 3) leasing plate (13). The inner surface of the spring tension adjusting
is in its fully extended position. If it is not, check to see plate (24) measures 3/16 inch from the outer surface of the flange
if a binding cable or incorrect cable length is causing on the clutch spring cups (28) for normal clutch spring tension
trouble and make necessary adjustments. adjustment. When increasing spring tension do not decrease the
c. Adjust cable length by turning clutch cable adjusting sleeve above distance to less than 7/64 Inch or clutch will not release. If
(lever end of cable housing) so that clutch releasing worm clutch spring tension is increased by one half turns of the nuts
does not quite return against lts stop. This wlll hold clutch until the maximum spring tension adjusting plate measurement is
hand lever (5, figure 3) In its fully extended position at reached, and the clutch still slips, it will be necessary to disas-
all times. semble the clutch for inspection and repair.
42 43
Maintenance Maintenance
Some of the clutch friction plates may be worn and require re-
placement or they may be oil soaked and in need of washing and
drying. When the clutch must be taken apart, it is advisable to have
it serviced by aHarley-Davidsondealerwhereanyneeded new parts
are at hand. If, however, it is impossible to take the motorcycle
to a Harley-Davidson dealer, and the clutch must be taken apart,
proceed as follows: remove the three 7/16 inch hex head {short)
nuts (21) first. Remove the three 1/2 inch hex head (long) nuts
(22). Remove spring tension adjusting plate (24), clutch springs (:&7),
and spring cups (28). Remove clutch releasing plate (13) and all
clutch plates (10 and 12).
B. Clutch Assembly
There are eight steel plates (12) and seven plates (10) made of
friction material. One of the steel plates is thicker than the
rest and is recessed on one side. This plate (11) with recessed
side facing out, is pushed over the splines of the clutch hub (6)
to rest against back side of hub. Place a steel plate (12) next to
the recessed plate (11). Place a friction plate (10) into clutch
shell and sprocket assembly (5) and push inward against the second
metal plate. Alternate with steel plates and friction plates until
seven friction plates have been placed in position. This will leave
a friction plate on the outside. Install clutch releasing plate (13).
1. Oil Level Control Valve 17. Brake Foot Pedal Positlon clutch releasing plate (13) on the clutch hub (6) so the
2. Clutch Push Rod Head 18. Brake Foot Pedal Pinch Screw clutch hub studs are exactly centered in the clutch spring cup
3. Chain Adjusting Shoe 19. Brake Foot Pedal Return Spring holes. To center studs align the larger of the two depressions on
4. Clutch Push Rod Oil Seal 20. Clutch Cover Screws (Twelve) the rim of the clutch releasing plate with the notched tooth of the
5. Clutch Shell and Sprocket 21. Spring Tension Adjusting Nuts clutch hub as indicated by arrows in figure 16. Install clutch spring
6. Clutch Hub (Three) 7/16 x 7/32 inch cups (28), clutch springs (27) and spring tension adjusting plate
7. Front Chain Cover Screws 22. Spring Tension Adjusting Nuts (24) into position with the raised surface facing outward. Start
8. Front Chain Cover (Three) 1/2 x 5/8 inch the three 1/2 inch hex head {long) nuts (22) on their respective
9. Front Chain Cover Gasket 23. Clutch Cover Screw Re- studs. Pull tl}ese nuts down evenly until the spring tension ad-
10. Friction Plates (Seven) tainer (Six) justing plate (24) is pulled over the remaining three studs a suffi-
11. Recessed Steel Back Plate 24. Spring Tension Adjusting cient distance to allow starting the 7/16 inch hex head nuts (21)
12. Steel Plates (Seven) Plate on their respective studs. Draw the six spring tension adjusting
13. Releasing Plate 25. Clutch Cover nuts down evenly until the inside of the spring tension adjusting
14. Foot Rest 26. Clutch Cover Gasket plate (24) measures 3/16 inch out from the outside surface of
15. Stop Light Switch 27. Clutch Tension Springs (Six) flange of the clutch spring cups (28) at ttie 6 stud locations.
Attaching Screw 28. Clutch Tension Spring Cups This is the normal clutch spring tension adjustment when new
16. Foot Rest Pinch Screw (Six) clutch plates are used. Before completing assembly test clutch for
slippage by cranking engine. Install clutch shell and sprocket
Figure 15. Front Chain Cover Removed and Clutch Disassembled cover (25), screws (20) and retainers (23), with new gasket (26)
44 45
Maintenance Maintenance
CHASSIS
1. CHAINS
46 47
Maintenance Maintenance
C. Chain Repair
2. BRAKES
48 49
Maintenance Maintenance
tighten lock nut (2) securely against the adjusting sleeve nut. H
brake should drag with correct free movement in hand lever,
re-center brake shoes in brake drum. See Pa.r. 2B following.
Loosen but do not remove front brake anchor and shoe pivot
bolt (5) through mounting on rear of right fork side. Loosen but
do not remove right axle nut (8). Spin front wheel. While wheel is
turning apply front brake and hold in tightest position while
tightening first brake shoe pivot bolt (5) and then front axle nut (8).
Check brake for correct adjustment. See Par. 2A above.
Loosen but do not remove nut on rear brake anchor and shoe Figure 19. Right Side- Rear End
pivot stud (9) (located to front of brake side cover and through slot
provided in rear frame fork casting). Loosen but do not remove 1. Assemble cross shaft in frame.
rear axle nut (8). Spin rear wheel. While wheel is turning apply 2. Adjust cross shaft adjusting screw (2) so that with screw
brake and hold in tightest posltlon while tightening first the brake against its stop on frame, the top of the cross shaft arm (3) is
shoe anchor and pivot stud nut (9) and then the rear axle nut (8). slightly back of center of the rear fork pivot bolt (4). Under no
Check brake for correct adjustment. See l>ar. 2C above. conditions should the front of the top of the cross shaft arm (3)
be closer than 1-1/2 inches to the rear of the relieved portion of
the transmission sprocket cover (5),
E. Rear Brake Cross Shaft and Pedal Adjustment (see figure 20) 3. Assemble brake pedal on cross shaft. J! pedal does not
position correctly (almost touching foot rest) readjust cross
If for any reason it ls necessary to disturb the adjustment of shaft adjusting screw (2) so that cross shaft splines and brake
the rear brake cross shaft adjusting screw (2), take care to readjust pedal are positioned correctly. However, adjustment should be
it correctly. To make correct adjustment, proceed as follows: made so that cross shaft arm (3) is always moved to the rear
50 51
Maintenance Maintenance
52 53
Maintenance Maintenance
54 55
Maintenance
57
56
Maintenance Maintenance
Hi Beam 30 Watts
·Headlamp Low Beam 1 67717-48
The generator itself has no adjustment for control of charging 30 Watts
rate. This is controlled by the voltage regulator. The voltage Tail Lamp Tail Lamp 1 3 C. P. 68165-47
regulator functions to increase charging rate when battery is low . Stop Light 21 C. P.
or lamps are lighted, and to decrease charging rate when no lamps Generator Light 1 2 C. P. 68462-49
are lighted and when battery is up. Voltage regulator requires no Oil Light 1 2 C.P. 68462-49
regular interval attention. The cutout relay is combined with the Speedometer Light 1 . 25 Amp. 71090-47
voltage regulator in a single unit. Should any electrical system
trouble be experienced that might be traceable to the voltage Accessories
regulator, motorcycle should be taken to your Harley-Davidson Spot Light 2 32 C. P. 68715-49
dealer who has the necessary electrical testing equipment to give · Parking Lights 3 C. P. 68165-15
required attention. Fender Lights 2 C. P. 68462-49
58 59
Maintenance
Maintenance
B. Three Wire Cable- Red, black and green wire from light
switch and terminal plate terminals ##2, 1#8 and 1#7 respec-
tively.
C. Two Wire Cable (Through Loom) - Red and green wires from
horn to Ignition switch and terminal plate terminals ##2
and ##25 respectively.
D. Two Wire Cable - Red wire from ignltlon switch terminal ##3
to rear terminal ignltlon coil (18), from rear terminal
ignition coil (18) to stop lamp switch (41), from stop lamp
switch (41) to tall and stop lamp (51). Green wire from
light switch terminal ##3 to tall and stop lamp (51).
60
61
Maintenance Maintenance
5. Horn Switch - Black wire with white tracer to terminal Terminal #2 - Red wire through cable "B" to "Bat" terminal of
plate terminal #25. Green wire to ground terminal right rear voltage regulator (36). Red wire to ignition switch
fork boot support screw. terminal 4#2.
6. Oil Signal Light Switch - Green wire through loom "F" Terminal #3 - Green wire through cable "D" to tail light (51).
and cable "B" to terminal plate terminal #7.
17. Headlamp - Black wire with red tracer through loom "H"
7. Terminal - Green wire through cable "B" and loom "F" to terminal plate terminal #21. Red wire through loom "H" to
to oil signal light switch (6). Black wire from headlamp (17). terminal plate terminal #22. Black wire through loom "H" to
terminal plate terminal #7. Green wire through loom "H" to
8, Terminal - Black wire through cable "B" to "Gen" terminal terminal plate terminal #8. Tan wire through loom "H" to ignition
of voltage regulator (36). Green wire from headlamp (17). switch terminal #3.
9. Terminal Plate - Mounted on fork. 18. Ignition Coil - Red wire through cable "D" to ignition
switch terminal 4#3; Red wire through cable "D" to stop light
10. Speedometer switch (41). Black wire through loom "E" to circuit breaker (68).
lOA. Speedometer Light - Green wire to light switch ter- 19. Generator "F" Terminal - Black wire to "F" terminal of
minal #1. voltage regulator (36).
11. Terminal - Terminal not used. 20. Generator "Reg" Terminal - Red wire to "Gen" terminal
of voltage regulator (36).
12. Terminal - Terminal not used.
21. Terminal - Black wire with red tracer through "A" to
13. Generator Signal Light headlamp Hi and Low beam switch (4). Black wire with red tracer
through loom "H" to headlamp (17).
14. Oil Signal Light
22. Terminal - Red wire with yellow tracer through "A" to
15. Ignition Switch headlamp Hi and Low beam switch (4). Red wire with yellow tracer
through loom "H" to headlamp (17).
Terminal #1 - Terminal not used.
23. Terminal - Terminal not used.
Terminal #2- Red wire to light switch terminal #2. Red wire through
cable "C" to horn (55). 25. Terminal - Black wire with white tracer through "A" to
horn switch (5). Green wire through cable "C" to horn (55) upper
Terminal #3 - Red wire through cable "D" to rear terminal ignition terminal.
coil (18). Tan Wire to h~adlamp.
26. Terminal - Terminal not used.
16. Light Switch
27. Terminal - Terminal riot used.
Terminal #1 - Red wire with black tracer through "A" to headlamp
Hi and Low beam switch (4). Greenwireto speedo- 28. Battery - Red wire from positive terminal through loom
meter light (10). "G" to horn (55). Black wire from negative terminal to ground
terminal on frame.
62 63
RULES OF THE ROAD
36. Voltage Regulator - Red wire from "Bat" terminal through
cable "B" to light switch terminal #2. Black wire from "Gen"
terminal through cable "B" to terminal plate terminal #8. Red 1. Keep on the right side of the road when meeting other vehicles
wire from "Gen" terminal to generator "Reg" terminal #20. coming in the opposite direction.
Black wire from "F" terminal to generator "F" terminal #19. 2. Always sound your horn and pass on the left side when passing
other vehicles (except street car) going in the same direction,
37. Generator Never try to pass another vehicle going in the same direction at
street intersections, on curves, or when going up or down a hill.
41. Stop Light Switch - Red wire through cable "D" to rear
ignition coil terminal. Red wire through cable "D" to tail and 3. At street intersections give the right-of-way to the vehicle on
stop lamp (51). your right. Do not presume too much when you have the right-of-
way; the other fellow may not know you have it.
51. Tall and Stop Lamp - Red wire from right side of connector 4. Always signal when preparing to stop, start, or turn. If possible,
plug through cable ''D" to stop lamp switch (41). Green wire signal by extending the arm.
from left side of connector plug through cable "D" to light switch
terminal #3. 5. All traffic signs, including those used for the control of traffic at
intersections, should be obeyed promptly and to the letter. "Slow
55. Horn - Green wire from upper terminal through cable "C" Down" signs near schools and caution signs at railroad crossings
to terminal plate terminal #25. Red wire from lower terminal should always be observed and your actions governed accordingly.
through cable "C" to ignition switch terminal #2. Red wire from
lower terminal through loom "G" to positive terminal of battery {28). 6. Never "crash" a light. When a change is indicated from "Go" to
"Stop" (or vice versa) in the traffic control systems at inter-
68. Ignition Circuit Breaker - Black wire through loom "E" to sections, await the change.
front terminal of ignition coil (18). 7. When intending to turn to the left, give signal at least 50 feet
before reaching the turning point. Move over to the center line
of the street, (unless local rules require otherwise), slow down
passing the intersection of the street and then turn carefully to
the left.
8. fu turning either right or left, watch for pedestrians as well as
vehicles.
9. Do not leave the curb or parking area without signaling and seeing
that your way is clear to drive into moving traffic. A moving line
of traffic has the right-of-way.
10. See that your license tags are installed in the position specified
by law and that they are clearly visible under all conditions.
Keep them clean.
11. Ride at a safe speed- a speed consistent with the type of high-
way you are on, and always note whether the road is dry or wet.
Each varying condition on the highway means adjusting your
speed accordingly.
64
SPARE PARTS
COMPLETE CATALOG
DEALERS CATALOG FOR ALL
)f SPARE PAR.TS - FOR
MODELS ~/\S7ER..
SPORTSTER AND
and
KK", "KH" & "KHK ff K"
MOTORCYCLES MODELS
All prices subject to
change without notice.
Prices ore F.O.B. Milwaukee,
Wis., U.S.A. Taxes, Duties,
HARLEY-DAVIDSON
MOTOR COMPANY
MILWAUKEE 1, WISCONSIN
GENERAL INFORMATION
This Spare Parts catalog has been prepared for your convenience
when ordering spare parts for all K and Sportster Models. These
parts have been listed in assembly breakdown sequence and line
drawings have been used to show these breakdowns. Consult these
illustrations when ordering spare parts so you are sure to get just
what you want.
3. When ordering parts use our standard parts order blanks. The
use of these blanks will enable us to fill and ship your order
more promptly~ These blanks are furnished free of charge upon
request.
6. For your own records, number and date all orders, also keep a
carbon copy for reference in case of misunderstanding.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Air ·ciea:ner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Motor Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Armature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Muffler ................................... 52
Battery ................................... 52 Name Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Bearings ................................· . . 63 Nuts .............. .- ....................... 63
Bolts ..................................... 62 Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Buddy Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Oil Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Chains ................................... 29 Oil Pressure Switches ...................... 12
Chain Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Chain Links ............................... 29 Oil Ta:nk .................................. 49
Carburetor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Pins ........... : . ......................... 62
Cam. Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Pistons ................................ ; . . 6
Circuit Breaker ............................ 21 Piston Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Piston Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Points .................................... 21
Clutch Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Push Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch Release Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Rear Fork ................................. 38
Compensating Sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Rear Hub ................................. 30
Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Rear Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cotter Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Rear Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Rear Wheel Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Crankcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rims ................................· ..... 33
Cran.k: Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Rivets ................................... ." 63
Cylinders ..................... ·.·.......... 2 Rocker Arm.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cylinder Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Saddle ................................... 40
Exhaust Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Saddle Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 60
Fenders .................................. 47 Safety Guards ............................. 39
Field Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Screws ............. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Flywheels . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Seat Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Foot Lever ................................ 23 Shifting Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Footrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Spark Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Forks ..................................... 35 Spark Coil Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fram.e .................................... 38 Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Spark Plug Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Gas Line .... ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Gas Tank ................................. 48 Speedometer Lamp ........................ 59
Gears .................................... 11 Spokes ................................... 33
Gear Case Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Spotlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Gear Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Generator ................... ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Sprocket Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Generator Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Starter Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Grease Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Starter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ha:n.dlebars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Steel Balls ................................ 63
Handlebar Controls •....................... 45 Stoplight Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Hand Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Headla:mp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Tappets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hom. ..................................... 56 Terminal Plate ....................... ~ .... 60
Hom Switch ............................... 60 Timer ..................................... 21
Ignition Switch ............................ 59 Tool Box .................................. 51
Inlet Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Transmission Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Jiffy Stand ................................ 39 Valves ................................ ~... 5
Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lock Washers ......................... : . . . 63 Washers ................................. : 62
Mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Motor Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Wiring ................................... 57
Part No. Price Each NAME Uaed On
2
Part No. Price Ecrch NAME
00~~
0 00
00 ©J(Q)o QQ
@
0
0
0
@
32342..42 1668:3-52
~~
~~
0§
(l~
17026-52
c::il
~~
0 ••
3
0 . 0
00
.0
~
18165...41
0
l.S20l-S21
or 0
l.S2oo-32
~
~
18266-520
17026-57
3
Part No. Price Ea:ch NAME Used Ou
17324-57
..,
,,/'V 17955-36
,
18228-57
,,
,,
.... r-~
18221-51,/ ! '~,
""
, , "" "" 17904-57
/ ""
/ 1'793"1-S'C
, "" ""
/
/
, ,"
/
,
, , , ""
/ ""
/ ""
/
/ ""
/
I'
,1'
, I'
/
/
""
.,
I
I
I /
I ,I
4
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
5
Part No. Price Each Used On
22251-57~
~G~2C?i2~
40 ~
0 ~~9~_j 24364-54
UDUIIUIU
ananua
93Sl or 944l.
2225l-52A
22355-52A
or DOUOOBID
22355-57 DUUDBDD
-
SET 9401 or 9150
I
24275-52 $ET
2 4362-54 24276-54
24275-57
uuuau
1111111118
9381 or
24362-54
~9441
•
.24:5'?o-52A. SET
2.f000.52
23901·52 23935-52
24~57
or
z;5901-54A 23916-57
or
23901-57 R.YWHEBS AND SHAFTS
7
Part No. Price Each NAME Used. On
8
Part No. Price Ectch NAME Used On
l6830..29
or
l6830-S4 (',---
\
''
ms
' 16210..S2A
9
Pert No. Price Ecrch NAME Used On
10
Part No. Price Each NAME Used OD
11
Part No. Price Ea:ch NAME Used OD
26550-57 ; 4 ~ 6375
26550-38A
.26579-38
26420-57 ~ , 'JMl0-52
/ 2636~36
26363-57
or
-J 26400-52A
.26341-37
or
~~~··~A ·.?i
ifltilo~>·
or :1.:
12
Part No. Price Eclch NAME Used On
INLET PIPES
iiii;Q)
432:5
2'706o-55
0 •"
2706&-5~~ I~
~27060-5?
INLET PIPE
'1214
i
27011-52 Sll.SO Inlet pipe complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models
Consists of:
1 27020-40 7.25 Inlet pipe only 2 27052-40 .70 Inlet pipe packing nut
2 27039-48 1.20 Inlet pipe nipple 2 27059-tO .45 Inlet pipe packing bushing
2 21045-32 .OS Inlet nipple rivet 2 27410.52 .10 Carburetor insulating gaske~
27021-51 s.oo Inlet pipe only ................................................ . 57 Sportster
27060-55 .3S Inlet pipe "0" ring (2) ........................................ . 57 Sportster
27063-51 1.10 Inlet pipe clamp cotnplete (2) ................................. . 57 Sportster
27065-57 .25 Inlet pipe clamp buckle (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 57 Sportster
1214 .10 Iruet pipe clamp screw (2) .................................... . 57 Sportster
13
Part No. Price Euch NAME Used On
.2722.5-54
27280-52
27276-40
2737().52 127383-11
e 21386-52
u}
a ta
27329...52- .A
27331~ lJ
2737749 77382-52
~t
14
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
15
Part No. Price Each NAME Used em
CABBUBETOB AND PARTS- SPORTSTEB.- Continued
27270-49
27386-57~ 27382-57
i
27324-57
@273"14-57
127375-57
2"1155-57
16
Part No. Price Each NAME Uaecl On
AIR CLEANER
=®
2402C
o:
29155-36 . ,
3625
29040-41
29036-41 29030-.41
29020-52
~76l2W
27236-57 ~~
41485-5~
~~7242-57
993
• iii 3566W ...A27448-57
trl 27247-57
... mans
7045 -~· .9957
.....("
' ' 7010
~/
e 4323--cu
27225-57
27246:57 29069-57
~
29002-57
27406-26
~ Cl ~ @)..!!!..6156 29020-57
27405 - 2~'Q ~27291-32
........,
7015
~ ~......-----29068-57
7608 ~27450-36
1062
AIR CLEANER
17
Pa:rt. No. Price Each NAME Used On
ARMATUBE GROUP
30851-32 $25.75 Armature & winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
30890-18 .15 Armature spacing shim-.008" .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
30890-51 .15 Armature bearing shim (0 to 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9005 2.40 Armature bearing small (brush end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9001 2.40 Armature bearing large (drive end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
31010-48 2.75 Brush end bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
31015-30 .05 Generator bearing housing gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
31017-29 .15 Generator bearing plate spring ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 5&-All K Models, 57 Spor~ster
18
Part No. Price Eac:h NAME Used On
30395-38
30352-52
31020-30 s .75 Generator inner oil retainer (brush end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
31022-33 .60 Generator outer oil retainer (brush end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
1210 .03 Generator outer oil retainer screw (3) ...................... _.... 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
31037-52 .75 Generator drive end oil deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
31040..31 .20 Generator oil deflector spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7789 .05 Armature shaft nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
31071-52 Generator drive gear (Replaced by 31071-52A)
31071-S2A 5.50 Generator drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
327 .05 Generator gear pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
19
Pcrrt No. Price Each Used On
32588-36
OR
32589-36
30507......7 ----·--ft-......11
32593-4'7
or
32593-57
32594-47 ~-
7744~
~063
,
32575-52 or
0:"' 2632
32575-57
I
~2606-37
or
32506-57
l 32690-52
32528-37
31680-27
I~~
-..
,__ ;-"
~~W
~
set
7040 ~
646~2-52
31.609-52.& or
646~2-55
32525-36
32522~37
~
ro!~
CIRCUIT BREAKER AND SPARK COIL
646~1~
or
64611-55
20
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
21
Part No. Price Each NAME Used. On
~~i{g)~?®~
~((,!.;(
33193-45 33204-45 33216-46
33205-46
7620'('1 @ ---iiii~ @ ®7620
4370 0 33213-31 7021 33190-17 7021
(9 33215-30 33182-17
,7045
~
33088-52.
7800~ ~
33192-16
,., '
33201-17
-'f)
@.0
7045
O@@i
6395 7789 •
cr::t1:3t 33203-17 33203-17 33210-29
,I 7021 7021
/ 33084-41 33061-52 7620®@ Qliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii.'Jit; @ @7620
I 33190-17
I
3317?'-16 33182-17
\
~
34890-52
25715-47
STARTER PARTS
33348-52 Starter crank gear (Replaced by 33348-52A}
33348-52A $ 7.20 Starter crank gear ............................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models
33348-57 9.00 Starter crank gear ............................................ . 57 Sportster
33356--52 .60 Starter crank gear stop pin (in crankcase) . . . . . ............... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
33359-52 Starter c::rank gear cam plate (Replaced by 33359-SZA)
33359-52A 1..00 Starter crank gear cam plate .................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models
33359-57 8.50 Starter crank gear cam plate .................................. . 57 Sportster
8241 •03 Starter crank gear cam plate rivet ............................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
33362-52 .15 Starter crank gear lock washer .......................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
22
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
23
Part No. Price Each NAME Usecl Oza.
34065-52
~)o/ ,;::rs2
34067-52 ~
34062-52
.,
I
~-$961-52
3~l-54
TRANSMISSION GROUP
24
Part No. Price Eczeh NAME Used O:a.
COUNTEBSHAFT GROUP
35613-52 s 7.90 Transmission countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
35613-54 9.75 Transmission eountershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
35631-54 .95 Countershaft oiler plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
3563&-52 4.25 Countershaft speedometer drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 & 53-Model K & KK, 57 Sportster
95636.54 4.25 Countershaft speedonteter drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 56-Model KH
35695-52 Countershaft drive gear-29 tooth (Replaced by 35695-52A)
35695-52A 8.50 Countershaft drive gear-27 tooth ............................. , . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
35709-52 Countershaft third gear-26 tooth (Replaced by 35304-52A) ·
35709-54 Countershaft third gear-24 tooth (Replaced by 35709-54A)
SS709-54A 10.90 Countershaft third gear-23 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
35750..52 Countershaft second gear {Replaced by 35750-52A)
3575Q..52A 10.25 Countershaft second gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
35750-SU Countershaft second gear-21 tooth (Replaced by 35750-54C)
-=-35750-S4C 10.50 Countershaft second gear-21 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 56-Model Y.H, 57 Sportster
25
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
26
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
...........
_.... ............... - - II
. I
37582-52 I
I
... -,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
37992-52 1
I
_.... I
I
-- - __ .... ....
_ - - - --- --
-- ... .... ....
__ -- -- ... ....
___ -, .... ...
3'i'9B5-S2A
_ -- -- ---- -- --
.... .......
-- ....
or
37339--"3
37721-54
27
Part No. Pric:e Ecrch NAME Used On
CLUTCH DISCS
37876--52 Clutch releasing disc (Replaced by 37876-52-A)
3787S..S2A. s 3.10 Clutch releasing disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 S;portster
37985-52 Clutch drive plate (lined) (Replaced by S7985-52A)
37985-52A 1.20 Clutch drive plate (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 S;portster
37992-52 1.20 Clutch driven plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 S;portster
38013-52 .95 Clutch pressure plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 S;portster
38016...52 1.65 Clutch backing plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 Sportster
38076-52 .30 Clutch spring (6) ............................................. _ 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 Sportster
38101-52 .30 Clutch backing plate cup (6) ......._. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 Sportster
38130...52 Clutch adjusting screw (Replaced by 38130-54)
38130-54 .40 Clutch adjusting screw ..................... _................... 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 Sportster
38135-50 .25 Clutch adjusting screw lock nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
38663-52
-~~
45lll-5l 38646-51
38602-520 or 38602-53
~214
45023-41
or
38705-46
28
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
01"
~5205-54
40076-15
EEa> ~ ~
40066-12 40092-15 4009-4-15
40286-5.5A
29
Part No. Pric:e Ea:c:h NAME Used OD.
SPROCKETS
35205--52 Transmission mainshaft sprocket (Replaced by 35205-52A)
352QS-.52A $ 5.75 Transmission mainshaft sprocket-21 tooth . . . . . . . . ............ . 52 & 53-Model K & ICK, 54 & 55-
Model KH from Motor No. 1689 up,
57 Sportster
35205-54 5.75 Transmission mainshaft sprocket-22 tooth .................... . 54-Model KH to Motor No. 1688
incl., 56-Model KH
37100-52 49.50 Clutch sprocket-59 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 52 & 53-:.Model K & KK
37700-S4A 56.75 Clutch sprocket-59 tooth ..................................... . 54 to 56-Model KH
37101-51 49.50 Clutch sprocket-59 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sportster
40238..54 5.50 Motor sprocket-30 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 & 55-Model KH
40284-S4A 24.50 Compensating sprocket kit .................................... . 54 to 56-Model KH
Consists of:
1 24022-54 1.&0 Sprocket shaft nut 1 40291-55 4.90
Sprocket sliding cam
1 247'75-54 5.75 Sprocket shaft extension 1 40302-52
Sprocket spring
2.40
1 40286.-SSA 9.75 Sprocket only 1 40303-52 .60
Sprocket spring cover
4tJ285..52 14.50 Motor sprock.et-30 tooth ...................................... . 52 & 53-Model K 6 KK
40287-51 9.15 Motor sprocket-34 tooth ...................................... . 57 Sportster
40291-57 9.75 Motor sprocket sliding cam & shaft extension ................... .57 Sportster
40295..$2 7.30 Motor sprocket rotating cam ................................... . 52 & 53-Model K & :KK
40295-54 7.30 Motor sprocket rotating cam ................................... . 54-Model IOi
40294-55 7.30 Early 55-Model KH
Motor sprocket rotating cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... .
40297..S2 4.90 Motor sprocket sliding cam .................................... . 52 & 53-Model K 6 KK
40297-54 4.90 Motor sprocket sliding cam .................................... . 54-Model KH
40302..$2 2.40 52 to 56-All K Models
Motor sprocket spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... .
40302-55 1.75 Motor sprocket compression spring ............................ . 57 Sportster
40303-52 .60 52 to 56-All K Models
Motor sprocket spring cover . . . . . . . ........................... .
8243 .D3 Motor sprocket rivet (8) ....•......•........•.••.••.•.•.••..••.. 52 to 56-All K Model.s
40304-SS .60 Motor sprocket spring cover ................................... . 57 Sportster
40325-5'1 2.25 Motor sprocket sliding cam sleeve ............................. . 5'7 Sportster
40386-57 3.00 Motor sprooket shaft nut . . . . .................................. .
57 Sportster
4039Q..S4 .30 Motor sprocket shaft key ...................................... . 57 Sportster
41471--30 8.25 Rear wheel sprocket-51 tooth ........... ~ ..................... .52 & 53-Model K & KK. 57 Spo:ister
41473.54 8.90 54 to 56-Model KH fro:::r. Mota: No.
Rear wheel sprocket--49 tooth .· . ; .............................. .
1689 up
41485-30 .15 Rear wheel sprocket dowel pin (4) ............................. . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
30
Pc:a1 No. Pric:e Eac:h NAME Used On
43097-35
4~005-~5
\
or
4~01Q-52
4302.5-.52
43026-52
c ~~ri ~
52
9011
I
41174-5601
41195-52,fi,
~ 41210-55
~
41226-52
31
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
4440l-49A
41662-52
or
41662-$4
4440l-49A
or
44402-52
SET
-- ... ..'
01'
4l600..SS REAR WHEEL BRAKE AND CONTROL PARTS
32
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
33
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
43100-47A
l 43027-52
43028-52
43506-S2
0:1:'
43507-53
44143-54 $13.25 Front brake side plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
44156-52 .90 Front .brake shoe pivot stud ............ _.. _..... __ . _.......... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
44156-54 •90 Front brake shoe pivot stud . . . . . . . . ........................ . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
4680 •40 Pivot stud screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
44264-.52 2.40 Brake operating shaft ......................................... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
44264-54 2.40 Brake operating shaft ...................................... _.. . 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
1800 .OS Operating shaft nut ........................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
6&62 •10 Front brake operating shaft washer . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
66638 .15 Front brake operating shaft washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 54 to 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
44307-52 1.00 Front brake operating lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
44402-52 14.50 Set of brake shoes & linings . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 52 & 53-Model K .& KK
44401-49A 9.50 Set of brake shoes & linings .................................. . 54 to 56-Model :KH, 57 Sportster
44432-54 3.40 Set of front brake linings & rivets .............................. . 54 to 56-Model K:H, 57 Sportster
44433-52 3.40 Set of front brake linings & rivets . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
44484-35 .50 Front brake shoe spring (2) ............................... . 54 to 56-Model KH
4183,5..57 .50 Front brake shoe spring (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sportster
44485-52 .so Front brake shoe spring (2) ................................... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
44524-51 .25 Front brake lever clevis pin ................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
45000-52 Front brake hand lever & cable complete (Replaced by 45000-52A)
45000-SZA 1Q.25 Front brake hand lever & cable complete (Standard bars) ...... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45000-53 Front brake hand lever & cable complete (Replaced by 45000·53A)
45000..53A 10.25 Front brake hand lever & cable complete (Speedster bars only) 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
45015-52 6.50 Hand lever & bracket complete ................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45017-41 3.25 Front brake hand lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................... . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
45023-41 3.00 Hand lever bracke~ ........... _............................... . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
45030-28 .60 Front brake hand lever bracket clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
1214 •10 Bracket clamp screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7620 •02 Bracket clamp screw nut (2) ................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45031-41 .4.0 Front brake hand lever pivot screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7691 .05 Hand lever pivot screw nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45033-49 •60 Front brake hand lever clamp bushing ......................... . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
34
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
4500o-S2A or 4Sooo-53A
2666 lb. A:.k2666
.45218-~2'Q; ®7620
6)7021
~
7620
4440l-49A
or
44402-52
SET
I
or
or ~52
44402-52 SET
SET
6543 s .10 Hand lever plain washer ................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45019-56 2.40 Front brake control coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45109-49 .20 Control coil ferrule (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45137-51 1.40 Front brake cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
45159-50 1.30 Control coil adjusting screw ............................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7744 .OS Control coil adjusting screw nut (2) . . . . ..................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45163-52 .15 Control coil adjusting screw lock nut . . . . . . . . . ....... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45174-51 1..20 Front brake cable clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
1725 .10 Front brake cable clevis nut ................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45203-52 1..20 Front brake cable tube ..................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45216-49 .40 Front brake cable clevis clamp ................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
45218-52 •40 Front brake cable tube clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
2666 •03 Front brake cable tube clamp screw ......................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7620 .02 Front brake cable tube clamp screw nut . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
FORK GROUP
45515-52 Front fork assembly (Replaced by 45515-52A)
45515-52A $145.00 Front fork assembly, polished ................................. . 52 to 54-All K Models up to Motor
No. 2250
45515-54 145.00 Front fork assembly. polished 54-Model KH from Motor No. 2250
up
45515-55 145.00 Front fork assembly, polished ................................. . 55 & 56-Model KH. 57 Sportster
45701-52A Fork stem & bracket assembly (Replaced by 45701-52B)
45701-52! 24.95 Fork stem & bracket assembly ................................. . 52 to 54-Up to Motor No. 2250
45701-54 Fork stem & bracket assembly {Replaced by 45701-54A)
45701-54A 24.95 Fork sterr. & bracket assembly .................. . 54 to 56-Frorn Motor No. 2250 up,
57 Sportster
35
Part No. Price Eac:h NAME Used On
.45721·520 I
046746-52
or I
2758 45721-5.4 I
~ 7763W
<i
0 7230
f)
2823
46769-52
or
46769-55
(JD
46291-52 2823
459.53-52
or 45941-52
45953-SS 45941-54
45941-55
462.23-52
or
46223-55
46100.52
459.48-52
:3
-46232·52
46057·52
46125-52@
€il 46160-52 or
71270
tff9 46230-52 46057-55
7744@ ®46170.52
0 .c6231-52
46201·52
l.c6173-52 84
S.-6178-52 6218W
(!)7625 •0
45947-52
FRONT..FORK 46006-54
36
Pczrt No. Price Each NAME Used On
37
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
® 48370-52
<®> 48347-52
oooooo
ooooooo:8860
~ .48310-30
48310-30~
8860oooooooo
Ooooooo
7220
~
~
i 47511-52
47014-528 1187~
48346-39
or 47525-52
47014--56
047515-52
.tii.\ 0 47517-52
~"" .47521·52
AVD 47518-52
\\Q 47519-52
~ ~o:7519-52 47504-S2A
~ .~47518-52
® Wf!)/47521-52
@ 47512-52
47514-52
FRAME
38
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
50011-30
49042-S2
or
49042-56.6.
509.00·52-
39
Pan No. Price Ec:zch NAME Used On
or
S20lo-54
f5j 52105-52
~
~ns2
3956
51952-52
5169()...52 ~ A020
-
39'74 i
51685-52 v 3974
0 '1232
•zz•"'~
~:;6-52
51720-52,fj ri R t!ts1720-52
"6 ~.51722-52~ ~
40
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
50939-52
@~ 52651-52
7725 .,-
~
5097o-52
~ ~7232
~
510 ......
52696-52·~
7763W
~ 5265:5-52 '-'i!!!~~
41
Pcut No. Price Each NAME Used. On
42
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
! @85~2.,85~@ ~ ~ 71360/:
~ ~ ©t~2~ ss~'t@! :-...... 07136
~ ..... .... ...-.J
'~
54557-52
or 54557-52
or
9955 54557-53 54557-53 9955
§ 54578-53
i!f "'
@ 54578-52
'(JJ1JI 54578-52 ~ ~4578-53 ~
8i.) 54581·52 54581-521fj
54510-52 54510-52
54550-52
54702-52
54554-52 ~
54500-52A 54500-52A
54531-52~
or e
54531-53 Q
54529-52 54529-52~
or
or
54529-53
54529-53
~ 604 6046)
~~
.-1 "
54705-52 54705-52
7620 ~A 7620 ~'
54585-52
1214
54S01-52A
6722
®~@~
85210-42 8521 0-42 54516-52 7993 7993 54516-52 8521o.42 85210h42
43
Pcttt No. Price Each NAME Used On
-54581-56 54581-56-
54550-56 54550-56
54702-56 54702-56
'B54~56
54501-56 54501-56
~56~
~ 54529-56 54529-56 ~
~533-56 54533~
777sfi@Ob@~~ fiJ~@d'b@®7775
64158 6722 54515-56 7993 54515-56 6722 64158
54516-56 54516-56
44
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
56220-48
OR
56220-53
, 562.40-D
05623.5-47
56410..0
OR
56410.53
45
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
WINDSHIELD PARTS
.~;::
8
..'f ;t~~~o.z; ... ::~
"~lQ~
ftiiiiZ> 0 0 Qllllj):>ft
~'"~
'
fj 70.40 70.CO
0 1 .58099·52 0 0 .58100.52
1654 Cllll>ero.co~II(D
3971. 3974
W1NDSHIB.D$
46
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
FENDER GROUP
60002
~:
.
~-:e.67s6240
~ 5~9-55
59007-528 59995-55 59997-55
~414W
~ 0 7232
@7035
~
3791
FENDERS & CHAIN GUARD
47
Pczrt No. Price Each NAME Used On
CHAIN GUARD
60303-52 Rear chain guard (Replaced by 60303-52A)
60303-52A $ 3.90 Rear chain guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 55-All K Models
60303-56 3.90 Rear chain guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-Model ICH, 57 Sportster
3791 .10 Rear chain guard to frame bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
3953W .10 Rear chain guard bolt (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
TANK GROUP
6100s-.52A Gas tank (prime) (Replaced by 61006-52B)
6100S.52B $52.00 Gas tank (prime) ............................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models
61006-57 52.00 Gas tank (prime) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 57 Sportster
61103-52 2.50 Tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... . 52 to 56-Al! K Models, 57 Sportster
4082 •40 Gas tank bolt (front or rear) (2) . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7725 •10 Gas tank bolt nut (2) ........................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
61135-52 .25 Gas tank to frame bolt spacer (rear) (2) ....................... . 52 to 56-All K Models
61135-57 .15 Gas tank to frame bolt spacer (rear) (2) ....................... . 57 Sportster
61773-51 2.75 Gas tank :name plate-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 52 to 54-All K Models
61773-55 2.75 Gas tank name plate-Rt. ..................................... . 55 & SS-Model KH
61113-57 1.60 Gas tank name plate (2) ...................................... . 57 Sportster
61775-51 2.75 Gas tank name plate-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 52 to 54-All K Models
61775-SS 2.75 Gas tank name :plate-Lt. ..................................... . 55 & 56-Model KH
61792-57 .10 Gas tank name plate gasket (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 57 Sportster
61795-57 •03 Gas tank name plate rivet (4) ........................ . 57 Sportster
61797-57 .05 Gas tank name plate clip (4/ .................................. . 57 Sportster
61'199-52 .70 Gas tank name plate front strip (2) ............................ . 52 & 53-Model K & KK
61800-52 .so Gas tank name plate rear strip (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 52 & 53-Model K & KK
2060 .03 Gas tank name plate & strip screw (14) ................ : ....... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK, 54 to 56-
Name plate only
62125-50 6.60 Gas tank valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models
62125-55 5.60 Gas tank valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sportster
62141-50 .45 Fuel valve knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
62142-50 .45 Fuel valve knob {reserve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
62150-50 .20 Fuel valve shaft ring (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
62262-39 .25 Gas line nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to Late 56-All K Models
62355-52 2.30 Gas tank connecting gas line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to Late 56-All K Models
62355-56 .40 Gas tank connecting gas line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
62357-52 Tank to carburetor gasoline line complete (Replaced by 62357-52A)
62357-52A 2.20 Tank to carburetor gasoline line complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models
62357-57 .so Tank to carburetor gasoline line complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Sportster
48
Part No. Price Each · NAME Used On
~61103-52
62125-50
or
62125-55
6l006-52B
62150-50
@~
~
i
62142-50
~ ~@
62141-50
fl
62150-50
62371-52
61l35-52
or
61.135-57 ~ ~357-571 62357-52A
e 62360-52
~
7725~
~ ~7725
~ 62361-52
7040~
r:/~7040
632~ 4082
4082 61?9?-57
62262-39~
61792-57
tQJil62355-52
62262-39
I \c:f,
62355-36 62375-57
GAS TANK & LINES
49
Part No. Price Each NAME Used. On
~
62628-52
63507-52
or
63529-5?
Q()(j
63S07-56A
6352S.50 63527-50
or
63539-5.4
63526-54 s .70 Oil vent line connection ....................................... . 55 & 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
63526-57 .10 Oil line connection (for rocker arm connection to erk. oil line) .. . 57 Sportster
63527-50 .30 Oil line nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
63527-52 .40 Oil line nut (2} ............................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
63527-57 .25 Oil line nut (for rocker arm cover to erankease oil line) ........ _. 57 Sportster
63529-50 .25 Oil line rubber packing (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
63529-52 .25 Oil line connector sleeve (on right crankcase} {2) ....•.•....... 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
63529-57 .25 Oil line sleeve (for rocker c:rm. cover to crankcase oil line) ... . 57 Sportster
63533-52 .70 Oil line connector (for oil tank suction line) .................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
63539-52 1.20 Oil line elbow {on right crankcase) ........................... . 52 & 53-Model K & KK, Early 54-
KH
63539-54 1.20 Oil line elbow-45" (on right crankcase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 54 to 56-KH. 57 Sportster
63542-52 1.20 Oil line elbow (on oil tank) ....... _... . . . . . . . ... 52 to 55-All K Models
63570-52 Oil tank vent line (Replaced by 63S70·52A)
63570.52A 2.10 Oil tank vent line with connections . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .... . . 52 to 55-All K Models
63570.56 1.20 Oil tank vent line . . ... ... ... . . . 56-Mociel KH. 57 Sportster
63589-53 3.50 Rear chain oiler kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 53 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
63590-53A 1.90 Rear chain oiler pipe .......................................... . 53 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
63597-54 .15 Rear chain oiler rubber tube .................................. . 55 & 56-Model KH. 57 Sportster
63607-53 1.50 Rear chain oiler body ......................................... . 53 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
63610..53 .25 Rear chain oiler adjusting screw ............................... . 53 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
6156 .OS Rear chain oiler plain washer . . . . . . . . . ............ . 53 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7630 .OS Rear chain oiler nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 53 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
so
Pa:rt No. Price Each NAME Used On
~6U1~2
<§:> 7130
~ 63878-53
(§) 6817
I
63798-53 <: > 63879-53
88860
ati 63811..48
Cii11600
63840.53
'63888-53
63826-53
63885-53 63887-53
~63846-53
96 63829-53
OIL FILTER
TOOL BOX AND SPARK con. COVER GROUP
~ 64612-52
or
64612-55
7725 a
6-WS-52 j 64611-52
or
cw
64611-55
64S00-52A
~ ~-52
2823~
TOOL.SOX & SPARK COIL COVER
64207-52 s 6.10 Tool box . . . . . . . .......................................... . 52 to 56-AI: K Models. 57 S}:)Ortster
64478-52 .20 Tool box mounting S,l:>ring (2) .................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 S}:)Ortster
64500-52 Tool box wing stud (Replaced by 64500-52A)
64500-52A .35 Tool box wing stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
1725 .10 Tool box stud nut (on crankcase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-Al! K Models. 57 Sportster
64599-52 3.60 S}:lark coil cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
64611-52 .35 Spark coil lower stud ......................................... . 52 to 54-All K Models
64611-55 .50 Spark coil lower stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 55 & 56-Model KH. 57 Sportster
64612-52 .35 Spark coil upper stud ......................................... . 52 to 54-All K Models
64612-55 .50 Spark coil upper stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 & 56-Model KH. 57 Sportster
2823 .10 Spark coil cover stud screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Sportster
51
Part No. Price Ea:c:h NAME Used On
SS316-5Z 65519·52
® ® or
6336 65316-57
6332
G~3996
7040
65231-52
or
65489·54
52
Part Nc. Price Each NAME Used On
~6637~
~ 66100-52
o.~2
J-
3956
66421·52
66404--52
~
~43.48-e.
7045._., 66100.52 66404-52
66224-52B
BAnaY
66021-47 S .OS Battery filler plug washer (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66100..52 .SO Battery pad (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66224-52A Battery carrier (Replaced by 66224-S2B)
66224-52! 2.20 Battery carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
4348 .25 Battery carrier screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66375-52 1.50 Battery cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
66404-52 .85 Battery tie rod (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66404-54 85 Battery tie rod-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 & 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
7748 OS Battery tie rod nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66387·26 10 Battery box tie rod wing nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
66420..52 .60 Battery tie rod support-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
3956 .10 Bottery tie rod support bolt-Rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
66421-52 .60 Battery tie rod support-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Spo:rtster
7744 .OS Battery tie rod support nut-Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
SPEEDOMETER PARTS
61007-52 $20.50 Speedometer head (miles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 54-All K Models
61007-54 Speedometer head (miles) (Replaced by 67007-54A)
61007-54A 20.50 Speedometer head (miles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 & 56-Model KH. 57 Spo:rtster
61008-52 20.50 Speedometer head (kilo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
61051-52 Speedometer drive shaft & easing (Replaced by 67051-52A)
61051-52A 4.25 Speedometer drive shaft & casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
6705,S..52 1.50 Speedometer drive c:able core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 55-All K Models
61055-56 1.50 Speedometer drive cable core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
67086-52 35 Speedometer cable clip (to terminal plate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
2612 .03 Speedometer cable clip screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
7620 .02 Cable clip screw nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
6712'1-52 7.90 Speedometer drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Spo:rtster
67142-52 .10 Speedometer drive gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models. 57 Spo:rtster
2748B .10 Speedometer mounting screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Spo:rtster
53
Part No. Price Eczch NAME Used On
67055-52 or 67055-56
67007-52
e7608
•7115
i 2672
67205-54. ~7086-52
• 7115 :7608 g 7118
6 7608 67206-54 a 7620
~ 4liiiit :7608
HEAD LAMP
54
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
TAIL LAMP
68055-52
68155-34
;r)~
68050-50
68093-55
55
Peat No. Price Each NAME Used. On
68686-38
~ 68715-49
6865Ch38CPT
68661-38 68662-38
SPOTUGHT
HORN
6801J3..52 $14.20 Hom 52 to 56-All K Models
69014-54 7.50 Hom power pack ............................................. . 57 Sportster
6901$..52 7.50 Hom power pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 52 to 56-All K Models
3791 •10 Hom power pack bracket mounting bolt (2) .................... . 52 to 56-All K Models
3781 •10 Hom power pack mounting bolt . . . . . . . . . ..................... . 57 Sportster
76'75 .OS Hom power pack bracket mounting bolt nut .................... . 52 to 56-All K Models
56
Part No. Price Ea:c:h NAME Used. On
HORN- Continued
69016--52
3791
~ ,_.
2210
69017-52A 69003-52 or
2204W
6914o-S211. Gii(j
69015-52 69145-54
or 0%"
69014-54 6914()-54:
69019-57
HORN
WIRING
70100-51 $ 2..75 Head lamp toggle switch cable ................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70129-49 Hom switch wire (Replaced by 70131-SlA)
70131-S1A 2.75 Hom switch wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70142-52 Hom to battery cable (Replaced by 70142-52A)
70142·52A 1.20 Hom to battery cable ......................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70144-52 Hom to fork terminal cable (Replaced by. 70144-52A)
70144-52A 2..10 Hom to fork terminal cable .................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
10151-52 Regulator to fork cable (Replaced by 70151-52A)
70151-S2A 4.10 Regulator to fork cable ........................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models
70151..$7 4.10 Regulator to fork cable ........................................ . 57 Sportster
70184-52 •60 Switch connector cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70213-52 .60 Battery ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70251..$2 •60 Generator field cable ......................................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70261-30 •50 Field coil wire (51,4") (black) (4) .............................. .. 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70263-52 .70 Generator out cable .............. .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
70268-56 •80 Ignition coil to ignition switch wire ............................ . 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
70269..$6 •60 Spotlight switch to ignition coil wire ........................... . 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
70276-52 Ignition cS: tail lamp cable (Replaced by 70276.52A)
70276-S2A 4.75 Ignition cS: tail la:.o.p cable . . . . . . . . . . . ........................ . 52 to 55-All K Models
70320-52 14.50 Complete set of low tension wires ........................ . 52 to 55-All K Models
Consists of:
1 32690-52 1.50 Timer to spark coil cable 70184-52 .60 Switch connector cable
1 70100·51 2.75 Head lamp toggle switch cable 70213-52 .60 Battery ground cable
1 70131-SlA 2..75 Hom switch cable 70251-52 .60 Generator field cable
1 70142..S2A 1.20 Horn to battery cable 70261-30 .SO Field coil lead wire (51,4")
1- 70144-S2A 2.10 Horn to fork terminal cable 70263-52 .10 Generator output cable
1 70151..S2A 4.10 Regulator to fork cable 70276-52 4.75 Ignition cS: tail lamp cable
57
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
WIBIN'G- Continued
70100-51:
70423--56
~~P~============~====~===========~
70131-SlA ~
@~P~=================~®a~P-~================~~~
71149-52 ~ 71151-52
~%·========================~·@
70213-52 70263-52
~ iii§) @ @ -.:§)
70184-52 70261-30 70251-52
(!)
70577-26
I
9982 9900
~ §
7109()..47
¢ 9977
<m
9901
ct::C§)
9902
a:::c::§)
9903
a::x::Q)
9904
a:x:§)
9905
•
3959
eS
72004-52
•
6179
WIRING
70320-56 $12.75 Complete set of low tension wires • 0 .. " ~ 0 ... ~ • "' • ~ w .. ~ ..... 0 ......... 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
Consists of:
1 32690-52 1.50 Timer to spark coil cable 70251-52 .so Generator field cable
1 70100-51 2.75 Head lamp toggle switch cable 70261-30 50 Field coil lead wire
1 70131·51A 2.75 Horn switch cable 70263.52 70 Generator output cable
1 701&2-52A 1.20 Hom to battery cable 70268-56 80 Ignition coil to ignition switch cable
1 70144-SZA 2.10 Horn to fork terminal cable 70269-56 .60 Stoplight switch to ignition coil cable
1 70151-57 Regulator to fork cable 70422-56 .80 Tail lamp wire (green)
1 70184-52 .60 Switch connector cable 70423-.56 .80 Tail lamp wire (red)
1 70213-52 .60 Battery ground cable
58
Peat No. Price Eaeh NAME Used On
WIRING- Continued
70517-26 s .10 Wire rubber bushing ..................................... _.... . 52 to 55-All K Models
9900 •03 Field coil wire terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9901 .OS Wire terminal ................................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9902 •15 Wire terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9903 •10 Wire terminal ................................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9904 •15 Wire terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
9905 .25 Wire terminal ................................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models
99'1'1 •65 Wire clip ..... _.. _... _........ _.......... _. _............... _.. . 52 to 55-All K Models
9982 .25 Coil clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... _.............. . 52 to 56-All lC Models, 57 Sportster
71500-52 71500-52
~ 27488
71620-52 71620-52
2571W v
L\ fJ
..... ~1111Q12571W
71621-52 2571W fJ'
y 71621-52 filial
2571W
I
71520-52
l
71519·52
\D71510-52
(!)
71511-52
11500-52 s 3.50
~71625-5?. IGNR'ION & UGHT SWITCH
59
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
e--
~ 0 ~
2626
~ (Jiiii()
71861-29 71859-29 71856-29
f)ID 71843-29 71851-29
2626
71840-29 71845-29
HANDLE BA.R LIGHT SWITCH
71800-26 Hom switch complete less wire (Replaced by 71800-26A)
11800-26A $ 2.20 Hom switch complete less wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
Consists of:
2 2626 .03 Hom switch screw 1 17806-53 .SO Hom switch wire insulation
1 71802-26 .20 Hom switch button 1 11811-26 1.20 Hom switch housing
1 71804-26 .OS Hom switch button spring 1 11813-26 .40 Hom switch contact plate
71840-29 2.75 Light switch complete less wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
Consists of:
1 71843-29 .45 Light switch lever 1 71859-29 .15 Light switch contact pin
1 11845-29 1.50 Light switch housing 1 11861-29 .10 Light switch contact pin spring
1 71851-29 1.00 Light switch contact block 2 2626 .03 Light switch screw
1 71856-29 .15 Light switch retainer plate
STOPLIGHT SWITCH
72004-52 s 2.75 Stoplight switch . . . . . .. . .. ... ..... . ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .... ..... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
3959 .10 Stoplight switch bolt (to cra:r:U::.case) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
6179 .OS Stoplight switch contact plate washer . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
11098-38 OS Stoplight switch insulator bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
TERMINAL PLATE
j-2768"i
®-6182~
72304-52 ~7620
72310-52
TERMINAL PLATE
72303-52 s 4.75 Terminal plate complete ................................. . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
72304-52 2.50 'I' erminal plate ................................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
2768 .OS Terminal plate to bracket screw (3) ................. _.......... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
6182 .05 Terminal plate to bracket screw washer (3) .................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7620 .02 Terminal plate to bracket screw nut (3) ....................... . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
7231Q..S2 .40 Terminal plate braeket ........................................ . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
74510-47 s 7.80 Voltage regulate::- .............. _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 56-All K Models, 57 Sportster
3741 .10 Voltage regulator fastening bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 55-All K Models
3720 .10 Voltage regulator fastening bolt ............ _................... 56-Model KH, 57 Sportster
so
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
74517-55~
/
74516-55
74518-48
7676
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
1063
61
MISCELLANEOUS IJSTINGS
ROUND
~~a:-§@
FIUISTER OVAL COUNTER- HEXAGON HEXAGON PLAIN
~
BALL
~
ROUND
~
TRUSS
I ~
GREASE GREASE PROOF
@
SHAKE
HEAD SUNK HEAD HEAD NUT WASHER BEARING HEAD HEAD
HEAD RIVET FITTING LOCK
SCREW SCREW BOLT RIVET FITIING
SCREW WASHER
PINS
219 s .05 ltie" x %6" Straight pin 350 s .10 1%4" X%" Straight pin
238 .OS %:" x Jh" Straight pin 358 .10 %" x ¥.t Dowel pin
271 .os ~ .. X 1,4" Straight pin 600 .05 l,S" x o/16" Roll pin
327 .OS lk'' x %" Straight pin 603 .OS %2" x lh" Roll pin
S33 .10 lk" X 1-%:" Straight pin 604 .OS ~~~ x %" Roll pin
COTrER PINS
510 $ .oos ;le" x %'' Cotter pin 528 S .005 %2'' x %" Cotter pin
512 .005 ne" X%" Cotter pin 534 .01 o/az" x 1" Cotter pin
PLAIN WASHER
6106 $.05 %2" x lh" Bakelite washer 6218W s.os 1,4" x %s" x lk2" Fibre washer
6156 .OS *s" x %" Brass washer 6240 .OS :14" x ~is" x lAs" Plain steel washer
6165 .05 *s" x %" Plain steel washer 6280 .05 %2" x 1%2" x ~ .. Plain steel washer
6179 OS *e" x 1.%2" x ~" Fibre washer 63ZO .05 ~l.r." x llhe" x lh.s" Plain steel washer
6182 05 %.s" x %e" x ~2" Plain steel washer 6329 .OS ;ts" x %" x %«." Plain steel washer
6186 .OS *s" x 'h" Bakelite washer 6332 .05 ~is" x ~s" x lAs" Plain steel washer
62
Part Price Part Price
No. Ea:c:h NAME No. Ea:c:h NAME
LOCK WASHER
7010 s .01 No. 6 x 1%4" x ¥.32" Lock washer 7041 s .01 :5h.6" x %6" x ~6.. Lock washer (:zinc plated)
701S .01 No. 8 x %2" x ¥.32" Lock washer 7045 .01 %" x ~8" x ~ti-6" Lock washer
7021 .01 No.lOx2~"x%4," Lock washer 7055 .02 %s" x 1;ls" x ~e" Lock washer
702S .01 ~6" x %" x %4" Lock washer 7056 .02 %s" Kantlink lock washer
7030
7035
7036
.01
.01
.01
*"
No. 12 x 1;32" x %4," Lock washer
x 1;'2" x ;ts" Lock washer
¥4" Spring lock washer
7067
7072
7075
.05
.05
.OS
~is"
~"
Spring lock washer
%" Spring lock washer
x 11,4" x %" Lock washer
7040 .01 %o" x o/J.o" x ;te" Lock washer
1124 .01 lA" Internal tooth shakeproof lock washer 7231 .D2 JA" x 1%:2" Countersunk shakeproof lock
712"1 .01 %&" x o/32" Internal tooth shakeproof lock washer
washer 7232 .D2 ~6.. External tooth shakeproof lock washer
7136 .OS ~is" x 25f.J2" Internal tooth sbakeproof lock 7233 .D2 %e" x %" Countersunk shakeproof lock
washer washer
7220 .01 No. 10 x 1%2" External tooth shake:proof lock 7410 .05 ~6.. Special lock washer
washer
NUTS
7608 $JJ2 8-32 N.C;x%" x%e" Hexagon nut 1752 S .OS *e"-24 N.F.:xl%f"x¥.t Hexagon nut
7612W .10 8-36 N.F. Flexloc nu1 1753 .OS %s"-24 N.F. x 1%4," x ¥.t Hexagon nut
7620 .G2 10~24 N.C. x Jk" x %" Hexagon nut 176'JW .10 %(1"-18 N.C. x lh'' x%2" Hexagon :nut
7625 .10 10..32 Flexloc nut ms .15 %"-24 N.F. Flexloc nut
7634 .OS 10..32 N.F. x %" x %s" Flexloc nut (brass) 1789 .05 %"-24 N.F. x ;4" x ~l.s" Hexagon nut
7651 .07 12-24 N.C. Cap nut 7793 .OS %"-24 N.F.x~"x~s" Hexagon nut
767S .OS lA"-28 N.F. x *s" x %s" Hexagon nut 1796 .08 %1"-24 N.F.x~"x%" Hexagon :nut
7676 .OS ':4"-28 N.F. x o/Ie" x %6" Hexagon nut 7800 .08 %"-24 N.F. :x: fjle" x %6" Hexagon nut
(cadmium plated) 7804 .08 %"-24 N.F. x lh" x ~e" Hexagon nut
7679 .OS :w'-28 N.F. Acorn nut (steel) 7863 .15 '%6"-20 N.F. x%" x%," Hexagon nut
7688 .OS JA."-20 N.C. x ':4" x ¥.z" Hexagon nut 7872 .30 %s"-20 N.F. Acorn nut
7691 .05 *"~24 N.S.x%2"x*~·· Hexagon nut 7911 .20 lh"-20 N.F. x'%2"x%" Hexagon nut
1725 .10 ~)s"-24 N.F. Fle:xloc nut 7918 .20 lit-13 N.F. Hexagon nut
1736 .1S ~)s"-24 N.F. Acorn nut 7986 .25 15;8"-18 N.F. x %e" x 1" Hexagon nut
7744 .OS ~l.e"-24 N.F. x *s" x ¥.z" Hexagon nut 7993 .40 %"-18 N.F. Flexloc nut
1748 .05 ?l.s"-18 N.C. x l%4" x lh'~ Hexagon nut
BIVETS
8214
8215
$ .02
.02
~ .. diameter x *e" Countersunk bead rivet
%2" diameter x %," Countersunk head rivet
8412
8510
$ .02
.Q2
%4." diameter x o/.32" Round head rivet
;'l.s" diameter x 14" Round head rivet
8216 .02 %2" diameter x %" Countersunk head rivet 8513 .02 %6" x %" Round head rivet
8243 .03 *s" diameter x %" Countersunk head rivet 8515 .02 %e'' x %" Truss head rivet
8309 .JJ2 lk" x%2'' Tubular rivet (brass) 8532 .02 ;J.s" x 1" Round bead rivet
8314 .D3 '%" diameter x %2" Tubular rivet
STEEL BALLS
8860 $ .03 %s" Steel ball
BEARINGS
9005 $2.40 Wide ball bearing .4724" x 1.2598" x .394" 9010 $6.95 Wide ball bearing .6693" x 1.5748" x .6875"
9001 2.40 Wide ball bearing .5906" x 1.378" x .433" 9025 5.30 Wide ball bearing 1.3780" x 2.8346" x .6693"
9009 2.95 Wid.e ball bearing .6693 x 1.5748" x .4727"
9851 s .10 Grease fitting straight 9854 s .20 Grease fitting straight
63
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS
Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page
56
NUMERICAL INDEX. OF; PART "NUMBERS
Part No. Page Part No. Page· P.~'No. Page Pazt No. · Page.
68
ACCESSORIES
for the
SPORTSTER and
PLASTIC
SADDLEBAGS
& CARRIER
per
$47.50 pr.
WINDSHIELDS ... Clear ... Blue ... Red. The be1.t shield money
can buy. Strong, sturdy, attractive, providing the maximum in pro-
tection. Top window1. made of clear Vinylite plastic: with safety SPOTLIGHTS ... Complete the picture of the very best ... odd o set
edge, plastic beading. Metal ports, chrome plated. Shield mounted of these spotlights to every Sports.ter, KH and 1<. Spotlights have
on two, chrome plated brackets directly to fork. Adjustable to suit powerful 32 condlepower, pre-focu1.ed bulb and independent on·
rider height. off switch. They mount on two, chrome plated brockeh stobilixed
by attractive. chrome plated bar. Set includes handlebar switch
Windshields for Sportster. KH and K and oil wiring.
58000-52 Clear Top and Bottom $24.50
58000-56 Clear Top - Blue Bottom 24.50 68600-52 Set of Deluxe Spotlights complete S'24.75
58001-56 Clear Top - Red Bottom 24.50 68615-52 Spotlight Bracket Kit 7.90
HARLEY-DAVIDSON
.
OIL'
NOW! HARLEY-DAVIDSON
GUNK MOTORCYCLE CLEANER
is a 100% aromatic, solvent compound; possessing out and out
motorcycle cleaning, high scouring, synf:rgistic action which brings ·
about silver-white crankcases. It is c:a grease and oil solvent. When
applied to greasy or oily parts it combines with the grease and
converts this mass into liquid soap. This soap is then washed
away with c hose and the result is an absolutely clean surface.
9975()..35 Gunk Motorcycle Cleaner, Case of 24 Pints $ 9.50
99751-35 G•mk Motorcycle Cleaner, Case of 6 Gals. 14.50
IN 99756-56 Gunk Motorcycle Cleaner, Case of 24 Quarts 16.50
PINTS - QUARTS 99752·35 Gunk Motorcycle Cleaner, 29 Gal. Drum 41.60
GALLONS - DRUMS 99753-35 Gunk Motorcycle Cleaner, 50 Gal. Drum 67.00
1952 EL • 61" OHV Tropical Green, Persian Red, Rio Blue, Black
FL • 74" OHV (Optional Colors: Bronco Bronze Metallic,
G- Servi-Car Marine Blue Metallic and White)
1953 FL- 74" OHV Pepper Red, Glacier Blue, Forest Green and
G - Servi-Car Brilliant Black (Optional Colors: Cavalier
Brown, Glamour Green, White)
1954 FL- 74" OHV Pepper Red, Glacier Blue, Forest Green,
G - Servi-Car Daytona Ivory, Anniversary Yellow, Black
1956 FL- 74" OHV. Pepper Red with White Tank Panels, Atomic
G - Servi-Car Blue w/Champion Yellow Tank Panels,
Champion Yellow w/Biack Tank Panels, Black
w/Champion Yellow Tank
*1957 FL- 74" OHV Pepper Red w/Biack Tank Panels, Skyline Blue
G -Servi-Car w/Birch White Tank Panels, Birch White
w/Biack Tank Panels, Black w/Pepper Red
Tank Panels
For Running
and Adjusijng
45 ~
Side b~ $a£P.~Ve
Twin Mgdils
and Set~i.-&r
. . . '. ~J
( .
•· ·; ¥
;:·~ . .: ~
\.:.,·.:. . . ~
I t </ '-:
~~ ~:.'1 '{.;)
,., ""
IX -z
:t:
C)
. ...
BARLEY -DAVIDSON
M~M..I4~~
4548
Price 50 Cents
RE3-57
19. Timing lnspeellon hole plug. To check ignlllon liming or
re•el cireiul breaker assembly after It has been lilted out, follow
the marks indicating original factory selling.
With front piston on compression stroke (directly alter Inlet
v•lve doses. turning motor ahead) and flywheel mark showing
slightly forward of center of Inspection hole (piston Is 9/32 Inch
before lop conler) the mMks on circuit breaker head and breaker
cam must reqister as shown in circuit breaker UtustraUon No. 3.
20. Motor or oerlal number. Always give this number when
ordorinq parts or making any inquiry abou1 your motorcycl9.
2!. Clutch lootpedal cable. See "1\djusling Clutch Controls."
Check adjustment alter each honl <hain re-adjustment.
22. Front chain Inspection hole cover.
23. Clu!ch lnapcclion holo cover.
24. Lei! side rear wheel adjusting screw. By means of this
screw and a like screw on right side, rear wheel Is movod to re·
adjust rear chain. See "Adjusting Rear Chain."
25. Carburetor bowl drain plug. Remove plug, drain and !lush
bowl each lime qasollne strainer No. HI is serviced.
License Data
Number ol cyllndera ....................................... 2
Cylinder bore (69.65 mm.) .......................... 2~~ Inches
Piston displacement "(739.46 c.c.) ................... 45.12 cu. ln.
Stroke (96.85 mm.) .............................. 3-13/16 Inches
Horsepower (N.A.C.C. Raling) ............................. 6.05
Wheel Base ...................................... 57'1• Inches
Switch can be locked only In OFF and PARK posll!ons.
Ill us. 1 -Left Side Description
See "Instrument Panel Signal Lights." Gear Ratios
1. Gas tank cap. Tank capacity 3 gallons. Use Ethyl or other II. ·carburt~tor choke lever. Pown position-choke open: Up
'' Anli-Knock" gasoline. posihon- .. tull choke. See "Starling Motor." Counter· Rear High
2. Gas shut-off and reserve supply valve plunger. Gas Ia shut 12. Carburetor air cleaner (exira equipment). See "Air Cleaner." Motor Clutch ahalt Wheel Gear
oil when plunger Is lutned down linger-light against lis seal; un· Sprocket Sprocket Sprocket Sprocket Rallo
screw plunger (but do not lift II) lo uae main gas· supply; lUI 13. Positive battery terminal. Keep clean and connection light. Solo (Iron heads) ....•. 31 59 17 41 4.59 to I
plunger to use reserve supply of appro~lmately 3 quarts. 14. Front wheel brake control adjustment. Properly adjusted, Solo (aluminum heads). 30 59 17 41 4.74 to I
Caution-Gas and o\1 tank caps are not Interchangeable. 011 tank hand lever will move freely about one-quarter of Ito lull movement Sidecar ............. 27 59 17 41 5.27 to I
cap which Is the shorter cap Is not vented: using It on gas tank before brake starts to take effect. II adjusted tighter, brake may Servi-Car ............ 22 59 · 17 37 5.84 to I
will vacuum-lock tank. drag.
3. Gear shifter lever·-·poslllons marked must be at neuhal 15. Front wheel axle nut. See "Removing Front Wheel." _
and clutch engaged when starling motor. fully release clutch
Tire Inflation Pressures
16. Clutch footpedal. Toe down--clutch engaged; heel down-
before shilling. clutch released. Solo--4.00'' !Ire-Front, 12 lbs.-Rear, 14 fbs.
4. Ride control adjualing knob. Applies lrlc11on and snubs fork 5.00" lire· .. fronl. 12 lbs.--llear, 12 lbs.
17. Gear shifter rod. Aller each re-adjustment of front chain, Servi-Car·-4.00" the-Front, 12 lbs.-Rear, 20 lbs.
action to prevent front end bouncing al higher speeds. For normal also whenever any irregularity Ia noticed with &hilling and positive '
service adjust free; lighten (turn right) to desired hlcllon, when 5.00" tire-Front, 12 lbs.-·-Roar, 16 lbs.
engagement In dlllerent positions, check the adjustment of this rod
running at high speeds. II equipped wllh hydraulic shock ab· and re.adjust as necessary. These Inflation pressures are baaed on rider weight of about ISO
!;orbor instoad of ride control, snubblnq action is automatic. pounds. When !his rider weight Ia exceeded by SO pounds or
To cheek and re-adjust, set shifter lever 3 at neulrol position, more; when carrying extra passenger. or when sidecar Ia allached.
5. Front wheol broko hand lover. See doscrlpllon No. 14. d!aconnect shllter rod, and wllh slight back and forward movement ralso pressure& slightly. Preesure for sideear tire about the same
s. Horn button. c•relully "feel" transmission lever Into exact posll!on where sh!lter as lor front eire.
7. Headlamp dimming switch. &pring plunger Unalde transrnl88lon) seats fully In retaining notch.
Noxl. M& that lever 3 Ia at exact poalllon and then re-adjust length
9. Spark control grip--turn Inward to advance spark; turn out· of rod to Ill. It Is advisable to repeat this check In low and second Air Cleaner
ward to retard apark. Fully advanced Ia the proper normal running posltlons to be sure of having best all-around adJu•lment.
position. When motor Is laboring under a hard pull, retard part Install carburetor Alr Cleaner lor dusty service to avoid exces·
way for beller performance and to avoid knocking. Some motors Shiller control must be kepi In correct adjustment, othotwlse, sive motor wear. See your dealer about it.
starl best wllh slight retard. driving dogs on shifting clutches Inside transmission will not fully
In normal service on hard surl•ced roads. II Is Important that the
9. lgnlllon-lighl switch and swllch lock. Switch OFF In slralqht engage In the different pos!llons, and are likely to become dam· air cleaner mesh be removed, washed thoroughly In gasoline •nd
ahead position. Turn lett for parking wllh lights. Turn to first right aged from jumping out ol engagement under driving load. then saturated with oil (same oil as used In motot) al least once
posllion for Ignition only-second right posllion lor Ignition and 19. Gasoline stralnor. Turn off lower end, remove screen, and every 1000 mii<S. In dusty service this attention ahould be given
running lights. Bear in mind that lighting headlamp when motor clean and flush ·at least once a month, or oflener II the need of more froquontly. In extremely dusty service. every 100 miles or
is dead also turns lqnillon ON. cleaning Is indicated by Irregular carburelion. Soe No. 25. al least once a day.
II winter weather becomes so extremely cold thai "Light" oil
congeals In lank, add just enough kerosene lo keep oil fluid.
Tank completely empty holds over 3 112 quarts. About one Inch
from top of lank Is considered full. Don't fill above this level. as
lank needs some air space. Tighten cap securely to prevent leakage.
"Red" signal light In rlghl side of Instrument panel indicates oil
circulation. See "fnslrumenl Panel Signal Lights."
011 mileage normally varies hom 200 to 400 miles per quart,
depending on nature of service, solo or sidecar usc. last or mod·
erato driving, and how well molot lo kept tuned.up. II mileage I•
not within this range, oil pump can be re-adjusted. Seo your dealer
about II.
Remove lank cap and chock oil supply not moro than 300 Mll.ES
AFTER EACH COMPLETE REFILL. If oil level is found not very
far above "relill" mark on gauge rod. add oil. When level is down
to "refill" mark. 2 quarts can be added. Oil supply runs cooler and
mlloago somewhat higher wilh oil level well up in lank. rurther·
more, unless oil lank Is kepi well tilled, frequent checking of oil
level will he necessary to avoid any chance ol running dry.
When a new mo1or has tun Ua first 750 miles, and normally in
warm or hot weather and ln averago service, at about 2,000 rn11c
intervals thorealter. completely drain oil 'ank of used oil and rofi1l
with fresh oil. If scrvlco iN oxtromoly hard. or dusly sorvicc on dirt
roads or Jn compelilion, drain and refill at shorter intervals. Drain·
lng should be dono after a run while oil is hoi. II Is not necessary
to drain crankcase as II does not accumulate used oil. AI the limo
of tho first ?50 mile oil change, and along with al least every
second oil chango lhercaflcr. thoroughly flush and clean out lank
with kerosene to remove any sediment and sludge thai may have
accumulated. Your dealer has facilities lor quick flushing and
clcanlnq of oil lank.
WINTER CJI.UTION .... Combustion in any enqino generate•
water vapor. When slarlinq and warming up In cold weather,
especially in lrcezing or colder weather. considerable of the vapor
thai gels into crankcase condenses to water before crankcase Is
hoi enough so that II no longer acts as a condenser and exhausts
the vapor, without Inside condensation. through outside breather. If
a motor Is driven enough to got tho crankcase thoroughly warmed
up lroqi~enlly, most of this water Is again vaporized and blown out
Ill us. 2- Right Side Description case cover, not In pump body.) Jldd thin washers 12 In tool kit) through the outside breather. However, a mocleraloly driven motor,
under screw head for more oil; take off washers for less oil. making only short runs now ancl then ancl seldom thorouqhly
27. Throlllo (carburetor) control grip- turn outward to· close 39. Transmission oil filler plug. Check oil level every two warmed up, Is likely lo accumulate an increasing amount of water
lhroltlo; turn Inward Ia open lhrolllo. weeks and add oil II necessary. Fill to tho level of filler opening. In oil tank. This water will, in freezing weather. become slush
26. Sleerlnq damper (extra equipment). Applies steering friction Use same grade of oil used In motor--summer and winter. In ex- or Ice and if allowed to accumulate too long. there is tho chance
to prevent Irani wheel wobble and shimmy at higher speeds. For tremely cold weather, if shilling becomes difficult clue lo trans- that oil lines may be blocked with rosulling damage to motor.
all normal service, keep handle In fell side (free) poslllon: move mission oil bocoming congealed to some oxtont. thin with a small Also, water mixed with oil for some lime forms sludge thai is
handle right to doalred friction. when running at high speeds. amount of kerosene. harmful lo motor ancl causes undue wear of various working paris.
Motorcycle should be standing straight up, not loaning on lilly Therefore, In winter the oil change Interval should be shorter than
29. Horn (tone adjusting acrew In hom back). normal lor all motors, and any motor used only for short runs, par-
Stand, when adding oil to lransmtsslon.
30. Spark plugs. Keep clean and gap between points adjusted ticularly Servi-Car and other motors In commercial service. must
to .025 to .030 Inch. Do not take apart lor cleaning. Clean wllh 40. Clutch lever. Soc lllus. 10--"Adjusling Clutch Controls." have oil changed lrequently along with a thorough tank flush.oul to
sancl-blasl cleaner found In nearly every service alation. 41. Right side rear wheel adjusting screw. See doscripllon No. remove any water and· sludge. before now oil Is put In lank. The
After a now motor has gone through lis slow and moderato 24 under "Loll Side Description." farther below lreezlng the temperature drops, tho shorter the oil
speed running-In period. If It Ia then driven considerable al high 42. Rear axle nut. See "Removing Rear Wheel." chanqo interval should bo.
speeda, colder .than original equipment plugs will probably be 43. Brake slecvo nut. This nut as well as axle nut 42 must bo
needed. This will be Indicated by overheating. loss ol power, loosened to permit movinq rear wheel. whon rc·adjustinq roar
excessive knocking, and bllotorlnq of plug core Ups. Disregard of chain. Starting Motor
these Indications ol the need of colder plugs may result In damaqe 44. Rear brake rod adjustment. Adjust length of brake rod so
hom overheating. brake does not slarl to lake ellect until footpedal is pushed When starting motor, gear shifter lever must be at NEUTRAL
When plugs need lo be replaced, gel now plugs from your downward about one Inch. Turn rear wheel lo make sure thai brake and clutch fully engaged. Spark should be tully advanced. or
Harley.Davldson dealer. He can supply you wllh the typo of plug Is. not loo light and dragging. nearly so.
best sultod to your roquiremonls. Experimenting with plugs of un· 45. Negative (grounded) ballery terminal. Keep clean and con-
proven quality and suitability Is lnvlling trouble. Carburetor choke Is fully open with choke lever II, lllus. I, all
nection llqhl. tho way down; choke lully closed with lever all the way up.
31. Safely Guard (exira equipment). 46. Oil tank vent pipe.
32. Brake loolpedal. See description No. 44. 4?. 011 supply pipe to feed pump. I. STARTING A COLD MOTOR: Sol choke lover at tully closed
46. 011 return pipe from scavenqor pump underl\ealh gear case. (Primo) position, open lhrollle 11<, and wllh ignilion switch OFF,
33. Valve lappet and spring covers. kick tho starter down once or twice to prime cylinders. Then, wllh
34. Ignition circuli breaker. 49. Oil tank drain plug. Soc No. 50.
50. Oil lank cap- gauge rod Inside tank.
choke lever set 1-'< or 'lz closed in mild weather. or 'I•
or fully
35. Oil feed pump. Seo "Instrument Panel Signal Lights." closed ln extremely cold weather. and throtlto nearly closed, turn
36. 011 pressure switch. See "lnshumcnl Panel Signal Lights." Use llarloy-Davidson "Regular Heavy" oil above + 32' r.: Harley. iqnition swllch ON and start motor with vigorous strokes ot s'arter.
DatJidson "MQd\um Heavy" oU when predominating temperature Is
37. Stop light switch. See lllus. 12. -l-3~' F. to + 10' F.: Harley-Davidson "Light" oil when predoml. CAUTION---II Is only in extremely cold weather thai motor may
start best with choke In fully closed (Prime) position. and oven
38. Adjusllng screw for front chain oiling. (In top edge of gear nating temperature Is + 10° r. or colder.
thon II will have to be moved from this position immediately after rotor) about I 'A turns. Wllh needles In these positions, motor will Adlustlng Headlamp
motor starts. Undor no conditions will motor continuo to run with alar!, but mixture will probably be too rich. Start motor and afler
full choke. choke lever has boon moved lo OPEN poslllon and motor Is nor. To qet the greatest efficiency hom ho~dlamp and to meet the
molly hoi, correct the adjustment of both needles. requirements of law, adjust as follows: Adjustment should bo made
As soon as motor starts, open tho throttle Just far enough to keep
II running while warming up or unlit ready to sot motorcycle in Adjust lor low speed first. Turn low speed noedle down (to right) in a darkened room or at nlqhl. Have motorcycle slandlnq on a
motion. one notch al a lime unlit mixture becomes so lean thai motor misses level surface about 25 feel away from. and headed toward a wall
and Ia Inclined lo slop; then, back needle up five to len notches. or or screen upon which a horizontal line has been drawn at exactly
As motor warms up and misfires, due to an over·rlch mixture, unlil motor hits regularly with spark advanced and lhrotlle closed the aame heiqhl as lamp center. Motorcycle must be realinq on
gradually move choke lever downward. Aller motor has thoroughly or as nearly closed as II can be ael and alill have motor run at both wheels and front wheel must be In slralghlahead alignment.
warmed up, move choke lever lo OPEN position (all tho way down). Idling speed. Next, adJust lhrolile lever slop screw as may be nee·
esaary to make motor idle al proper speed with lhrotlle fully closed. Turn liqht switch ON. set handlebar thumb swllch In "bright"
2. STARTING A WARM MOTOR: CThls applies loa motor half. position, and check light beam for helqhl and dlrecllon. The top of
way between hot and cold.) Raise choke lever lo 'I• closed poslllon Turning screw lo rlqhl makes motor Idle faster. Turninq screw to
fell makes motor Idle slower. Don't ldlo a motor at lhe slowest main beam of liqhl should reqister on wall or screen even with,
(I at upward posllion) and wllh throllle closed, kick the alartor down but no hiqher than the horizontal line· menlioned above. Alter
once or twice. Then, sol throttle about 'A to 113 open, turn lqnlllon possible speed, bacause an oxlremely slow ldlinq adJustment causes
hard starlinq. Since, chanqinq idlinq speod wllh lhrollle slop screw loosening tho clamp nul underneath lamp bracket. lamp can be
switch ON. and kick tho startor down quickly. Soon alter motor lilted up or down to properly aim II In relation lo horizontal line.
starts, the choke lever should be moved back lo lull open posllion. Is likely to change low speed mixture to some extent. It will bo and at tho same lime can be turned right or loll lo direct beam of
Remember. rhis slarting procedure calls lor having the throlllo pari necessary to aqaln check and correct low speed needle adjustment light straight ahead.
way open durtng the starling strokes after switch has been turned by tho same procedure lollowed in making the Initial adJuslmonl.
ON. Starllnq and all·around carburellon will be boner wllh low speed
3. STARTING A HOT MOTOR: If motor has been shut oil for adjustment sliqhlly rich rather than as loan as II can be mado.
only a brief period and is at about normal runnlnq temperature. II
Aller low speed adjustments have been completed, run motor·
Is not necessary to use choke lever. Simply closo the lhrollle, turn cycle on the road lo check hlqh speed adjustment. Run al various
lqnilion switch ON, and kick the starter down quickly. Wllh aome speeds between 20 miles per hour and wide open. Have spark fully
motors. dependlnq on carburetor adjustment, hot startlnq Is more
advanced. If adjustment Is too lean, motor will sluff and backfire
dependable II the starter is qiven one stroke before turnlnq lqnlllon through carburetor on quick lhrolllo openlnq to accelerate from low
switch ON.
speed. II adjuslmenl Is too rich, motor will be sluqqlsh and will
When a hot motor does nol start readly, that Is, with two or lope and miSR at lnlermedlale and hlqh speeds. Adjusting some·
three otartlnq kicks, It is usually due lo an over·rlch (flooded) con· what over·rlch Is preferable lo adjusllnq too lean, because a lean
dillon. and the proper procedure is lo open the lhrollle wide so thai mixture causes overhealinq. Best all·around motor performance Is
more air can enter; closing II quickly as motor slarls. usually found with high speed needle set about 1 112 turns open.
"b<: j
pull sideways when brakes are applied. point where inner edge of shoulder on spring collar 6 is closer
than l8 inch lo surface of outer disc 6. If compressed more, clutch
Repairing Chain Drive probably cannot be fully released.
When necessary lo repair a / \, / Jf clulch still does not hold. aller making sure of correct control
chain, remove damaged links , adiuMmenl and increasing sprinq tension. it will have to bo taken
by pushing out the riveted link li apart lor inspection of discs and springs. Possibly the fibre discs
pins with chain repair tool. will be found worn, or maybe only oil-soaked and in need of
Then. fit lhe necessary repair ~ washing and drying. If clutch has boon badly overheated as a
links. A duplex chain is used / 1 f result of slippage, maybe sprinqs will be found shrunken and in
for tho front drive and a single · -·UJ- need of replacement.
wldlh chain for the rear. The
chain tool furnished in tool kit Is designed lo lake care of both.
The Clutch
Ill us. 9- Rear Wheel Hub The need for attenlion lo clutch and controls will be Indicated by
(Also Servi-Car Front Hub) clutch slipping under load, or dragging in released poallion. In
!---Thrust bearing cover screws (live): 2-Thrusl bearing outer either case, the first thing lo be checked.up Ia adjustment of con·
cover: 3... Thrust bearing housing: 4-Cork grease retainer: 5- .. lrola. Re-adjustment ol controls is the attention usually needed,
Thrust bearing sleeve: 6-Thrust bearing adjusting shims (each
shim .002 inch thick, use as many as necessay to adjust so that
alcove 5 has .003 Inch to .005 Inch end play): 7---Thrust washers;
9 --Left roller relalnor thrust washer; g .. -Hub Inner sleeve; 10 .. -
Right roller retainer thrust washer (pressed Into hub shell); II·-
Roller retainer; 12---Bearing rollers; 13--Roller besrlng washer;
14---Roller bearing spring lock ring; 15-.Cork grease retainer: IS-
Cork retaining washer; 17-Sprlng lock ring; 18-·Grease connector.
Adlustlng Rear Wheel Hub
lllus. 9 shows a cross·secllon of hub. Before attempting to make
re-adjustments or take hub apart, carefully aludy this llluslrallon
and Its description.
To lake up only excessive side play that may develop, II Is not
necessary lo take hub completely apart. Simply take out screws I.
and complete thrust bearing assembly comes oil end of hub and
can be taken apart. One or more shims 6, as required can lhon be
added, and the assembly re-assembled on hub. Be careful about
adding too many shims and thus binding thrust sleeve 5. It must 11 • . II •"
L
remove clutch hub. MINALS: 6· -JUNCTION TER·
MINAL: 7 ·-JUNCTION TER·
Chassis Lubrication
All chassis bearings best lubricated with grease, and which
require greasing frequently, are lilted wllh grease gun connectors.
f.ocallons and suggesled greasing Intervals follow: (Locallons In·
dicated wilh "I" apply to motorcycle only. Those Indicated with
"*" apply to Servi-Car only. Others apply to both motorcycle and
Servi-Car.)
No. Localion Greasing
Connectors Interval
2 Spring fork rod bearings
4 Fork rocker plate bearings
I Front brake cover bearing
2 Front brake shackle bearings
I Front brake operating shall
I Seat post
I Saddle bar bearing Every
I Rear brake pedal bearing 750 mile.
I Clutch push rod bearing in starter cover
I !Rear brake oporallng shaft
I !Rear brake rod intermediate shaft
2 *Body frame bearings
2 *Tow bar clamp bearings
I *Starter crank bearing
2 *Rear brake operating shalt bearings
**Speedometer
Axlo bearings
Front hub
drive unil
lJ Every
1500 miles
jRear hub
*Servi-Car Differential (To get at thisl Every
grease ~onnec!or it is necessary to 5000 miles
block up one end of axle and turn J
or at least
wheel until the connector aligns with once a year
holo In roar. left side of housing.)
Remove and grease handlebar grip spirals with fresh grease.
once a year.
Pack frame head bearings with fresh grease every 50,000 miles.
All control joints about motorcycle, namely: Clutch. gear shifter.
and brake control Joints, should be oiled reqularly and particularly
after washtnq motorcycle or dtiving in wet wcathct. lo keep all
controls working freely.
011 hand brake lover aud control cable frcquenlly, also oil spark
and throlllo control wires, at the end of cables.
Bo careful about over.qroasinq ~heel hubs, Servl·Car rear axles,
Servl-Car differential, brake operating shafts and front brake cover
bearing as excess grease working out of these bearings not only
develops a messy condition, but Is also likely to get onto brake
lininqs, which will greatly reduce efficiency of brakes.
Grease wheel hub~-.s~;~i.c~; ;~~;· ~i'e'S.- Servi-Car differential.
qenerator commutator end bearing. roar chain and frame head bear·
ings with high melting point grease <Harley-Davidson Grade A
Grease).
Use regular chassis grease (Harley-Davidson Pressure Grease)
for all other qreasinq requirements.
CONTENTS Page
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . 5
OPERATION . . . . • 7
Operating Controls . . 7
Instrument Panel Signal Lights . . . . . 8
starting and Stopping the Engine • . 9
Care of a New Engine . . . 10
High Speed Operating Tips . . • 12
Operating Troubles. • . • . . . 12
LUBRICATION. . • • . . . . . . 16
Engine Oil . . . . . • . . • . . 16
Transmission Oil. . . . . . . 17
Overhead Valves and Rockers . • . 17
Front Chain. . . . . • • . . . • . 17
Rear Chain . . . . . • . 18
Chassis Lubrication . 19
Oil Applications . . 20
Oil Filter . . . . . 20
MAINTENANCE . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 21
Spark Plugs. . . . . . . • • . • . . . . . 21
Care and Adjustment of Drive Chains . • • 21
Gear Shifter Rod Adjustment. . . . . . . 22
Rear Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . • 23
Front Brake Adjustment • . . . . . . . . . 24
Gasoline Strainer and Carburetor .. .• 25
Air Cleaner. . • . . . . • . . . . . • . • 26
Adjustment of Circuit Breaker Points . . .• 26
Circuit Breaker and Timing Marks 26
Timing Gears. . . • . . . . . • 29
Push Rods and Valve Tappets . 30
Clutch• . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • 30
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 33
Removal of Saddle Spring Post. 37
Removing Fuel Tanks. . . . . . . 37
Servicing Hydra-Glide Fork . . .• 38
Replacing Bead Lamp-Cycle Beam Sealed Unit . .• 39
Steering Damper • . .. . . 41
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM • . . 42
Bead Lamp Adjustment. . 42
Care of Storage Battery . 42
Generator• . . . . • • • . • 46
1'2
Figure 1 - Left Side View of OBV Model
1. Head Lamp Dimming Switch 9. Rear Brake Rod Adjusting 14. Engine (Serial} Number
2. Gear Shifter Lever Clevis 15. Ignition Timing Inspection Hole
3. Front Spark Plug 10. Left Side Rear Wheel Adjusting Plug
4. Carburetor Choke Lever Screw 16. Clutch Foot Pedal
5. Rear Spark Plug 11. Clutch Inspection Hole Cover 17. Gear Shifter Rod
6. Positive Battery Terminal 12. Clutch Foot Pedal Rod 18. Front Wheel Brake Adjusting
7. Brake Sleeve Nut 13. Front Chain Inspection Bole Sleeve
8. Rear Axle Nut Cover 19. Front Wheel .Axle Nut
1. Negative (grcnmded) Battery 9. Rear Wheel Brake Foot Pedal 16. ou Pump
TermiDal 10. Ignition Circuit Breaker 17. Stop Light SWitch
2. Oll Tank Cap with Gauge Rod 11. Carburetor Bowl Drain Plug 18. Oil Return Pipe from Scavenger
Attached 12. Gasoline Strainer Pump
3. Carburetor Air Cleaner 13. Valve Push Rod Cover 19. Oil Tank Vent Pipe
4. SteertDg Damper Adjusting Knob 14. Adjusting Screw in OU Pump 20. Transmission OU Filler Plug
5. Bead Lock Body for Front Chain Oiling 21. OU Supply Pipe to Feed Pump
6. Bead Lamp 15. OU Pressure Indicating Light 22. Oil Tank Drain Plug
7. Born Switch 23. Right Side Rear Wheel Adjusting
8. Safety Guard (Extra Equipment) Screw
SPECIFICATIONS
SERIAL NUMBER
COMPRESSION RATIOS
Model E 61 - (Medium compression). , . . . . . . . . . , ... , 6.5 to 1
Model EL 61 - (High compression), • , . , •... , . , , , ., . 7.2 to 1
Model F '14 - (Medium compression) .. , . , , , , , , , , ,. , , 6,5 to 1
Model FL '14 - (High compression) ••......•... , .. , , 7.2 to 1
Medium compression models are Intended particularly
for sidecar use, but arc also suitable for solo. See
"Gear Ratios" page 6 for correct gearing for either
type of service.
LICENSE DATA-MODELS E 61 and EL 61
CAPACITIES
Left Gasoline Tank . . • . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 gallons
Right Gasoline Tank •••..•••.••....• , ..... , 1-3/4 gallons
011 Tank , • • • • • • . . • . • . • . • • . . . • . . • . • . . . . • . • . 1 gallon
Transmission •..• , ..•. , •..••..• , • , ..•••.•• 1-1/2 pints
Figure 3 - Top View of OHV Model
5
4
GEAR RATIOS
•Fourspeed tThreespeed
OPERATION
Transmission Transmission
Solo Sidecar Solo Sidecar OPERATING CONTROLS
No. of Sprocket Teeth
Engine Sprocket E 61 and EL 61 22 20 22 18 Gas Shut-oil and Reserve Supply Valve
Engine Sprocket F 74 and FL 74 23 21 23 20
Clutch Sprocket 37 37 37 37 Gas is shut-off when the reserve supply valve plunger (1, figure 3)
Countershaft Sprocket 22 22 22 22 is turned down finger-tight against its seat. Unscrew the plunger {but
Rear Sprocket 51 51 51 51 do not lift It) to use main gas supply; lift the plunger to use reserve
Third Gear Ratio
supply of approximately 1 gallon. Use Ethyl or other 11Ant1-Knock"
E 61 and EL 61 4.78 5.28 gasoline.
F 74 and FL 74 4.58 5,01
Ignition-Light Switch
High Ge:~r Rallo The headlock key, knife blade or small coin can be used to lock and
E 61 and EL 61 3,00 4.29 3.90 4,76
F '74 and FL 74 3.73 4,08 3.73 4.29
unlock the ignition-light switch (4, figure 3). Lift the cover, insert key
or coin, and turn (as shown In figure 4) to LEFT position for parking with
lights, CENTER position to turn off all lights and ignition, FIRST RIGHT
•With fourspeed transmission use "Third" gear when driving position for ignition only, and SECOND RIGHT position for ignition and
slowly and when accelel·atlng. Cruise In high gear.
running lights, Remember that lighting the head lamp when the engine
ft>r threespeed and l'eVerse transmission is not running also turns the ignition ON. The switch can be locked only
in OFF and PARK positions.
TIRE DATA Spark Control Grip
Front Reat· Sidecar Turn the spark control grip (7, figure 3) inward to advance spark;
turn outward to retard spark. Fully advanced is the proper normal
Solo - Rider Only running position. When the engine is laboring under a hard pull, retard
4.00 x 18 Tire 14 lbs. 16 lbs.
5.00 x 16 Tire 12 lbs. 14 lbs, part way for better performance and to avoid knocking.
Solo - Rider and One Passenger Throttle Control Grip
4.00 x 16 Tire !Bibs. 26lbs. Turn the throttle control grip (3, figure 3) outward to close throttle;
5,00 X 16 Th·c 12 lbs. 16 lbs.
turn inward to open throttle.
Sidecar - Rider and One Sidecar
Passenger or 150 lb. Sidecar Load
4.00 x 16 Tire 20 lbs. 24 Jbs. 14 Jbs.
5.00 x 16 Tire 14 Jbs. 16 lbs. 14 lbs, Figure 4
The tire Inflation pressures given arc based on rider and passenger
weight of approKimately !50 lbs. each. When these loads arc exceed- Ignition-Light Switch
ed by 50 lbs. or more, Increase tire preRsure as follows: For each
50 lbs. of overload, Increase pressure of rear tire 2 Jbs.; front tire,
I lb.; sidecar tire, 1 lb.
NOTE
The front tire of a solo motorcycle normally
wears irrcguhr and peaked to some extent.
It Is recommended, with a solo motorcycle
partlculnrly, lhnt wheels and tires be trans-
posed at Intervals of approximately 3000 miles.
This will stabilize high speed operation and
also equalize wear. Do not over-Inflate.
6 7
OPERATION OPERATION
Clutch Foot Pedal engine is started, both lights should go on. When the engine starts both
lights should go off except at v~ry slow idling speeds.
The clutch foot pedal (16, figure 1) is located on the left side where The generator light will normally flash on and off at slow idle or road
it may be conveniently operated by the left foot. The clutch is engaged
speeds below 20 mph in high gear because at these speeds generator out-
when the toe is down, the clutch released when the heel is down.
put is very low and unsteady. H the generator signal light fails to go off
Gear Shiller lever at speeds above about 20 miles per hour the generator is either not charg-
The gear shifter lever (2, figure 1) Is located on the left side and the ing at all or its output is below normal and it should be inspected at once.
various positions are plainly marked. This lever must be at neutral H the oil circulation signal light fails to go off at speeds above idling,
and the clutch engaged when starting the engine. Fully release the clutch it is usually due to an empty oil tank, a dllut.ed oil supply, or because the
before shifting. oil is so light that the pump cannot build up normal pressure. In freezing
weather, the on feed pipe may clog with lee and sludge, thus preventing
Brakes circulation of the oil. A grounded oil signal switch wire, faulty signal
The brake foot pedal (9, figure 2) on the right hand side operates the switch, or trouble with the oil pump will also cause the light to stay on.
rear wheel brake while a convenient hand lever (8, figure 3) operates If the oil circulation signal falls to go off, always check the oil supply
the front wheel brake. first. 'fheh, if oil supply is normal and the light still does not operate
Headlock normally, look Jnside the oil tank and see if oil returns to the tank from
the outlet of the oil return pipe (18, figure 2) when the engine is running.
The headlock (5, figure 2) is located on the right side and locks the If 1t is returning to the tank there is some circulation, and you may drive
front wheel at an angle to the left. To lock, turn the front wheel to the slowly to the nearest Harley-Davidson dealer to have the oiling system
left, as the key is turned, until the lock pin moves into locked position. checked and serviced, as needed. U no oil returns to the tank, stop the
Starter Crank engine at once and do not drive further until the fault is located and the
The starter crank pedal (5, figure 3) is located on the right side and necessary repairs are made.
has a spring return. To start the engine, kick the starter crank down
with vigorous strokes to turn the engine over. STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINE
Steering Damper Adjusting Knob When starting the engine see thatthe gear shifter lever is at NEUTRAL
Turn steering damper adjusting lmob (4, figure 2) clockwise to apply and that the clutch is fully engaged. Turn the spark control grip inward
dampening action; counterclockwise for free steering or to reduce damp- as far as it will go to fully advance the spark, Some engines start best
ening action. For solo riding at low and intermediate speeds steering with spark slightly retarded.
should be free or very little dampening applied. Too much dampening
at lower speeds causes motorcycle to "wander" from a straight ahead Starting a Cold Engine
course. When driving at high speeds or over rough surfaces, apply Move the choke lever down to the fully closed (prime) position, open
dampening as needed to stabilize steering, Side car users will find that throttle 1/4, and with lgnit.lon-light switch OFF, kick the starter down
keeping the damper set a little snug at all times is an advantage. once or twice to prime the cylinders. Theri, set the choke lever at the
1/4 or 1/2 closed position in mild weather, or 3/4 or fully closed position
Horn in extremely cold weather, and, with the throttle nearly closed, turn
The horn (7, figure 2) Is operated by the horn button (6, figure 3). ignition switc,h ON and start engine with vigorous strokes of the starter.
Tone may be set at the desired pitch by turning the adjusting screw in
the back of the horn. CAUTION
INSTRUMENT PANEL SIGNAL LIGHTS It is only in extremely cold weather that the
Signal lights beneath the window In the center of the Instrument engine may start best with choke in fully closed
panel Indicate whether or not the generator Is charging and oil is cir- (prime) position, and even then it wlll have to
culating. Lights "OFF" when the engine Is running indicate that the be moved from this position immediately after
generator is charging and oil is circulating properly. A light "ON" engine starts. Under no conditions will the
indicates "not functioning." When the switch ls turned on, before the engine continue to run with full choke.
8 9
OPERATION OPERATION
As soon as the engine starts, open the throttle just far enough to motorcycle to a dealer a~ the mtleage Intervals mentioned, the owner
keep it running while warming up or until ready to set the motorcycle should at least give the following outlined attention, or arrange to have
in motion. As the engine warms up and misfires, because of the over- it given, and take the motorcycle to the dealer for more complete ser-
rich mixture, gradually move the choke lever upward, After the engine vicing later on when convenient to do so. After initial servicing schedule
has thoroughly warmed up, move choke lever to OPEN poslt1on (all the has been completed, motorcycle should then be taken to your dealer for
way up), check up at regular intervals of 1500 miles.
Starting a Warm Engine At First 250 Miles
To start an engine which Is warm (neither hot nor cold), lower the chok~ 1. Check front chain (13, figure 1) to make sure it is receiving re-
lever to 1/4 closed position (first downward position) and with throttle quired amount of oil for ample lubrication. If necessary, readjust
closed, kick the starter down once or twice. Then, set the throttle about the chain oiler (14, figure 2).
1/4 to 1/3 open, turn tgnftlon switch ON, and kick the starter down 2. Check adjustment of chains and readjust if necessary. (See "Care
quickly. Soon after engine starts, the choke lever should be moved and Adjustment of Drive Chains" in Maintenance Section.)
up to full open position, Remember that this starting procedure calls
for the throttle to be part way open during the starting strokes, after At First 750 Miles
the switch has been turned on. 1. Drain oil tank at drain plug (22, figure 2) and refill with fresh
Starting a Hot Engine oil. Thereafter, in average service, change oil at intervals not
exceeding 2000 miles. In extremely dusty service, when service
If engine has been shut off for only a brief period and is at about is exceptionally hard, or in winter weather, oil must be changed at
normal running temperature, It Is not necessary to use the choke lever. much shorter than normal intervals.
Simply close the throttle, turn ignition switch ON, and kick the starter 2. Check level of on in transmission and add on lf needed. Use same
down quickly. With some engines, depending on carburetor adjustment, grade of oil used in engine. See "Lubrication."
hot starting is more dependable if the starter is given one stroke before 3. Lubricate all points indicated for 750 mile attention under "Lubri-
turning ignition switch ON cation."
When a hot engine does not start readily, that is, with two or three 4. Oil all control joints such as clutch, gear shifter, brakes, front
starting kicks, it Is usually because of an over-rich (flooded) condtuon, brake control cable, and spark and throttle control wires.
and the proper procedure is to open the throttle wide so that more air 5, If motorcycle is equipped wlth air cleaner, inspect and service if
can enter; closing it quickly as the engine starts. neeaed. (See "Air Cleaner" in Maintenance Section.)
Stopping the Engine 6. Check adjustment of chains and readjust if necessary. (See ''Care
Stop the engine by turning the ignlUon switch OFF. If the engine and Adjustment of Driye Chains" in Maintenance Section.)
should be stalled or stopped In any other way than with the switch, turn 'l. Check lubrication of front chain (13, figure 1) and readjust chain
the switch OFF at once to prevent battery discharge through the circuit oiler (14, figure 2) if necessary. Clean and lubricate rear chain.
breaker points. 8. Check wheel mounting socket screws which secure rear wheel to
brake assembly and tighten if needed. These screws must be kept
v.ery tight, (See "Wheels" in Maintenance Section.)
9. Check level of solution in battery and add distilled water if needed.
CARE OF A NEW ENGINE See that terminals are clean and connections tight.
DO NOT operate a new engine faster than 35 miles per hour the first At First J500 Miles
250 miles; 40 miles per hour the second 250 miles; 45 mlles per hour 1. Check condition of oil in tank to determine lf oil change Is needed.
(sidecar) or 50 mlles per hour (solo) the next 500 miles. Below 2000 2. Check level of oil in transmission and add olllf needed. Use same
miles, avoid driving at or near top speed for long distances. After a new grade of oil used In engine,
motorcycle has been driven its first 250 miles, again at approximately 750 3. Lubricate all points indicated for 750 mile attention under "Lubri-
miles and again at approximately 1500 miles, the motor cycle should be cation."
taken to the dealer from whom It was purchased, for certain initial service 4. Lubricate wheel hubs at 1500 mile intervals as indicated under
operations with which thedealer is famlllar. If it is Impossible to take the "Lubrication.''
10 11
OPERATION OPERATION
5. Oil all control joints such as clutch, gear shifter, brakes, front If engine starts hard:
brake control wire, and spark and throttle control wires. 1. Spark plugs In bad condltton, or partially fouled.
6, Check adjustment of chains and adjust if necessary. (See "Care 2. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment or In need of cleaning.
and Adjustment of Drive Chains" in Maintenance Section.) 3, Battery nearly discharged.
7. Check lubrication of front chain (13, figure 1) .and readjust chain 4, Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at con or
oiler (14, figure 2) if necessary. Clean and lubricate rear chain, clrcutt breaker.
8. Check all nuts, bolts and screws and tighten any found loose. 5. Carburetor not adjusted correctly.
9. Check level of battery solution and add distilled water if needed,
If engine starts but runs Irregularly or misses:
1. Spark plugs in bad condition, or partially fouled.
HIGH SPEED OPERATING .TIPS 2. Spark plug gap too close.
3. Circuit breaker points out of adjustment or In need of cleaning.
Develop the habit of frequently snapping the throttle shut for an in- 4. Condenser connections loose,
stant when running at high speed. This draws addlttonal lubrication to 5, Battery nearly discharged.
pistons and cylinders, and helps cooling. 6. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at coU or
In cold weather run engine slowly until it Is thoroughly warmed up, circuit breaker.
to avoid possible damage to pistons, rings, and other parts before oil is 7. Water or dirt In fuel system and carburetor.
warm enough to circulate freely. 8. Gasoline tank cap vent plugged and tank air bound.
An engine run long distances at high speed In sidecar service must 9. Carburetor not adjusted correctly.
be given closer than ordln!lry attention to avoid overheating and possible
consequent damage, Have the engine checked regularly and keep it well If engine falls to start:
tuned up. Valve seating and good compression Is particularly Important, 1. Gasoline tank empty.
and the carburetor should be adjusted moderately rich rather than lean. 2·. Gasoline valve shut off.
Inspect spark plugs often for good conditlon. This applies particularly 3. Gasoline line clogged.
to a motorcycle equipped with handlebar windshield. 4. Discharged battery or loose or broken battery terminal connection.
Don't idle engine unnecessarlly with motorcycle standing. Check by turning light switch "ON".
After a new engine has gone through its slow and moderate speed 5, Fouled spark plugs.
running-In period, if it Is then usually driven at high speeds, colder 6. Circuit breaker points badly out of adjustment.
than original equipment plugs wUl probably be needed. This will be 7. Loose wire connection at one of battery terminals or at coil or
Indicated by overheating, loss of power, excessive knocking, and blister- circuit breaker.
Ing of plug core tips. Disregard for these Indications of the need for 8. Clutch slipping and starter not turning engine over.
colder plugs may result in damage from overheating. 9. Sticking valves, or tappets too tight.
When plugs need to be replaced, get new plugs from your Harley- 10. Engine flooded with gasoline as a result of overchoklng.
Davidson dealer. He can supply you with the type of plug best suited to
your requirements. Experimenting with plugs of unproven quality and
suitabiltty Is inviting trouble. If a spark plug fouls repeatedly:
Install carburetor Air Cleaner for dusty service to avoid excessive 1. Too cold a plug for the kind of service or for type of engine.
engine wear. See your dealer about lt. 2. Piston rings badly worn or in bad condition otherwise.
3. on pump improperly adjusted - otl pressure too high.
OPERATING TROUBLES
If engine preignltes:
The following check list of operating troubles and their probable 1. Excessive carbon deposit on piston head or 1n combustion chamber.
causes wlll be helpful in keeplng your motorcycle In good operating 2. Too hot a spark plug for the kind of service or for type of engine,
condttlon. Remember that more than one of these condttlons may be 3. Defective spark plugs.
causing the trouble and all should be carefully checked.
12 13
OPERATION
If carburetor floods:
1. Float set too high.
2. Float valve and/or valve seat worn or damaged.
3, Dirt or other foreign matter between float valve and its seat.
14
15
LUBRICATION
LUBRICATION driven engine, making only short runs now and then and seldom thoroughly
warmed up, is likely to accumulate an increasing amount of water in the
ENGINE OIL oil tank. This water will, in freezing weather, become slush or tee and
Use Harley-Davidson "Medium Heavy" oil when predominating 1f allowed to accumulate too long, there is the chance that oil lines may
temperature Is above+ 10° F. be blocked with resulting damage to engine. Also, water mixed with oil
for some time forms sludge that Is harmful to the engine and causes
Use Harley-Davidson "Light" oll when predomlnatlng temperature undue wear of var.lous working parts. Therefore, In winter the oil change
is + 100 F. or below. interval should be shorter than normal for all engines, and any engine
If winter weather becomes so extremely cold that "Light" oil con- used only for short runs, particularly in commercial service, must have
geals in the tank, add just."8nough kerosene to keep the oil fluid. oil changed frequently along wlth a thorough tank flush-out to remove
any water and sludge, before new oll is put in tank. The farther below
The oil tank, when completely empty, will hold one gallon. About one
freezing the temperature drops, the shorter the oil change interval should
inch from top of tank is considered full. Don't fill above this level, as
be.
the tank needs some air space. Tighten the cap securely to prevent leak-
age. The oil signal light in the center of the instrument panel indicates
oil circulation. See "Instrument Panel Signal Lights" in the Operation TRANSMISSION OIL
Section. Oil mileage normally varies from 250 to 500 miles per quart
depending on the nature of service, solo or sidecar, fast or moderate Use same grade of oil used in engine.
driving, and how well the engine is kept tuned up. If mileage is not with- Remove transmission oil filler plug (20, figure 2) and check oil level
in this range, see your dealer about it. every two weeks, or every 1000 miles, whichever comes first. Add oil if
Remove tank cap and check oil supply not more than 300 mlles after necessary and fill to the level of the filler opening. In extremely cold
each complete refill. If oil level is found not very far above "refill" weather, if shifting becomes difficult because the transmission oil tends
mark on gauge rod, add oil. When level is down to "reftll" mark, two to congeal, thin the oil with a small amount of kerosene. The motorcycle
quarts can be added. Oil supply runs cooler and mileage somewhat should be standing STRAIGHT UP, not leaning on jiffy stand, when adding
higher, with oil level well up in tank. Furthermore, unless oU tank is oil to the transmission.
kept well fllled, frequent checking of oil level will be necessary to avotd Drain transmission and refill to correct level with fresh, clean oil at
any chance of running dry. six month Intervals or every 5000 miles, whichever comes first. If trans-
When a new engine has run Its first 750 miles, and normally in warm mission should become submerged In water, drain it immediately and
or hot weather and In average service, at about 2000 mtle Intervals refill to proper level.
thereafter, completely drain oil tank of used oil and refill with fresh
on. If service Is extremely hard, or dusty service on dirt roads or in OVERHEAD VALVES AND ROCKERS
competition, drain and refill at shorter Intervals. Draining should be
done after a run while oil is hot. It Is not necessary to drain the crank- The oil pump supplies oil under pressure to the overhead fittings
case as It does not accumulate used oil. At the time of the first 750 and hydraulic push rods.
mile oil change, and along with at least every second on change there- Surplus oil from overhead oiling is drained back into the engine
after, thoroughly flush and clean out tank with kerosene to remove any crankcase. It is essential that push rod and rocker arm covers be well
sediment and sludge that may have accumulated. Your dealer has factll- sealed to prevent oil leakage. When assembling push rod covers, make
ttes for quick flushing and cleaning of oll tank. sure that both ends of covers are properly seated against the cork wash-
Winter Caution ers. Each push rod cover is sealed with three cork washers, one at
each end and one below the expander sleeve and spring. Renew these
Combustion In any engine generates water vapor. When starting and washers if they show even slight damage or when more than very slight
warming up In cold weather, especially In freezing or colder weather, oil leakage develops around them.
much of the vapor that gets Into the crankcase condenses to water before
the crankcase is hot enough to exhaust the vapor, without inside condensa-
tion, through the outside breather. If engine Is driven enough to get the FRONT CHAIN
crankcase thoroughly warmed up frequently, most of this water Is again
vaporized and blown out through the breather. However, a moderately At the regular service intervals, remove inspection hole cover trom
16 17
LUBRICATION LUBRICATION
chain guard and make a very close inspection of chain. If chain does not Remove chain from motorcycle, Soak and wash thoroughly in a pan
appear to be getting sufficient lubrication, or if there is evidence of an of kerosene. After removing chain from kerosene, hang it up for a time
over-supply of oil, readjustment should be made with "Chain Oiler Ad- to allow kerosene to drain off. Immerse for a short time in a pan of
justing Screw". grease heated to consistency of light engine oil, If grease and facillttes
A well lubricated chain has an oily surface, and is also clean and free for heating are not at hand, substitute light engine oil. While ~mmersed,
of discoloration. If chain has a brownish hue, and a rusty appearance move chain around to be sure that hot grease or oil works through all
at the side and center plates, it is under-lubricated even though the ins\de parts. After removing from hot grease or oil, allow chain to drain
surface may be oily. Make readjustment as follows: On some oil and wipe all surplus grease or oil from surface of chain. Install chain
pumps, setting of chain oiler adjusting screw is determined by sev- on motorcycle. Inspect connecting link and spring clip closely for bad
eral washers placed underneath head of screw. Add thin washers for condition. Replace if at all questionable. Be sure spring clip is properly
more oil; remove washers for less oil. Add or remove only one or two and securely locked on pin ends.
thin washers at a time. Thin washers for this readjustment can be ob-
tained from your Harley-Davidson Dealer. On later model pumps ad-
justing screw is locked in position with a lock nut. Loosen lock nut and CHASSIS LUBRICATION
turn screw outward for more oil; turn screw inward for less oll. Turn Us.e a high melting point grease, Harley-Davidson grade A, for
screw only a fraction of a turn at a time. wheel hubs, generator commutator end bearing, and frame head
The quantity of oiJ used to lubricate the chain is very small, and bearings.
therefore the opening through which oil bleeds to the chain is regulated, Use Harley~Davidson Chassis Grease for all other greasing require~
by the adjusting screw, to a very small orifice. Sediment and gummy ments.
matter, accumulating in the oil supply, deposits in and around this orifice All chassis bearings requiring frequent appltcatlons of grease are
and gradually decreases the oil supplied to the chain. A chain that has provided with grease gun fittings. Locations and suggested greasing
been lubricating perfectly the first 2000 miles may run short of oil the intervals follow.
second 2000 miles. For this reason, even though inspection indicates the
chain Is amply lubricated, it is advisable to flush away accumulated sedi- Every 750 Miles
ment and restore the orifice to its original size at intervals of approxi-
mately 2000 miles. To do this loosen the chain oiler adjusting screw, Seat post
and back it out about two turns. Operate this way for a few miles and Saddle bar bearing
then reset screw to its established setting. If the screw has washers Rear brake operating shaft
underneath its head, simply turn the screw back in snug against the Brake pedal bearing
washers. If the screw Is secured with a lock nut, note the position of the Brake rod cross-over shaft
screw head slot before turning it out for flushing and then back the screw Sidecar brake operating shaft
out two full turns. Reset the screw to its established setting by turning Sidecar brake cross shaft (2 fittings)
it in two full turns and placing the screw slot in its original position Clutch foot pedal bea.ring
before locking it in place with the lock nut.
If established setting of adjusting screw should become completely Every J 500 Miles
lost, while making readjustment or flushing orifice, remove washers, Front wheel hub
or back up lock nut and turn the screw Inward until its point bottoms Rear wheel hub
lightly but firmly against its seat. Then back the screw out about 1-1/4 Sidecar wheel hub
turns and establish this setting with washers or lock nut. This is the
approximate original factory setting. Remove and grease handlebar grip spirals, with fresh grease, twice
a year, or when operation of grips indicates lubrication is necessary.
REAR CHAIN . Be careful about over-greasing wheel hubs, and rear brake operating
Under dry, hard surface road operation, brush off dirt and lubricate shaft as excess grease working out of these bearings not only develops
at 500 to 750-mile intervals. Lubricate with Harley-Davidson "Chain a messy condition, but is also likely to get onto brake linings, which
Saver" if available, if not available use the lightest engine oil obtainable. will greatly reduce efficiency of brakes.
Occasionally the chain should have additional lubrication as follows: Pack frame head bearings with fresh grease every 50,000 miles.
18 19
LUBRICATION
20 21
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
Therefore, each time the front chain is readjusted, the adjustment of This brings the transmission lever at the side of the transmission cover
these controls must be checked. Readjust if necessary. (See "Rear to about a straight downward position. Disconnect shifter rod ( 17, figure
Chain Adjustment," "Gear Shifter Rod Adjustment," below, and "Cluteh 1) from the shifter lever, and with slight back and forward movement
Control Adjustment," page 30.) carefully "feel" transmission lever into exact position where the shifter
Rear Chain Adjustment spring plunger (inside the transmission) seats fully in its retaining notch.
Then see that the shifter lever (2, figure 1) is in exact position, and re-
Remove the rear axle nut (8, figure 1), and lock washer, and loosen adjust the length of rod, by turning the clevis in or out, to fit.
brake sleeve nut (7, figure 1). Loosen the lock nuts on wheel adjusting
screws (10, figure 1 and 23, figure 2). Turn the adjusting screws as
necessary to correctly readjust the chain. Turn each screw an equal FRONT WHEEL DRAKE ADJUSTMENT (See figure 6.)
number of turns in order to keep wheel in alignment. Check correct
alignment of the wheel to see that the tire runs about midway between When the front wheel brake is properly adjusted the hand lever (1)
upper rear frame tubes and also that the rear sprocket runs centrally will move freely about one-quarter of its full movement before the brake
in the chain. When readjustment is completed, be sure to securely re- starts to take effect. lf adjusted tighter the brake may drag. To adjust
tighten the sleeve nut, axle nut, and adjusting-screw lock nuts. brake_, loosen lock nut (3) on adjusting sleeve (2) and turn lower nut (4)
After readjusting the rear chain, the rear brake may be too tight.
Readjust the brake rod if necessary. See "Rear Brake Adjustment".
1. Front Wheel
Brake Hand
Lever
2. Front Wheel
Brake Adjusting
Sleeve
3. Adjusting Sleeve
Lock Nut
4. Adjusting Sleeve
Nut
Figure 5 - Repairing Drive Chain 5. Brake Shoe
Pivot Stud Nut
6. Brake Shoe
Repair ol Drive Chain (See figure 5.) Pivot Stud
When necessary to repair a chain, remove the damaged links by
pushing out the riveted link pins, with a chain repair tool as shown. Figure 6
Then fit the necessary repair links. A duplex chain is used for the front Front Wheel Brake
drive and a single width chain for the rear. The chain tool furnished Adjustment
tn the tool kit is designed to take care of both.
in towara the cable support tube to decrease the free movement of tho GASOLINE STRAINER AND CARBUHETOR (See figures 2 and 7.)
lever (1) (tighten brake). Turn lower nut (4) away from the cable support
tube to increase the free movement of lever (loosen the brake). When The gasoline strainer should be cleaned and flushed at least once a
free movement of the hand lever (1) is about one-quarter of its full move- month, or oftener if the need of cleaning is Indicated by irregular carbu-
ment tighten lock nut (3) securely against the adjusting sleeve nut (4). retlon. To clean the strainer turn off the lower end, remove the screen
and clean and flush. Remove the carburetor bowl drain plug, drain and
flush the bowl each time the gasoline strainer is serviced.
REAR BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
Carburetor Adjustment
Readjust the length of the rear brake rod so that the brake does not {For starting Instructions, see "Starting The Engine.") A carbu-
start to take effect until the footpedal is pushed downward about one inch, retor, once properly adjusted, requires little, if any, readjusting. It
To adjust, remove the pin which attaches the brake rod adjusting clevis should not be necessary to adjust the needles more than one or two
(9, figure 1) to the brake lever, and turn the clevis clockwise onto the notches, richer or leaner, to correct mixture for a change in weather
rod to shorten (tighten brake), counterclockwise on the rod to lengthen conditions.
(loosen brake). Turn the rear wheel to make sure that brake is not too Both high speed needle (1) and lowspeed needle (2) turn down (to right)
tight and dragging. to make mixture leaner at the respective speeds for which they adjust.
Backing them out (to left) makes mixture richer. Both needles are held
in whatever positions they may be turned to, by a spring and plunger
which drops into notches in the needle adjusting screw.
A carburetor that ts badly out of adjustment may be readjusted as
follows:
1. Make sure carburetor control wi•re is adjusted so throttle lever
(4) fully closes and opens with handlebar grip movement.
2. Turn both the low speed needle (2) and high speed needle {1) all
the way down (to right).
3, Back up (to left) low speed needle (2) about 5 turns, and high speed
needle (1) about 1-1/4 turns. With needles in these posttlons, engine
1. High Speed Needle will start, but low speed mixture will probably be too rich.
2. Low Speed Needle 4. Start the engine and after it has reached operating temperature
3. Throttle Lever Lock and the choke lever (9) has been moved to the OPEN position, correct
Screw the adjustment of both needles.
4. Throttle Lever 5, Adjust for low speed. Turn low speed needle (2) down (to right)
6. Throttle Stop Screw one notch at a tlme until mixture becomes so lean that engine misses
7. Carburetor Bowl Vent
8. Low Speed Needle Lift and is inclined to stop; then, back needle up five to ten notches, or
Lever wttil engine hlts regularly with spark advanced and throttle closed
9. Choke Lever or as nearly closed as it can be set and still have engine rwt at
10. Choke Disc idling speed. Starting and all-around carburetion w lll be better
with low speed adjustment slightly rich rather than as lean as it
can be made.
Figure 7 6. Adjust throttle lever stop screw (6), as necessary to make engine
Carburetor idle at proper speed with throttle fully closed. Turn screw to right
to make engine idle faster. Turning screw to left makes engine idle
slower. Don't idle au engine at the slowest possible speed, because
an extremely slow idling adjustment causes hard starting. Changing
the idling speed with throttle stop screw is likely to change the low
speed mixture slightly. It will therefore, be necessary to again
24 25
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
check and correct low speed needle adjustment by the same procedure
followed in making the initial adjustment. ~afl:l!»n>"N~~~
7. Check high speed adjustment, after low speed adjustments have ~'lywhc~l 'l'lt.llnil MMk
been completed. Run the motorcycle on the road at various speeds (QII lt•lh;hlo Ill cnRifl(l):
L.-~2. ;
between 20 mlles per hour and wide open. Have spark fully advanced.
If adjustment is too lean, the engine wlll sluff and backfire through
the carburetor on quick throttle opening to accelerate from low
speed. If adjustment is too rich engine will be sluggish and wlll
lope and miss at intermediate and high speeds. Adjusting some-
I. XX)(' ·000'0
what over-rich is preferable to adjusting too lean, because a lean
mixture causes overheating. Best all around engine performance
Is usually found with high speed needle set about 1-l/4 turns open.
Am CLEANER
See that a carburetor air cleaner (3, figure 2) is installed for opera-
tion in dusty conditions to avoid unnecessary and excessive engine wear.
(See your Harley-Davidson Dealer.) In normal service, on hard surfaced
roads, It is important that the air cleaner mesh be removed, washed
thoroughly in gasoline and then saturated with oil (same oil as used in
engine) at least once every 1000 miles. In dusty service this attention
should be given more frequently. In extremely dusty service this atten-
tion should be given EVERY 100 mlles or at least once a day.
Check the contact point gap (10) with a .022 in. gage (wire prefer-
red). If it is not exactly .022 ln., when the cam follower ( 1) is on the
highest point of either cam (2) adjustment is necessary. Incorrect point
gap spacing affects ignition timing. To adjust the points loosen the lock
screw (12) and move the eccentric adjusting screw (15) to provide a con-
tact point gap of ,022 in. Retighten the lock screw (12) and again check
the gap to make sure it remains correct.
Ignition timing is controlled by the circuit breaker. Correct ignition 1. Flbr~ Cam Follower 9. Timing Mark
2. Breaker Cam 10. Contact Points
timing and correct setting of the circuit breaker contact-point gap is 3. Condenser 11. Cover Retainer
absolutely necessary for proper engine operation. 4. Cam Timing Mark 12. Lock Screw
To check ignition timing or when installing and resetting circuit 5. Timing Adjusting Stud 13. Timing Slot on Flywheel
breaker assembly after it has been lifted out, proceed as follows: 6. Adjusting Stud Lock Nut 14. Timing Inspection Hole
7. Timing Adjusting Stud Plate 15. Eccentric Adjusting Screw
Checking Ignition Timing with Factory Timing Marks. (See figw·e 8.) 8. Attaching Cap Screw (2) 16. Control Wire Lock Screw
1, Remove spark plugs to premit turning engine easily; remove screw Figure 8 - Circuit Breaker and Flywheel Timing Marks
26 27
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
plug from timing inspection hole (14) in left side of crankcase; un-
cover the front intake valve push rod so that opening and closing of (1). Remember spark must be fully advanced when checking. If with
\'alve can be observed; remove circuit breaker cover, and set circuit nut (6) loosened circuit breaker still cannot be shifted far enough to
breaker point gap at exactly .022 ln. See "Adjustment of Circuit attain alignment of mark ( 4) and fiber cam follower (1) the operation
Breaker Points." of lifting circuit breaker and changing engagement of driving gears will
2. Turn engine in direction in which it runs until front piston is on have to be repeated as many times as necessary to attain alignment.
compression stroke (just after front intake valve closes), and continue Timing Pointers.
turning engine very slowly (less than one-half revolution) until timing
slot on flywheel (13) appears at rear of inspection hole (14), When flywheel timing slot (13) appears at rear edge of timing hole
3. See that timing mark (9) on circuit breaker head aligns with the (14) the front cylinder piston is 7/16 inches before top dead center, This
end of timing adjusting stud plate (7), is the piston position (on compression stroke) where ignition should occur
4, Fully advance circuit breaker. Be sure control wire is correctly with spark fully advanced,
adjusted so that circuit breaker head is advanced (rotated counter- The narrow lobe of circuit breaker cam, which is the lobe that carries
clockwise) to its full advanced stop when handle bar grip is turned to mark (4), times the front cylinder; the wide lobe times the rear cylinder.
full advanced position. Ignition occurs just as circuit breaker points open,
5. Timing mark (4) in top edge of circuit breaker cam (2) should now Once or twice a year, have your dealer check ignition timing and, if
align perfectly with breaker arm fiber cam follower (1), H it does not, necessary, readjust circuit breaker setting to compensate for wear on
but is only slightly out of alignment, loosen timing adjusting stud lock circuit breaker and timing gears that may have caused a sllght change
nut (6) and shift circuit breaker head to attain alignment, (Timing in timing.
mark, 9, wlll no longer line up exactly with edge of plate, 7,) Be sure TIMING GEARS (See figure 9.)
to securely retighten lock nut (6), Remember that circuit breaker The pinion gear (1) and shaft are spline engaged and the gear is a
must be fully advanced when checking alignment of mark (4) with sltp fit on shaft, A spring, spacing collar, oil pump pinion shaft gear
fiber cam follower (1), (spiral gear), and bearing oil seal ring are assembled behind the pinion
If when above check is made, it is found that cam timing mark (4) and gear, With all these parts removed from shaft, they must be reassembled
cam follower (1) are far from alignment, it is probable that timing ac- in the following order: Bearing oil seal ring, on pump pinion shaft gear,
cording to original factory marks has been lost through opening the timing spacing collar, spring and pinion gear, Spring pressure against the oil
gear case and removal and installation of gears, or possibly as a result of pwnp pinion shaft gear pushes the otl seal ring tight against crank case
loosening and lifting the circuit breaker assembly far enough so that its bearing bushing, Timing marks are provided on the pinion gear (1),
drive gears come out of mesh, In this case, or in a case where circuit cam gear (2), breather gear (3) and circuit breaker drive gear (4) to
breaker head timing mark (9) has been lost through installing a replace- provide a means of timing the mechanical parts of the engine. There is
ment head, timing must be done as follows: a steel spacing washer behind the cam gear (2), There are spacing col-
lars in front of the circuit breaker drive gear (4) and the intermediate
Timing Ignition without Aiel of Circuit Breaker Heacl Mark. gea1 (5), Collars vary in thickness, must not be interchanged.
1. Perform steps 1 and 2, preceding, under "Checking Ignition Timing
With Factory Timing Marks." Figure 9
2. Fully advance circuit breaker and observe alignment of mark (4) Timing Gears
and fiber cam follower (1), H they are not far out of alignment, loosen
nut (6) and disregarding mark (9), see if circuit breaker head can be
1, Pinion Gear
shifted far enough to attain alignment. H not, remove cap screws ( 8) 2. Cam Gear
and lift circuit breaker assembly far enough to bring its driving gears 3, Breather Valve Gear
out of mesh. Turn circuit breaker cam approximately as much as 4. Circuit Breaker Drive
cam mark (4) and fibre cam follower (1) appear to be out of align- Gear
ment, and push circuit breaker assembly back down into gear case, 5, Intermediate Gear
re-enga'ging its drive gears, Reinstall cap screws (8) and tighten 6. Generator Drive Gear
securely. Then recheck alignment of mark ( 4) and fibre cam follower 7. Oil Pump Drive Gear
28
29
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
Control Adjustment (See figure 10.) without any noticeable slippage when cranking the engine, also holds on
1. With the footpedal (6) in full disengaged position (heel down) the the road. Do not increase spring tension any more than actually required
clutch lever (1) should strike the transmission case cover. Adjust to make the clutch hold.
length of the footpedal rod (5) to just clear the footpedal bearing Clutch Repair .(See figure 11.)
cover ('1) so the rod remains straight and is not bent down by the
bearing cover. As a new clutch is originally assembled and adjusted, the distance
2. Next, remove the chain guard clutch cover (8), set the footpedal from inner edge of the shoulder on spring collar (2) to the outer surface
(6) in full engaged position (toe down), loosen the lock nut (3) and of the outer disc, is 31/32-in. If compressed more so that this distance
readjust the push rod adjusting screw (2) with a screw driver so that ts less than 7/~-ln., the clutch PX:Obably cannot be fully released, If the
the end of the lever (1) has about 1/8-in. free movement, backward clutch still does not hold after making sure of correct control adjust-
and forward. Turn the screw right for less free movement, left for ment and increasing the spring tension as outlined above, it will have
more. to be taken apart for inspection of the discs. Some of the discs may be
worn and require replacement or they may be oil-soaked and in need of
Tension Spring Adjustment washing and drying. When the clutch must be taken apart, tt is advisable
If the clutch slips, after controls have been correctly readjusted, to have it serviced at a Harley-Davidson Service station where any needed
increase the spring tension by tightening (turn right) the three nuts (4). new parts are at hand. If, however, it is impossible to take the motor-
Tighten all three nuts, one-half turn at a time until clutch holds. Test cycle to a Barley-Davidson dealer, and the clutch must be taken apart,
after each turn by cranking the engine. Usually, a clutch that holds proceed as follows:
30 31
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
WHEELS
Front and rear wheels are quickly detachable from brake assemblies,
when necessary to remove for wheel or tire service. When removing
a wheel, it is necessary that brake be applied to hold drum securely
while pulling wheel away from it. When detached from brakes, wheels
are interchangeable.
32 33
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
socket screws and axle nut, and then tighten the two right slider cap nuts
(5), This will assure correct alignment of fork sides.
it is not necessary to take hub completely apart. Simply take out screws
(1) and the complete thrust bearing assembly comes off the end of the
hub and can be taken apart separately. One or more .002 inch thick
shims can then be added to provide .003 to .005 inch end play for thrust
sleeve (9), and the assembly reassembled on hub. Be careful about add-
ing too many shims and thus binding thrust sleeve (9). It must still be
free with cover screws (1) securely tightened. It is best to leave cork
retainer (4) out of the thrust assembly while determining correct adjust-
ment of thrust sleeve, and put it back in when readjustment Is completed.
The cork retainer interferes to some extent with free movement of
thrust sleeve and, therefore, makes it difficult to determine whether
or not sleeve is altogether free between thrust washers (8 and 10).
Excessive radial (up and down) play in wheel hub bearings, due to
wear, can be taken up by fitting oversize rollers (11 and 18). To take
hub completely apart for attention to roller bearings. first remove the
thrust assembly as explained above. Next, remove spring lock ring (23),
washer (22), cork retainer (21), and pull out inner sleeve (16). Rollers
and retainers can then be taken out. It is necessary to remove spring
lock ring (20) and washer (19) before the brake side bearing can be re-
moved.
It is advisable to have any needed wheel hub readjustments made at
a Harley-Davidson Service Statton where rollers in assorted sizes and
any other parts that may b~ required are at hand. Refitting should be
done by a mechanic thoroughly famlltar with this service operation,
because care must be exercised to avoid fits that are too tight. With
the hub reassembled, the roller bearings must turn freely and have a
slight play or shake.
1. Thrust Bearing Cover Screws (5) 13. Right Roller Retainer Thrust Washer
2. Lock Washers (5) 14. Wheel Hub
3. Thrust Bearing Outer Cover 15. Left Roller Retainer Thrust Washer REMOVAL OF SADDLE SPRING POST (See figure 15.)
4. Cork Grease Retainer 16. Hub Inner Sleeve After raising the saddle, remove saddle post clamp nut (5), which
5. Thrust Bearing Housing 17. Roller Retainer
6. Gasket 18. Dearing Rollers
is located underneath frame at bottom end of post tube. The post as-
7. Thrust Bearing Adjusting Shims 19. Roller Bearing Washer sembly can then be pulled out. When the post assembly is inserted
ll. Thrust Washer (outer) 20. Roller Bearing Spring Lock Ring back into frame tube, see that the fiat side, machined on the post rod nut
9. Thrust Sleeve 21. Cork Grease Retainer (4). registers in flat side of the hole in the bottom of the tube.
10. Thrust Washer (Inner) 22. Retainer Washer The cushion spring assembly (three lower springs) of a standard
11. Dearing Rollers 23. Spring Lock Ring saddle post is adjusted to twelve inches long. This carries the average
12. Roller Retainer 24. Grease Connector weight rider with maximum riding comfort. Adjustment can be changed
for lighter or heavier than average rider, and different springs can be
Figure 14 - Wheel Hub obtained, if desired, from your dealer.
36 37
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
Figure 15
Saddle Spring Post
1. Cap Screw
SERVICING THE HYDRA-GLIDE FORK (See figure 16.) 2. Cap Screw
Rubber Seal
The Hydra-Glide Fork requires very little maintenance or attention. 3. Drain Plug
It requires no greasing. U fork does not appear to be working properly,
or an appreciable amowtt of oil leakage should develop, attention should Figure 16
be given by an authorized Harley-Davidson dealer. Servicing the
Incorrect recoil action wlll result If there Is insufficient oil in either Hydra-Glide Fork
side of the fork. To check the amount it is necessary to completely drain
the oil and then pour back into each side 6-1/2 to 7 ounces of Harley-
Davidson Hydraulic Fork Oil. Oil drained from the fork may be used
again, provided it does not appear to be contaminated by water or other
foreign matter. Add only enough fresh oil to provide the required amount.
In an emergency, when Harley-Davidson Hydraulic Fork Oil is not
available, use the lightest automobile engine oil obtainable. Do not use
shock-absorber fluid. If engine oil is used, however, drain and replace
with Hydraulic Fork Oil as soon as possible. The consistency of engine
oil varies with temperature changes, and stiff recoil action and a rough
ride wlll result at lower temperatures. Temperature changes have little side. Fork trim rear panels must be removed to expose oil filler plugs,
effect on the recommended oil, which can be removed with a large screw driver.
To drain and reflll fork, first remove the hex head cap screw (1) at
the top of each fork side. Then remove the drain plug (3) at the lower REPLACING ~EAD LAMP-CYCLE BEAM SEALED UNIT (See figure 17.)
end of each slider, with a 3/16 Inch Allen wrench, and drain the oil into a
clean container. Add oil to container, if necessary, to make up the re- U either filament burns out, or the lens breaks, the entire cycle-beam
quired amount. Replace the drain plugs and pour 6-1/2 to 7 ounces of oil unit must be discarded and a new unit installed.
through the hole In the upper end of each fork tube. Then Install the To install a new unit loosen door screw (1) enough to remove head
seal (2) and cap screw (1), and tighten securely. lamp door (2). Remove the three retaining-ring screws (3) and retaining
Every 5000 miles, or at least once each year drain the oil from the ring (4). The cycle-beam unit (5) is now free from the head lamp body,
fork and refill with a fresh supply of Hydraulic Fork Oil. U fork should and the connector block (6) can now be removed from the unit by pulling
at any time become submerged In water, drain and refill immediately. connector block from U1e unit prongs.
The adjustable trail Hydra-Glide Fork (special equipment for side- Install the new unit by reversing above operations. Make sure prongs
car service) does not have hex head cap screw at the top of each fork on unit arc clean, to assure good contact with connector block.
38 39
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
40 41
ELECTRICAl SYSTEM
A. FOUR WmE CADLE .... Red, Green, 81ttck and Ycl· 10. 'fi::HMINAL -- Hcd wlrt' through cabll' ··C" to !'>WIIch
low wires Irom switch and Instrument panel baM' hrmlnal (1). Thts Is a live terminal t\nd can h(' ul'i<'d
terminals •1, 14, t6 and n. Right front cable In lor ;~~cct"ssory lamps. etc. lnd(>pt>ndenl ~I lgnltlon-
panel base to terminal box behind Ignition roll. li~ht switrh.
D. THREE WIRE CADLE --Rod, Groen, and Dlark II. TERMINAL - Not used with standard wlrln~.
wires from switch and lnslrument panel base ter·
mln:.ls It, ,2 and 144. Lert cable In panel base, to 12. TERMINAL- Nol us•d with standard ~·lrlnR.
gent:rator and cut out relay.
·13. CUT Otrr RELAY- Red wire lrom rel:iY terminal
C. FOUR WIRE CADLE --Red, Green, Yellow and marked ''BAT .. through cable "8'' to switch terml·
Black wires lrom swllch and Instrument panel b:\Se nal (I); black wtre from Junction terminal (44)
lermlnals 11, 12, 13 and 16. Right rear rable In through cable "B'' to relay; green wire from grner-
panel base, to terminal plate on fork. ator "relay" terminal (33) through rable "B" to
relay.
D. HANDLEBAR WIRING (Loose Wires)-- Red wire
with black tracer, Dlack wire with red tracer and
Red wire with yellow tracer, from headlamp switch 14. TAIL AND STOP LAMP -Red wlr• through loom
on handlebar to terminal plate terminals 19, 121 and "J'' and loom .. 0" to terminal (43); green win
122. Black wire from Horn Switch to terminal plate through loom "1" and loom ·'G' to terminal (40).
termlna1125.
15. BATTERY POSITIVE TEnMINAL- (left sldo) -Red
E. TWO WIRE CADLE --Red and Green wires from wire lhrough loom "0" to terminal (39).
terminal plate terminals 124 and 125 to horn.
16, DA1'TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL- (right side) -
f, 111REE WIRE CADLE-- Black, Groen and Red
Black wlr• to ground terminal on frame.
wires from terminal box, terminals 141, 142, 143 to
oil pressure SO(Jich and stop lamp swllch. 17. OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL SWITCH -Green wire
through cable "F" to t•rmlnal (42).
0. LOOM --(three wires) --Red, Groen and Red wires
frOm terminal box terminals f39, 140 and 143.
18. H.~ NO LEBAR IIEAD LAMP SWITCH - Black wire
H. LOOM -- (two wires) -- Dlark and Rod wires from wilh red tracer lhrough cable "D" to terminal (21);
terminal plate terminals 121 and 122 lo head tamp. red wtre wllh yellow tracer through cable ''D" to
terminal (22); red wire with blark tracer through
1. LOOM -- (lwo wires) •· R£>d and OreE>n wires, con- cable "D" to terminal (9).
llnuatlon from 3 wire loom (G) to tall lamp.
t9. IIORN SWITCII -Black wlr• to terminal (25).
t. SWITCH TEtiMINAL ·Red wire through roblo "A"
to terminal {39)i red wire through cable ··U .. to re- 20. TERMINAL- Yellow wire through cable "C" lo
lay (13); red wire through cable "C" to (('rndnal swtkh terminal (3). Used only wUh parking lamps.
(10).
21. TERMINAL- Black wire with red tracer through
2. SWITCH TERMINAL- Green wire through cablo rable "D" to head lamp switch (18); black wire
"C" to terminal (9); green wire through cable "B" through loom "H" to head lamp (31).
to generator "swllch" terminal (32); grHn wirE' to
speedometer light (8). 22. TERMINAL- Red wire wllh yellow tracer through
cablo "D" lo head lamp switch (18); red wire
3. SWITCH TERMINAL - Yellow wire through <able through loom "H" to head lamp (31).
"C"Io terminal (20),
23. TERMINAL- Not used wllh standard wiring. See
4. SWITCH TERMINAL -Croon wire through rahlo wiring diagram showing speedometer hand lock.
"A" lo lermlnal (40).
24. TERMINAL- Black wire through cabl• "C"to Junc-
5. SWITCH TERMINAL- Black wire to Junction ter-
tion lermlnal (8); red wire lhrough rable ''E" to
minal (G), ,
horn (30).
6. JUNCTION TERMINAL- Dlack wire through cable
25. TERMINAL- Groen wire through <ablo "f." lo horn
"C" to lermlnal (24); black wire lo oil presoure sig-
(30); blark wtre to horn swllrh.
nal llghl (29); black wire to generator light (28);
black wire to switch terminal (5); black wire through
rable "A" to lermlnal (41). 26. IGNITION CIRCUIT BRF.AKf.R -Black wtre to coil
(3S) rear t•rmlnal.
7. JUNCTION TERMINAL- Yellow wire through rable
''A" to terminal (42); green wlr<' h• oil ~ir;nallight 27. STOP LAMP SWITCH - R•d •·lrothrough cable "F"
(29). to terminal (43); blark wire lhro11gh rable "F" to
terminal (41).
8. SPEEDOMETER LIGHT - Groon wire to swilrh ter-
minal (2), 28. GENERATOR SIGNAL LIGHT- (marked "OEN")
9. TERMINAL- Green wtrl:' thrnu&h cabl£' ··c· to Dlark ""tr<' (unctu panrl basrJ lo jun('lton tumln:\1
switch lermlnal (2); reel vdrf' with bl:tck tracer (6); grren wire (undE'r panC'I basr) to junction terml~
Figure 19 - Wiring Diagram through cablt' ··o·· to head lam1• tn!..a!l£' swllch (18). oal (H)
29. OIL I'RESSUIU: SIGNAL LIGIIT • (mark«l "OIL"") 40. TERMINAL· Upttn l"il~ht t<'rmln:tl ()I tN·mtnat box.
lllack wire (undor panol baso) to Junrlinn tormlnal (6):
gr<'en wirr (undN panC<I hast>) to )uncllun tt'rntlnal (7),
Oretn ~.-ire through t3bl<' "A" to swltrh terminal
(4); green wir<' through loom 'G'' to tall and stop
l. Keep on the right side of the road when meeting other vehicles coming
lan1p (14). in the opposite direction.
30. HORN - Rt"d wire lhruur.h rabh· "E" to tNmhtal
(24); green wrrr throur.h ('~hlr "E" to t<-rminal (25), H. TERMINAL ·Center loll terminal ollormlnal box.
mark wlr<' through cable "'A .. to junction terminal 2. Always sound your horn and pass on the left side when passing other
3t. H~AD LAMP- Rrd wtrr lhrou1:h lnom ·u··to trrmfnal
(22): blade \lio'lrt> through loom ·-w· to tcrmiu;1l (21).
(61; black wire through cable "F" to slop'""''
switch (27); black wire to Iron! colltormlnal.
vehicles (except street car) going in the same direction, Never try to
32. GENERATOR "SWITCH" TERMINAL· Grrrn wire pass another vehicle going in the same direction at street intersections,
throll!th cable ··n·· to switch trrmtnal (2). 42. TERMINAL· Lower rlghllermlnal oltorminall...,x.
Yellow wire through cable "A" to junction terminal
on curves, or when going up or down a hill.
33. GENt:RATOR "RELAY" TERMINAL· Orren wlrr (1); green wire through cable "F" to oil pressure
through ('able ··n .. to relay (13). signal switch (11).
3. At street intersections give the right-of-way to the vehicle on your right.
34. IGNITION·LIOIIT SWITCH ·(lop vlowJ Switch post· 43. TERMJNAL ... Lower h•tl terminal o( terminal box, Do not presume too much when you have the right-of-way; the other fellow
lion lor ~ lf.n~~lon only, Ignition and rwmlng li~hls Red wire through loom "G" and "I" to tall and stop
and e!!.'!!~J_I_I~ s are shown In Figure 4. Swllr t'an l•mp (14); rrd wiro through cable "F" to slop l•m1• may not know you have it.
be lot1iOOTiloiTand ~positions only, using head switch (27).
lock key. -
35, IGNITION COIL • Black wire to terminal (41); black 44. IUHCTIOH TERMINAL ·Green wire (under panel 4. Always signal when preparing to stop, start, or turn. H possible, signal
base) to gcner,\tor signal light (28); black wire
wire to circuit breaker (26),
through cable "8" to relay (13), by extending the arm.
36. TERMINAL PLATE • Mounted on lork.
46
NUM~ER 99450·57 ISSUED FEBRUARY 15, !957 PRICE $2.50
GENERAL INFORMATION
When ordering parts it is most important to specify the correct MODEL so that the parts for that model
will be ordered correctly. Whenever in doubt refer to the motor number stamped on the left crankcase. The
numerals of the motor number preceding the letters indicate the year and the letters the size and type of
the motor. Example: 51EL1827 is a 1951 model 61" O.H.V.; 5lwtil23 is a 1951 model 45" sidevalve. Sidecar
or sidevctn models CXIe indicated the same wa:y in the chassis number as shown on the rear frame tu~e.
Example: 39M8426 is a 1939 model "M" sidevan.
The various models shown in this catalog are identified by the following descriptions
1. All "W" models represents all 45 models listed pr~viously as W, WL, WID or WLDR.
2. All "G_, models represents all Servi-car models listed previously as G, GA, GD or GDT.
3. All "OHV" models represents all models listed previously as E, EL, F, n or FLH.
4. All sidevalve models listed previously as U, UL, UH, or UHL are now listed as 74" and 80" sidevalves.
There has been incorporated into this catalog various combination of parts. Some of these combina-
tions C!'r~ indicated by listing them as KITS or SETS. Others are combinations of assembled parts.
These various combinations are made up for your convenience. They cover the items. you need to
make a complete and satisfactory job of the particular repair operation.
The component parts of these various combinations are listed separately underneath the kit or set
number. If any individual part of a kit or set is desired it must be ordered from the breakdown as shown.
The following instructions should be followed very carefully when ordering Spare Parts.
1. Be sure to specify numbers covering the parts for the correct model.
2. Specify the part numbers on each item.
3. When ordering by Telegram or Cable use part numbers.
4. When ordering parts use ,:,ur standard parts order blanks. The use of these blanks will enable us
tc fill and ship your order more promptly. These blanks furnished Free of Charge upon request.
5. Do not order motorcycles, sidecars or advertising matter on Parts Order Blanks. Write nothing on
the order blc:nk except the order itself. as any other correspondence will not be answered until the
order is shipped and billed.
6. Freight, Express and Parcel Post orders should be on separate order blcmks.
7. For your own records. number and date all orders, also keep a carbon copy for reference in case
of misunderstanding.
8. Spare Pcrls are considered obsolete after a period of twelve years and are no longer available.
9. When ordering parts for Special motors, racing models, etc.. specify the complete motor number in
all cases.
METRIC CONVERSIONS
45 cubic inches= 750 cubic centimeters 74 cubic inches= 1200 cubic centimeters
61 cubic inches= 1000 cubic centimeters 80 cubic inches= 1300 cubic centimeters
1 millimeter equals .03937 inches. 1 inch equals 25.4 millimeters.
TERMS
All prices are subject to be increased by the amount of any Excise Taxes or Duties levied by the Gov-
ernment on these items. We carry accounts on our ledgers .only with regularly appointed dealers. All
orders received from others must he accompanied by cash in full. Remit by money order or bank draft.
Personal checks are not accepted. All Prices subject to change without notice.
r-----------,
I I
I f
I I
I I
I I
16812-40 i6809-40
16822-39
l
!
18c:·32
18080-32 ©
ti lEl 6-U
18198-38
7
~18255-31
18260-29 0 ljJ
780.4
18239-41(]
18201-411 I 16830-29
I I
1s22o.soe
"" 18228-30
~ <0 18630-26
I
I
I
23~ 7231
~~ !li.l
I 18606-30 .
I
I
~ 18631-30
I
I
I
I
I
'\..
18556-40 A
............ ·~ ~
~ ,/"'
)
I ® ~-""
I 18490-29 ~ , ............-~ 8.534-29
I 4; \/
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ______ .J
CYLINDER and VALVES-SIDEVALVES
3
@
©
@
0000
17031-40 17026-40
Aoooo©©
u 0000(§)@
17028-48 17034-48
MOTOR GASKEf sm
17030-36 s 2.45 Engine top overhaul gasket set .................... ____ ... -· ..... 36 to 51--45" twins, iron beads
Consists of:
2 16768-36 .65 Cylinder head gasket 4 18630-26 .15 Valve cover & guide gasket
-2 1671S.29 .15 Cylinder base gasket 1 27410..29 .10 Intake pipe gasket
4 18198-38 .06 Valve guide oil seal 2 27410-39 .10 Intake pipe gasket
4 18260-29 .15 Valve cover packing
17031-40 2.45 E:"''Jine top overhaul gasket set .... ................... ... ' 40 to 52--45" twins with aluminum
heads, 53 to 57-G
Consists of:
2 16768-99 .65 Cylinder bead gasket 4 18260-29 .15 Valve cover packing
2 16715-29 .15 Cylinder bc:se gasket 4 1863()..26 .15 Valve cover & guide gasket
3 16822-39 .10 Cylinder head bolt washer 3 27410-39 .10 Intake pipe gasket
418198-38 .06 Valve guide oil seal 1 27-410-29 .10 Intake pipe gasket
17034-48 3.65 Engine top overhaul gasket set ......... . . . . .... . . . . . ..
~ ~ .. . .. 48 to 57-0HV
Consists of:
2 16710-48 .55 Cylinder head gasket 8 17955-36 .13 Push rod cover cork washer (upper)
2 16716-48 .25 Cylinder base gasket (front) 4 17955-48 .13 Push rod cover cork washer (lower)
1 16771-48 .25 Cylinder base gasket (rear) 2 27411-40 .10 Intake pipe gasket
2 17541-48 .so Rocker a:rm cover gasket
/Jt;~ 18228-36
~ 18221-36
~ OR
j__~ 18221-52
~ 18203-36
o17923-50·
it-; use
\)1792048
1792048
08854
~ 17927-48
\17925-48 17920-53
\
~~17950-48
16n6-48~
' \ \ 1793.5-48
617945-36
7839 I§
iI I
@\. 17947-36
1055,§~~ ~
® 6762
16831-30 u @17955-36
t/!i) 1795.5-48
2329 \~ 18610-48 ~8522-53
7231 ei ~ ..., OR - •
18555-3~ ~ 18610-53
"
®
18556-53
')P . . ~8492.48
18534-29
~
'1:11 ~~~
0., ..,Q l8o33-48A ~ ~
" 18492-.48
7
®
22581-32
•
aaa~
22581-32~
~ _:__; 2.43U.5l
~22735-32
·OtltHIODDOO
OOIIIII:)CJCJOO
9101
22101-48
: or
22101-5~ 24~6G-51
~
j
22355-48
or DDDDOOODB
22355-53
SET ~ 24334-36 nnnnonnoo
•
I 9171
I
!
24366-51
a tHI o 6 tHJ o o
OlltJOfiiJIICIIJ
•
910"1
24366--51
I
24385-.40 SET
PISTONS, CONNECTING ROD & ROD BEARINGS-61", 74" & 80'' TWINS
•
22581-32
22i~2c:? ~
QQQ ~ ~ 22700.32_j
2.436.5.29
Ql]llQQII
"""llllll
•
9301
!
2225l-29A
2.4365-29
22355-38
or
22355-55
~
24331-36
BOUObO
ObOODO
~
SET
~ •
9241
aac ~
24275-32 SET
24365-29
fJ ttllti tJ (J
22581-32 tliJO!JdfJ
22251-29A
~ ~tl·32
L 22700-32----!"
•
9301
2.4365-29
I
24370..29 SET
PISTONS,. CONNECTING RODS & ROD BEARINGS -45• tWIN & SERYI.cARS
@~@
@\~~,.Vi/@
\ ns1 1
24015-36
2.4023-36
23907-41 SET or
or 24003·55 23941).41
23907-55A RYWHEaS & SHAFTS-61", 74"' & 80" TWINS
,,~Aso1o
23982-12-o r.@ i0=&1187
@EGFll> ~
23982-12
'55? u
@
24000-290
0 24005-37
24060-26 23985-12
SET 23985-12 24060-26
SET
4432
24519-55
or
24520-53
SET
•
246.50-36
or
24599·55
SIDEVALVE MODELS
24536-37 24560-37
24650-54 $ 6.10 Right bearing complete-Std................................... . ~HV (ca~ be used back to 40)
Above bearings supplied in over!lizes below:
24651·54 6.10 Right bearing' complete-.0002" 0. S. 24854-54 6.10 Right hearing· complete-.0008" 0. S.
24652-54 6.10 Right bearing complete-.0004" 0. S. 24655-54 6.10 Right bearing complete--.001" 0. S.
24653-54 6.10 Right bearing complete-.0006" 0. S.
24650-55 5.35 Right bearing complete-Std. . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
Above bearing supplied in oversizes below:
24651-55. 5.35 Right bearing complete--.0002" 0. S. 24654-55 5.3S Right bearing complete-.0008" 0. S.
24652-SS 5.35 Right bearing complete-.0004" 0. S. 246SS..55 5.35 Right bearing complete--.001" 0. S.
24653-SS 5.35 Right bearing complete-.0006" O.S.
24610...3'7 4.75 Right bearing complete-Std.................................. . 37 to 57-all W & G models
Above bearings supplied in oversizes below:
24671-37 4..75 Gear side bearing complete-.0002" 0. S. 24674-37 4.75 Gear side hearing complete--
24672-37 4..75 Gear side bearing complete-.0004" 0. S. .0008" O.S.
24673-37 4.75 Gear side bearing complete-.0006" 0. S. 24675-37 4.75 Gear side bearing complete--.001" O.S.
24690-49 .50 Right bearing washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 40 to 53-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
24692-39 .50 Right bearing washer . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 39 to 57-all W & G models
24692-54 .50 Right bearing washer . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 54 to 57-74" OHV
24695-40 .50 Right bearing spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 40 to 54-0HV
24696-39 .70 Right bearing seal. ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 39 to 57-all W & G models
24697-40 .70 Right bearing seal ring ..................................... . 40 to 53-0HV
24699-37 .40 Right seal ring spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 39 to 57-all twins
24701-54 .30 Right bearing retainer spring ring ........................... . 54 to 57-74" OHv
24702-40 .40 Crankcase bearing spring ring (2) . . . . . . ..................... . 40 to 52-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
24703-40 .40 Seal ring spring spacer ..................................... . 40-to. 52-0HV
24703-54 .60 Gear shaft pinion spacer ...................................... . 54 to 57-74" OHV
24118--54 3.30 Right roller retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 54 to 57-74" OHV
24720-29 1.50 Left roller retainer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29 to 57-all W & G models
24721-30 1.80 Left roller retainer (2) ......................................... . 30 to 57-61". 74" & so·· twins
9220 .14 Left bearing roller '*-"
x .490" long-5td. (24) ................... . 30 to 57-0HV
The above rollers supplied in oversizes listed below:
9221 .14 Gear side bearing complete-.0002" 0. S. 9224 .14 Gear side bearing complete--
9222 .14 Gear side bearing complete-.0004" 0. S. 0008" o.s.
9223 .14 Gear side bearing complete-.0006" O.S. 9225 .14 Gear side bearing complete--.001" 0. S.
• •=
24730..2)
24720..29
1: \
24670-37
2.4585-39 2.4701-39
lilt
! ··-~Q
i!
Iii
24645-37
aiiiit
24645.-37 24692-39 (1
9321 f 9241
7698
24532-37 ~
~4812-37
..
' 4080 . . 1809"Q 24556-37
4080
-----.. ,
24511-37
Set
43'79
1
(,§)6395
II '·
®
7809
..-..-~
7809~
4~'79 I
1---~ !98
e 7698
76~8 24811-10
7698
iiiiiiiiiti 2341
126383-32
e 61so
327
25794-30
~.
• 25501-37
taro
24699-37
I
@
1'
6769
L
~:
• 25502-37
~J£~
25504-37 271
~12-~
0 c
0 0
\
7021
TTITTT1llli12341
or
24703-54
OVERHEAD MODEL
2640 5
~ '~23-52A
26363-361 0. .4 ' ""'(J/) 26551-39A 6375
or 8866 26374-54 ~~~ ~ /
26363-56 /") / ct
J::lli (t "' 26374-42 .4i'> I) • -
"'~620l-48
...
USE ..,
• ~26368-3f>
263n-s.c~ ~.... .....
~
~;:r~
~26367-36
- "
/
II /
26201-48A 24820-36
1397
OVERHEAD MODEL
..26244-37
26267-37 Use
26203-37
SID£YALYE MODEL
7691
26231-37
INLET PIPES
27010-36 $11.50 Inlet pipe cotnplete ......... . . . . .. ...... . . . .. . . . . .. .
' 36 to· 57-G models
Consists of:
1 27020-36 1.25 Inlet pipe only 2 2'1057-39 .45 Inlet packing bushing
2 27038-32 1.20 Inlet nipple 1 21410-29 .10 Carburetor insulating gasket
2 27051-32 .70 Inlet packing nut
27011-36 11.50 Inlet pipe complete ....... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 36 to 52-W models
Consists of:
3 7040 .01 Carl:luretor fastening l:lolt lock 2 21051-32 .70 Inlet packing nut
washer 2 27058-30 .45 Inlet packing bushing
27024-36 7.25 Inlet pipe only 1 27410..39 .10 Carburetor insulating gasket
2 27038-32 1.20 Inlet nipple 3 21422-39 .15 Carburetor fastening bolt
27012-48 11.50 Inlet pipe complete .......
' " ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 54-0HV
Consists of:
1 27029-48 7.25 Intake pipe assembly 2 27052-40 .70 Intake pipe packing nut
2 21039-48 1.20 Intake pipe nipple 2 27059-40 .45 Intake pipe packing bushing
2 27046-48 .05 Intake pipe nipple rivet 2 27411-40 .10 Intake pipe gasket
27029-SS 7.25 Intake pipe .. 55 to 57-74" OHV
27038-32 1.20 Inlet nipple (2) 32 to 57-all W & G models
27039.48 1.20 Inlet nipple (2) 48 to 54-0HV
21041-53 1.20 Inle' nipple, oversize (2) 48 to 54-0HV
27046-48 .OS Inlet nipple rivet .. 48 to 54-0HV
27048-52 .70 Intake nipple lock nut ...... 52 to 54-0HV
22
Part No. Price Each NAME Usecl On
27410·39
INLET PIPE-SIDEVALVES
D
~ ~·~·
~~~
=~~~~~
~~~~_J...,
~7040
@~
@ ~
@ ~ or
2742~
704.5 7040~
INLET PIPE-OVERHEAD
27039--48
23
27236-38
-.,.;iiiolo:.,IIUO.'h 7040 7752
@~ 27244-40
2
Vt 27260-49~ 27395-27
27270-49~
27325-33 ~
~~27349-27
27345-41
~-fJ@f
27327-24
~-
4 993
• 993
993ilfi~P
27280-40 27363-41 27225-24
or
or
27280-24 27406-2~ 27362-30
Oiliiii:IO til ~27219-36~
. . .27405-26 A
,.,... ~ 7025 ..
27327-24 (i) 7608
27276-40
~273:?-5~381 •33
~ 27380.33 or
e 27390.33
j, m51-2A
.S
or 27381-50
27275-24
27371-36
or
27370.33
~27383-11
~~
27 33l-40
@
2~;-33 ~
27377-39
i 27332·50
\1 ~7382-33
2733~31
CARBURETOR and PARTS
27376-28~
27375-29.
25
&29182-36
d
29().40..41
29002-35A 29020--41 29036-41 29030-41
~
Gl()
29060-56 1111%)
~ ClllQJ
~
29050-56 2402C
me:')
3625
ARM.A.TURE GROUP
*30851-32 $25.75 Armature with winding ................................ . 32 to 57-all twins
30290-18 •15 Armature spacing shim-.018" ......................... . 18 to 57-all twins
9005 2.40 Armature bearing, small (brush end) ................. . 49 to 57-all twins
9007 2.40 Armature bearing, large (drive end) ................... . 49 to 57-all twins
31010-32 Brush end bearing housing (Replaced by 31010..48)
3101~8 2.75 Brush end bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 57-all twins
*31015-30 .OS Bearing housing gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 30 to 57-all twms
31017-29 .15 Bearing plate spring ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 57-all tw~s
*31020..30 .75 Inner oil retainer (brush end) . . . . . . .... ...... .............. 32 to 57-all twi'i'ls
*31022-33 .60 Outer oil retainer (brush end) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 33 to 57-all twms
1210 .03 Oil retainer cover screw {5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : .. ·..... 32 to 57--all twins
*31035-31 .75 Drive end oil deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 57-all twins
8314 .03 Drive end felt retainer rivet ............................... ·...... 32 to 57-all twins
*31040-31 .20 Drive end spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 57-all twins
31041-31 .20 Drive end felt washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 48-all twms. 49 to 57-
all twins (radio on! y)
31046-31 .40 Drive end felt washer retainer .................................. . 32 to 57--all twms
7789 .OS Armature shaft nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 30 to 57-all tw:ns
*31070-30 4.90 Generator drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , .. . 36 to 57-0HV
*31071-37 4.90 Generator drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ." .. . 37 ~to 57-all W 6 G models.
37 to 4g....;..74" 6 SC"" s1devc:lves
327 .OS Generator gear pin ......................... . 32 to 57-all twins
30137-32
1210 I'
~0425-:0::2 ~ ~;~
~-.
~
,or
•. 0425-51 ~
• : 31022-33
~ 31015-30
~::;':'"' 30385-32
~ 31010-48
29975-30
:10425-'2 ~ 31017-29
~~-~~·
~25-Sl ~90~~890-1&
~A._,___ -· ~
30.'52-~ ~ 0
or 313002013-380·30
'=
~
#.-..._ ..,# 0 (i) 30890-18
993 30132-32
\
~'
~0202-~2
or
~0202-52
:.':·0~52-~2
Ol"
~0~52-52
30025-30 or 30025-36
~
7233e.. 30029-30" rg
1956 ~ 7040 jl
7752
30012-32-~
30146-46 ~
If ~"-)
310~~~~f:j ~
30145..46 30143
327~
"' _J]j;...~
G~~ ~
/
9007
'30012.32
a 9
-30
.. 30011-36
GENERATOR & PARTS
~ 31040-31
31070-30
or
31071-37
31
32676-49~
32731-47
~~ f~l~7
32579..49
32588-36
OR 32593-47 .e
32589-36 32594-47 ~
~-
77.44~
,1063
fil~
32049-55 32049-27~
,.32528-36
8 32000-37
32528-37
9976
9970
~
32200-48
31965-3011
32525-36
\
7127 6320
0 31681-27~
•~7127 t;j
72341-48 8 f) 6280 (§)
7753
1062 31680-27~
31604-48
31602-30
32678-49 s .10 Circuit breaker wire stud insulator ............................. . 49 to 57-all twins
6106 .OS Circuit breaker wire stud fibre washer ......................... . 30 to 57-all twins
6156 .OS Circuit breaker wire st,ld brass washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 49 to 57--ell twins
32690-30 1.50 Circuit breaker to c:oil wire .................................... . 30 to 57-all twins
32726--47 •70 Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 49 to 57--<l.ll twins
1047 •03 Condenser screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 49 to 57-all twins
32731-47 •30 Condenser bracket . . . . . ..................................... . 49 to 57--cll twins
33
30203-32
or
30203-SJ
or
30203-51
30092..48
239 ""~
'~~ 31079·32
~ 31083-37
~ :":)
31081-32
35
- - - - STARTER CRANK
CLUTCH
ADJUSTING SCREW
STARTER PEDAL
14336
@)7045
(lJ 33213-31 33438-50
33396-39 ~
33393-50 ~
fae(1
@;.,;e~
7977
:;93-50 ° 33082-1 6 (i;l
33358-36 ~ i} tt--(J';--
L. 33288--37 _ j 33355-36
7911
33298-36
33350-36 8241
4336~
7045@
33195~ 332
~
~OO,i) ~
3319~ 33197-45
33078-44 7021
33052-41
or ~~ @
7800 (133213-31
4m 7620 33190-17
• 1
33182-17
~j <:933215-30
e~ ~ '1llD
~ I ~
~@~®~
=• 33084-41
33175-16
33059-41
7620..-@@)
7021
33201-17
33190-17
.
33203-17
33182-17
7045
33210-29
@®(
7021
•
7620
STARTER PARTS
332'7'7-36 S14..7S Starter cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
33288-31 2.20 Set of starter crank bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 37 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33290-38 .60 Starter cover lower bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 to 57........01", 74" & 80" twins
33291-36 1.10 Starter cover upper hushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 to 57........01", 74" & 80" twins
33295-36 .25 Starter cover gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33298-36 .30 Starter cover stud (*~"X 1%"} (7 or 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 51.......01 ", 74'' & so·· twins
6320 .OS Starter cover stud wa:sher (9) . .. .. . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. . .. 37 to 57.......01", 74" & 80" twins
7152 .OS Starter cover nut (9) .. .. . . . . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. 37 to 57.......01", 74" & SO" twins
3335()..36 8.90 Starter crank gear-24 tooth . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . 37 to 57-61". 14" & 80'' twins
33353--36 .70 Starter gear bumper plate (in transmission case) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
1864: .OS Bumper plate screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
33355-36 .3S Starter crank gear pin .. .. . . .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. 39 to 57--61", 74" & SO" twins
33358-36 .75 Starter crank gear cam plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
8241 .D3 Starter crank gear cam plate rivet (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
33380-32 4.25 Starter clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 to 57-all W & G models
33381-39 4.90 Starter clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33390-26 .40 Starter clutch spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 to 57-all W & G models
33391-36 .40 Starter clutch spring .. . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. .. . .. . 37 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33393-16 Starter clutch key (Replaced by 33393-50)
33393-50 .15 Starter clutch key (2) . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. .. .. • .. 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
7911 .30 Starter clutch nut (mainshaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57--6·1", 74'' & 80" twins
33396-39 .30 Starter elutch lock washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33429-39 .so Starter gear oil deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
33430-50 5.75 Starter mainshaft gear-16 tooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later SO to 57-0HV
33438-50 1.20 Starter mainshaft gear hushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 50 to 57-0HV
33455.26 .20 Countershaft spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 to 57-all W & G models
33456-26 .35 Tripper bolt (2) .............................................. ·.. 29 to 57-all W & G models
33458-41 .25 Tripper holt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 57-all W & G models
'701 .50 'Transmission oil filler plug . .. . . . .. .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
•
337.45-31
~
e:· §{;)
3738
('/> 33789-47
3738
7152
@ ~
7040
' 'o~
2333 t9)@~-
~®
tlJ
~
33879-36
~
33870..51
7752
' ~1!!1!3481!!1!1!!1!04-!!!!!!36~:::::....
I
•
/:..........___.,
/ 518
34459-26 34448-51
510
34824-36 I
34168-39
Ill> "; 34010-36 34036-36
3A03M6 j34050-36
34609-52 or
34606-54
r
510
~ ~231,~................ ·-
2336
33644-52
-4064-52 42269-30
IIJfl_ 34066-52
~4068-52
~34062-52
3.4473-53 { \ 11 34474-53
34482-53 -\ 1 ,., 0
7\24~~ ·~~~-~
34498-52~·. I
-- --
34500-52
\J,~~
I
1369
(5) ,. 34560-52
_ .... _...
_ .... _ .... _ ........ '
339~-36
~--- 5281 ~ ~
34488-52
I ~ •
l _.!(i? 33390·26 ~ -
........... 34453-~2 , 34008-52
3403<>·30
34031-41
FOOT SHIFT PARTS 34050-36 '
33964--SS s .25 Shifter gear retaining spring .................................. . 38 to 57-all W & G models
34008-52 13..90 Shifter cam (foot shift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .52 to 57-0HV
34010-36 13.90 Shifting cam (4 speed-hand shift} ....... - .. _. _............... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
34011-39 13.90 Shifting cam (3 speed & reverse-hand shift} .... _............. . 39 to 57-3 speed 6 re-verse--
61", 74" & 80" twins
34012-47 13.90 Shifting cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 47 to 57-all W & G models
34030-36 2.40 Shifter cam shaft (hand shift) ... _..... _. . . . ................... _ 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
34031-41 2.40 Shifter cam shaft _............. _. __ ... _ . . . . . . . . . . _. .. . ...... . 52 to 57-0HV (foot shHti. 41 to 57-
all W & G models
3403&.36 •10 Cam shaft oil seal ....... _.. _... _..... _..... _................. . 38 to 57-all twins
34050-36 .15 Cam shaft lock screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . _. . _.... _ ............. . 37 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins
34051-38 .20 Cam shaft lock screw ..... _ ......................... _........ . 38 to 57--<:tll W & G models
34053-36 .:50 Cam plunger cap screw (hand shift) . _........................ . 40 to 57--<:tll twins
8812 .10 Gear shifter cam plunger ball (hand shift) ..................... . 40 to 57-all twins
34051-36 .20 Cam plunger ball spring (hand shift) ... _............ - .... - .... . · 40 to 57-a:ll twins
34062-52 .so Cam follower (foot shift) . _................. __ .. _............. _. 52 to 57-0HV
34064-52 •60 Cam follower retainer (foot shift) ............... _.............. . 52 to 57-0HV
34066-52 .20 Cam follower retainer washer (foot shift) ........... _......... _.. 52 to 57-0HV
341)88..52 •25 Cam follower spring (foot shift) . _..................... _- . . . . .. . 52 to 57-0HV
33391)..26 .40 Shifter shaft spring {foot shift) . . . . . . _..... . . . . . . . . . ......... . 52 to 57-0HV
34140-36 3.10 Shifting fork shaft . . . . ... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. - ... . 37 to 57--61", 74" 6 80" twins
34140-41 3.10 Shifting fork shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 41 to 57-all W & G models
34158-36 1.80 Shifting fork on main shaft ..... ___ ... _. . . . . . . . . ............. - . 37 to 57--61", 74" 6 80" twins
42
• 33745-31
G:- ~
~3785-47
3738
'
@
6220 510
®
7752
33859.-47 h \
h=============;;..r- ~33961-47 C1338::-41 ~
r. 34051-38~ ~ o- oo·r~
(!J "34031-41 t 33390-26 34449-40
,..G 34036-36 ~47 ~ 33964-38 3~~-52
34873-44
3529.4-56
- 3l39fJ..26 .
33455-26 06) AJ:l35910.33 ...
"CC A f/35911-&
33380-32@ -~ 6
35335-33 ~
36159-41 9090
,,35913-39
35913--39
'~ (g) d\
~
9075 u
34831-39
3754
MAINSHAFT GROUP
35040-37 Mainshaft (Replaced by 35040-50)
35040-50 $17.75 Mainshaft only ................................................ . Later 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
35043-41 11.50 Mainshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35046-36 .60 Mainshaft ball bearing nut & lock washer . . . . . . . . . .......... . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35050-40 .15 Mainshaft ball bearing lock washer ........................ . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
31496-41 .95 Mainshaft nut (clutch side) ................................... . 41 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
9020 5.30 Mainshaft ball bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35065-38 18.70 Main drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Later 38 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
9084 .08 Main drive gear bearing roller (.125" x .615")-Std. (44) ......... . 37 to 57-:61", 74" & 80" twins
The above rollers supplied in oversi:z:es listed below:
9085 .OS Main drive gear bearing roller- 9086 .08 Main drive gear bearing roller-
.0004" o.s. .0008" o.s.
35094-31 1.80 Main drive gear bushing ...................................... . 31 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins
3510()..36 4.20 Mainshaft ball bearing housing .............................. . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35102-33 3.60 Outer bearing race .............. .' ............................. . 35 to 57-all W & G models
9090 .08 Mainshaft right bearing roller (.152" x %")-Std....... : ......... . 35 to 57--oll W & G models
The above rollers supplied in ovel'Sizes listed below:
9091 .08 Mainshaft right bearing roller- 9092 .OS Mainshaft· right bearing roller-
.0004" O.S. .0008" o.s.
35110-33 .40 ·Bearing thrust washer, mainshaft .............................. . 35 to 57-all W & G models
35111-36 2.10 Bearing housing retaining plate ............................... . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
2333 •10 Housing retaining plate screw (14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35125-37 4.75 Outer bearing race .......................................... . Later 37 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins
35129-36 .50 Bearing race retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35130-36 •70 Roller retaining & thrust washer (on main drive gear) .......... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35159-39 •10 Main drive gear oil deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Later 38 to 57-61". 74" & SO" twins
35171-37 2.75 Main gear spacer & key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
351'15-38 •15 Main drive gear spacer key ................................... . 38 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35203-36 5.25 Front sprocket for rear chain .................................. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35211-36 .50 Sprocket lock nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins
35216-36 •IS Sprocket lock nut washer ...................................... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35219-41 .85 Mainshaft sprocket side oil retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35221-36 •90 Mo:inshaft sprocket oil seal .................................... . 36 to 57-all W & G models
31474-41 6.50 Left bearing outer race ........................................ . 41 to 57-all W & G models
3745()..41 17.50 Clutch gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35230-36 2.10 Mainshaft oil seal (left side) ................................... . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
35231-36 .30 Mainshaft oil seal, cork washer (left side) ...................... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35275-41 8.90 Mo:inshaft low gear ........................................... . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35282-36 10.50 Mainshaft low & second gear (4 speed) ........................ . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35340-33 .50 Low gear thrust washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 35 to 57-all W & G models
35284-41 9.75 Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35286--39 10.50 Mainshaft low & reverse gear (hand shift) . . . . ....... . 39 to 57-3 speed & reverse-
61", 74" & 80" twins
35293-36 9.70 Main.Shaft second gear (hand shift) ................... . 37 to 52-3 speed & reverse-
51", 74" & 80" twins
35294-41 9.70 Second gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . 41 to 56-all W & G models.
57-Servi-cars
35295-56 17.90 Second gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 56-Servi-cal'S
35306-36 9.70 Mainshaft third gear (four speed) ............. . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35316-41 1.20 Low gear bushing ............................. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35320-41 1.20 Second gear bushing ............................ . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35322-38 1.60 Mo:inshaft second or third speed gear bushing .... . 38 to 57-0HV
35326-33 1.20 Reverse gear bushing ............................ . 33 to 57-all W & G models
35332-33 •95 Spacer collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 33 to 51-(used in place of reverse
gear on 45" twins-three speed)
35333-41 1.80 Second gear retaining bracket .................. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
3754 •10 Retaining bracket bolt . . . . . . . ...... .. .. .. . .. 35 to 57-all W & G models
35335-33 •30 Bracket bolt lock washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 35 to 57-all W & G models
35337~36 •30 Retaining washer spring lock ring .......................... . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
35365-36 •40 Retaining washer for mainshaft, second or third gear ........... . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
35340-33 .so Reverse gear thrust washer .................................... . 35 to 57-all W & G models
35341-41 •so Low gear end thrust washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
46
3577>39 35762-39
'-------------------33031-36 SET--------------------
GEAR BOX & PARTS
61'', 74" & 80" TW1NS
35344-41 $ 2.75 Set of low & second gear end thrust washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 57-all W & G models
Consists of:
1 35347-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer 35351-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer
1 35348-41 .40 Low & second. gear end thrust washer 35352-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer
1 35349-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer 35353-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer
1 35350-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer 35354-41 .40 Low & second gear end thrust washer
47
COUNTERSHAFT GROUP
35612-36 $ 6.10
Countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 37 to 57-61", 74'.' & 80" twins
7911 Countershaft nut
•20 ........................................ . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
33082-16 •10
Countershaft nut lock washer . . . . .......................... . 37 to 57--61 ", 74" & 80" twins
9084 •08 Countershaft bearing roller (.125" x .615")-Std.
(44 used-22 ecch end) . . ................. . .. 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
Above rollers supplied in the oversizes listed below:
9085 .08 Coun1ershait bearing rollers- 9086 .08 Countershaft bearing rollers-
.0004" o.s. .0008" O.S.
35613-41 7.90 Countershaft .................................................. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
9075 .08 Countershaft bearing rollers, right end (.114" x *"}-Std. (24) .. . 39 to 57-all W & G models
Above rollers supplied in overmes listed below:
9076 .08 Cou.ntershaft bearing roller, 9077 .D8 Countershaft bearing roller.
right end-.0004" 0. S. right end-.0008" 0. S.
9090 .08 Countershaft bearing roller, left end (.152" x %")-Std. (19) 35 to 57-all W & G models
Above rollers supplied in the oversizes listed below:
9091 .08 Countershaft bearing roller. 9092 .08 Countershaft bearing roller.
left end-.0004" 0. S. left end-.0008" O.S.
35630-36 .60 Countershaft lock plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35635-36 4.25 Transmission speedometer drive gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35665-36 8.50 Counters.baft shifter clutch (4 speed) .......... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35700-36 21.00 Counten·shah gear-17 tooth (4 speed) ......................... . 37 to 57--61". 74" & 80" twins
35703-39 21.00 Countershaft gear-19 tooth (3 speed & reverse) ............... . 39 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35709-41 21.00 Countershaft gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 41 to 57-all W & G models
35751-36 10.25 Countershaft second gear (4 speed) ........................... . 40 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins
35762-39 10.25 . Countershaft low gear (3 speed & reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35765-36 10.25 Countershaft low gear (4 speed) ...................... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80'' twins
35715-39 10.25 Countershaft reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 39 to 57-61"', 74" & 80" twins
35789-36 .95 Low or reverse gear bushing ......................... . 36 to 57-61" .. 74" & 80" twins
35791-36 1.20 Countershaft low or second gear bushing (4 speed) ........... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35810-36 .40 Spring lock ring for retaining washer (4 speed) ............... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35811-36 .so Gear retaining washer for second or low speed gear (4 speed) .. 40 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35812-36 .so Bearing washer for low or reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
35875-36 1.80 Set of countershaft gear end washers . . . . . . ................ . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
Consists of:
1 35876-36 .50 Countershaft gear end washer-.074" 35878-36 .so Countershaf: gear end washer-.082"
1 358'7'7-36 .50 Countershaft gear end washer-.078" 35879~36 .50 Countershaft gear end washer-.OBS"
35910-33 .40 Outer bearing thrust washer, left end ........... . 35 to 57-<Ill W & G models
35911-33 •40 Inner bearing thrust washer, left end ........................... . 35 to 57-all W & G models
35913-39 .40 Countershaft roller bearing end washer, right end (2) ....... . 39 to 57.....-all W & G models
35915-36 •so Countershaft gear roller thrust ·washe:-, left side ............. . 37 to 57-61", ?4" & 80" twins
35917-36 .so Countershcit roller retaining w.asher (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
35920-3& •30 Roller retaining washe::- lock ring (2) .......................... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
3&025-3& .15 End cap gasket . 37 to 57--61". 74" & 80" twins
36027-36 .so Countershaft end cap ... 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
2582 .OS Countershcft end cap screw 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
36035-26 1.65 Countershcft bushing (left) . 29 to 57.....-all W & G models
36042-41 1.50 Transmission side cover countershcft bushing ....... . 41 to 57-all W & G models
36046-36 1.20 Countershcft mounting collar (starter side) ................. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
3604.8-36 1.20 Countershaft mounting collar (clutch side) .. . 37 to -57-61". 74 .. & 80" twins
36140-36 5.50 Idler gear (reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 37 to 57-61", 74." & 80" twins
36141-41 5.50 Idle:- gear (reverse) , ..... 4-1 to 57.....-all W & G models
36150-31 .70 Icile:- gea:- bushing (reverse) 33 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
36152-41 .70 Idler gear bushing (reverse) 41 to 57.....-all W cS G models
36158-36 l.SO Idle: gear sho.ft (reverse) 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
36159-41 1.80 ldler.gecr shcft (reverse) 41 to 57......all W & G ::nodels
48
~~ 7045
7789 ~v £. 33874-52
e /~
~,
33879-3~
...- ~~ () 7040
~ 33860~· v;y 33870-51 @
~ / 7752 @)7752
@
SIDE VALVE 704.5 ~
7789
R.H. GEAR SHIFT PARTS
CLUTCH GROUP
36751-41 $62.50 Clutch complete .................................... . 41 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
36752-41 59.50 Clutch complete ......... . 41 to 57-W & G models
® .f)7.9S4
'II~
" ' , ........
1:\ d .'..o.... .
36906-36
36908-36
Q~~~~0 ~ lI ~..___
7
)
I 0 Q 0 Q
••
••• Q 0
~~
0
8856lg0000
gg: o0
0 • 0 0 37581-47
:::g @c(l)
:::: e
•••• ;:::: _2...1!l.l
3758441 3757444
37.586-41
...
1~2~.
37460-4 1 37551..C.1
...
...
37695-41
3'7854-41
36842-41
36811-41
36810-36
.
(I)
n .
~
4!:!:s
..
u 8227
38025..41 SET
37855-41 SET
31465-41 S 1.70
Clutch gear oil seal ........................................... . 41 to 57-W & G :nodels
37467-41 1.00
Thrust bearing complete ................... : . ................. . 41 to 57-W 6 G models
37474.41 6.50
Clutch gear roller bearing race ............................... . 41 to 57-W 6 G models
9084 .08 Clutch gear roller bearing (.125 x .615")-Std. (40) .............. . 41 to 57-W & G·models
Above bearing supplied in oversizes listed below:
9085 .08 Clutch gear roller bearing- 9086 .08 Clutch gear roller bearing-
.0004" o.s. .0008 .. o.s.
37477.41 3.10 Thrust bearing race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 41 to 57-W 6 G models
37480-41 .50 Clutch gear roller bearing thrust washer ....................... . 41 to 57-W 6· G models
37482-41 .50 Clutch gear roller bearing retainer washer . . .................. . 41 to 57-W 6 G models
37496-41 .95 Clutch lock nut (on main shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 41 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins
52
Part No. Price Ea:c:h NAME Used. On
CLUTCH DISCS
37850-41 $13.30 Set of lined dutch discs . 41 to SZ.-61". 74" & 80" twins
Consists of:
10 8227 .03 Hub friction disc lining rivets 3 37930-41 3.10 Clutch friction disc
1 3'7590-41 .95 Hub f:-iction disc lining 1 3795()...41 3.10 Outer disc & lining spring
37851-41 10.25 Set of lined clutch discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 57-W & G models
Consists of:
7 8227 .03 Clutch friction disc lining rivets 2 37931-41 3.10 Clutch friction disc
l 37862-41 ..95 Clutch friction disc lining 1 37952-41 3.10 Outer spring disc
37854-41 6.60 Set of clutch linings & rivets ............................. . 41 to 57-W & G models
Consists of:
8 8226 .03 Clutch friction disc linir..g rivet 16 8232 .03 Clutch friction disc lining rivet
9 8227 .03 Clutch friction disc lining rivet 6 37862-41 .95 Clutch friction disc lining
37855-41 7.25 Set of clutch linings & rivets ............................. . 41 to 57-61··. 74" & 80" twins
Consists of:
8 8226 .03 Sprung disc lining rivet$ 1 3759()..41 .95 Clutch friction disc lining
9 8227 .03 Clutch hub lining rivets 7 37860-41 .95 Clutch friction disc lining
23 8232 .03 Clutch friction disc lining rivets
37871-41 5.50 Clutch releasing disc .......................................... . 41 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
37873-41 s.so Clutch releasing disc .......................................... . 41 to 57-W & G models
37954-46 3.10 Clutch cushion plate .......................................... . 47 to 52-W & G models
37975-41 2.40 Clutch steel drive disc (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 41 to 57-61:', 74" & 80" twins
37977-41 2.20 Clutch steel disc (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 41 to 57-W & G models
38010-41 1.65 Clutch pressure plate ........................................ . 41 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
38011-41 1.65 Clutch pressure plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 41 to 57-W & G models
38025-41 .95 Set of 2 drive disc buffers complete ....................... ·..... . 41 to 57-all twins
38075-41 2.00 Set of clutch springs . . . . . ................................... . 41 to 57-all twins
Consists of:
10 38017-41 .25 Clutch springs
7760 .07 Clutch spring guide stud nut (3) ....................... , ....... . 41 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
8226 •03 Sprung disc lining rivet .......................... . 41 to 57-W & G models
8227 •03 Clutch hub lining rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 41 to 57-W & G models
8232 •03 Center friction disc rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 41 to 57-W & G models
or
38606-52
38491-52 7775
.
38505-52 6400
~~
2751
\Y' ...
38"'18-52 r- A
411'~,~
52
• ~~
~
.....
e •
,~8485-52
~
7775 ~
~(S-
I~-·· 38460-52
~ 38674-52
38495-52 I I
7675
2772
6388
38456-52
~ 7744
.,,
2751
38498-52
e
~~
~ 36921-52
~38669-52
7727
', . 36916-36 f.!)7638
138502-52 ,36918-52
~
®7744
"CLUTCH BOOSTER GROUP
38498-52 $ 1.20 Clutch booster spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 52 to 57-0HV
38502...52 .75 Clutch booster spring eyebolt ...................... . 52 to 57-0HV
7744 .05 Clutch booster spring eyebolt nut (2) .......................... . 52 to 57-0HV
38505-52 .80 Clutch booster bearing (2) .................................... . 52 to 57-0HV
38605-52 11.50 Clutch hand lever & cable complete (Speedster) ............... . 52 to 57-0HV
38606-52 11.50 Clutch hand lever & cable complete (Long bars) ............... . 52 to 57-0HV
38010-52 1.80 Clutch control· coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 52 to 57-0HV
38616-52 4.25 Clutch control coil complete with fittings (Speedster) ........... . 52 to 57-0HV
38618-52 4.25 Clutch control coil assembly complete (Long bars) . . . . . . . . . ... . 52 to 57-0HV
38629-52 1.20 Clutch controi cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 to 57-0HV
36712-42 •15 Control wire end . . . . . . . . .................................. . 52 to 57-0HV
38666-52 .30 Clutch control clevis ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 52 to 57-0HV
38669-52 .45 Clutch control coil clevis ...................................... . 52 to 57-0HV
38674-52 .65 Clutch cable adjusting screw .................................. . 52 to 57-0HV
7744 .OS Clutch cable adjusting screw nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 52 to 57-0HV
SPROCKETS
40204-30 s 5.75 17 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 30 to Si.-=61", 74" & 80" twins
40205-30 5.75 18 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 30 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
40206-30 5.75 19 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . ................ . 30 to 54-61", 74" & 80" twins
40206-55 5.75 19 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . ............ . 55 to 57-74" OHV
40208-30 5.75 21 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 30 to 54-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
40208-55 5.75 21 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . , .................... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
40209-30 5.75 22 tooth motor sprocket ................................. . 30 to 54-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
40209-55 5.75 22 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
40210-30 5.75 23 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 54-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
40210-55 5.75 23 tooth motor sprocket ................................. . 55 to 57-74" OHV
40211-30 6.00 24 tooth motor sprocket ........... . 30 to 54-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
40211-55 6.00 24 tooth motor sprocket . ... ... .. .. . .......... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
40225-29 5.50 17 tooth motor sprocket . .. .. ... . . .. .. . . .. . .. 29 to 52-W models
40230-29 5.50 22 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 29 to 57-W 6: G models
40232-29 5.50 24 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 29 to 52-W models
40234-29 5.50 26 tooth motor sprocket . . ..................................... . 29 to 52-W models
40235-29 s.so 27 tooth motor sprocket . . ..................... . 29 to 52-W models
40237-29 5.50 29 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 29 to 52-W models
40238-29 5.15 30 tooth motor sprocket . . . .... .... .. .. . . 29 to 52-W models
40240-29 5.75 32 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . ..................... . . . . . . . . . . . 29 to 52-W models
40241-29 5.75 33 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . .. 29 to 52-W models
40242-35 5.15 34 tooth motor sprocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 35 to 51-WLDR (special)
23985-12 .20 Motor sprocket key ............................................ . 12 to 57--all W 6: G models
7991 .30 Motor sprocket nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 29 to 57-all W & G models
24003-30 .so Motor sprocket nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 30 to 54-61" 74" 6: 80" twins
24003-SS .so Motor sprocket nut ............................................ . 55 to 57-74" OHV
35203-36 5.25 Countershaft sprocket for rear chain-22 tooth .................. . 37 to 57-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
35204-41 5.25 Main.shaft sprocket for rear chain-17 tooth .................... . 41 to 57-all W 6: G models
35195-26 .20 Mainshaft sprocket key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ . 29 to 57-all W & G models
35203-36 ~
........... ~~ 40053-15
35204-41 .f ·r.t\\ ~ ~ 35211-30
~ '\''tl ~ 35216-36
7991
1 ·~l
-
35195-26
or
37703-41 ~ ~ ~ ~
40066-12 40077.15 40092-15 40094-15
e {:3 ~
40~7-29 40080..29 40054-29 40097-29 41470-30
or or or or or
40070..28 40081-39 40055-39 40098-39 CHAINS & SPROCKETS 41474-3.5
55
Part No. Price Each NAME Used O:z:a.
SPROCKETS- Continued
35211-36 $ .so Countershaft sprocket lock nut ................................. . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
35216-26 .15 Mainshaft sprocket nut lock washer ............................ . 29 to 57--cil W & G models
35216-36 .15 Countershaft sprocket lock nut washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
8010 .35 Mainshaft sprocket nut ........................................ . 41 to 57--crll W & G models
37695-41 23.00 Clutch sprocket with key ring & shell-59 tooth .............. . 41 to 57-all W & G models
37703-41 23.00 Clutch sprocket with key ring & shell-37 tooth ................ . 41 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
41470-30 9.90 Rear wheel sprocket kit ....................................... . 30 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
8485 •02 Rear wheel sprocket rivet .................................... . 30 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
41420-30 1.55 Rear wheel sprocket splash ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 30 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
414'74-35 8.35 Rear wheel sprocket kit . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... . . ........ . 35 to 52-W models
Includes:
18 8496 .02 Rear wheel sprocket rivets 6 41485-30 .15 Rear wheel sprocket dowel pin
1 41421-35 1.55 Rear brake shell splash ring
CO:MPENSATING SPROCKETS
40385-54
40280-54
or
40282-54
40281-54 40275-55
or
40283-54 40280-55A
40282·55A
40304-55
40279-55A
COMPENSAnNG SPROCKETS
~-
41425-37
~-~
43530-35
41848-38 SET
41872-38 ~
~(/j~5-38
4180,5..38 534t
41870-38 ~
SET 41835-30
41925-41 \42269-30
4225S..35
~ 42330-39
42566-35
~41670-35
&
@ 41692-36
7789 7045
I'
41652-37 41647-41 41849-41
..;m c;;(J
-=o Clil) . . .
4IIIQ =o
- c.O c:o
.., c:::u ceo
~ c:;;;;Q
c:tt!-...,
c:tt! c:=o
Cll(l oCIIIi8 c:::o
C::0 cO CID
-u c;:Q
41425-37
41402-41 43530-35
41401-41 8496 41421-35
a=~~-··
.41551-41 .41593-38
a t@
41603-32
(i
i
or or or 7905
435.40-36A CPT .41552-36 .4
1595 _36 .41603-35 or
A @a
7923 7980
a=a=;;;;;;;:iiii;iiilii;;;;;:l'•wm"
.41576-36
~@
7752 .43872-36 .43884-36 t l
6591 53.4
.41575-30
'iJI
131"'::1"""'1"""
7789
(e. t I
43875-48
...
WHEELS & HUB PARTS
ALL MODELS
.40981-40 ~ .43006-40
.43099-29
NOTE: For front and rear 37 to 57-61", 74" and 80" twins. 37 to 52-W models, rear, 41 to 57-Servi-c:c:::rs, front. 37 to 57-Sidecars.
40978-36 $61.00 Wheel (black). less axle & brake ( 18" x 4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See note above
Above wheel supplied with chrome rim under number listed below:
40981-36 67.00 Spare wheel complete less tire (chrome rim)
60
43824-30 3.00 Front wheel hub adjusting cone assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 52-W models, 32 to 40-
G models
Consists of:
1 43632-44 .40 Hub bearing cone seal 43635-30 .30 Hub bearing cone lock washer
1 43833-44 .40 Hub bearing cone oil seal retainer 43885-30 .50 Hub bearing cone loek nut
~306*8523 c:::a>
43630-30
0
1H!W!b ~ ~ 53R4 ~ -====43=-87=-1=--3=0_ , D 53l
43617-30 43640-30 7811 7811
43870-40 $12.00 Front axle set, with bearing & cones .......... 30 to 52-W models. 32 to 40-
G models
Consists of:
26 8860 .03 Front wheel hub bearing ball 43871-30 .90 Front wheel axle
1 43617-30 6.50 Front wheel axle sleeve 43885-30 .so Front wheel hub bearing cone lock
43624-30 3.00 Front wheel hub bearing cone nut
2 43635-30 .30 Front wheel hub bearing cone lock
washer
43872-36 4.25 Front axle .......... ·- 41 tc 57-Servi-cars, 37 to 48-
61 ", 74" & 80" twins
43875-48 6.15 Front axle ' .. . . .. . ' 49 to 57-0HV
7811 .IS Front axle nut (2) 37 to 52-W models, 37 to 40-
G models, 41 to 52--45" Solo
7923 .25 Front axle nut ..... ............. 41 to 57-Servi-cc::s, 37 t· 56-
61"~ 74" & 80" twins
43882-36 3.40 Front axle sleeve (brake side) 37 to 48-61", 74" & 80" twins,
49 to 57-Servi -ccrrs
43882-48 4.75 Front axle sleeve (brake side) 49 to 57-0HV
43884-36 •70 Front axle spacer ........ 41 to 57-Servi-cars, 37 to 48-
61", 74" & 80" twins
6591 •OS Front axle plain washer . 49 to 57-Servi-co:rs, 37 to 57-
61", 74" & 80" twins
43886-30 .so Axle sleeve nut .............. 37 to 57-0HV. 41 to 57-Servi-cc:::rrs
~ 45216-49
44113-36
43530..35
44.432-49
or .43886-30
44432·.54
'
SET
.44141·49
or
44141·50
44432·49
or
4 4432-54
RONT SET
BRAKE &CONTROL PARTS 61M ' 74
. • & 80M TWINS
64
6;f
45109-30
6ii
45158-15
~4656()..40
1789 @I
46746-30(2'>
c~ 40550-36
~~~
46175-30®
46779-30@)
(148346-39
46755-36~
46758-37 <(i>
46717-301
46701-40
46766-46
45517-40
CPT.
-
46727-30~
~ 46772-39
46758-40~
46727-300
45526-40
46717-308
88936-18£;3
~.45673-39
or
45610-40 4.5668-30
'II 4.5668-30
~ 56121-.48
2758
~
,467<0-48
~ 46751-48
tiG 1 0
i
45718-48
2823
I e
2823
~ 4833()..48
.48300-49
~
46710-.48
46715-48
I. 1
'(l) ~ 48311-48 <§> 46718-48
Dt 46283-49
46273-49A
46281-49
9 48300.49 © 46727-48
@ 48365-48
~ 4~731-48
~ 46730-48
©46727-48
@ 46720-48
'fj'
~:RJ
4575.4-49
45757-49 ~
4.5740-49
45733-48 0
f(-·
45700-48A
45776-491
45775-49
,,.
1367
! '
~
45765-49
...,.'
~ 510
• -'-c.:::::> 45856-48
~ <§> 45854-48
~ C> 45850-48
~~
"" ~ 45852-48
8
~ 45824-49
45964-49
f:j 45823... ,
\ 45506+50 CPT.
45766-49
45972-48 8 45836-48
45797-49
0
46172-48
aa 45840-48 OR 45797-50
se n2s
<:§,) ®® ®®
4.5849-49
FORK PANELS
46273-49 Top front panel (stainless) (Replaced by 46273-49A)
46273-49A $ 6.50 Top front panel (stainless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 57-0HV
46274-49 Top front panel (black) (Replaced by 46274-49A)
•
4569'7-SOA
559
m _ _ :...=. !5710-SOA
~ Bffl® J:)®
45711-51 '45710-SOA 7947 45741-50
2-.46388, ., ~
~
~
• • B ® • I[\
45708-50 v ~~ -.-~
-. ____,_________ 45~52-50
r; .::®
45753-50 ~5752-50 56129-50 45753-50
45757~ IJ"' 4sns.so
0'
\~~CB
6649
\ \
·45m-5o
S 4sns-5o
@3
s 45769-49
@3
45950.48 45950-48
® 7744
I
L:~9
1457~9 45800-50
45512-50
CPT
,\ 45805·50
~ 45768-49
I
45836-48 45794-50
45793-50
45840-48
7725
ADJUSTABLE FORK
71
47000-40A $145.00 Frame (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... . 40 to early 54-61", 74" & 80" twins
47003-41 110.00 Frame (black) . . . ........................................... . 41 to 52-W models
47003-54 Frame (Replaced by 47003-54A)
47003-54A 145.00 Frame ........................................................ . Later 54 to 57-OHV
47009-41 145.00 Frame (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 41 to 57-Servi-ears
47066-26 .10 Seat ba:- bracket . 29 to 57-W & G models
47375-52 3.00 Tool box mounting bracket .................................. . 52 to 57-0HV
47386-41 2.20 Tool box mounting bracket .................................. . 40 to 51-61", 74" & 80" twins
47581-29 1.20 Seat post bushing ............................................. . 29 to 57-W & G models
47583-36 1.20 Seat post bushing ............................................. . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
47698-36 6.00 Transmission sub·mounting base plate ......................... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & ao·· twins
4362 .25 Sub-mounting plate front bolt {2) ......................... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
1715 •15 Front bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 49 to 57-0HV
4336 .25 Sub-mounting plate rear bolt (2) ..................... . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
24490-36 3.60 Crankcase guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
3974 .20 Crankcase guard rear bolt (2) . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
7752 .05 Guard recr bolt nut (2) 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
47720-36 1.20 Transmission adjusting screw support ............. . 37 to 57-61". 74" Or so·· twins
72
.48152-30
~ lib
.48153-30
t!j 47583-36
~
16855-Sl
@ 4620
~ 7055
@>6520
or
47003-54A
47009-41
HEAD FlfTINGS
48150-30 s 2.75 Steering head lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 48 to 57-61'', 74': & 80" twins
48152-30 •95 Steering head lock plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 48 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
48153-30 .10 Steering head lock plunger spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 48 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
48154-30 •OS Steering head lock pin ................... . 48 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
48155-30 •50 Head lcx:k key (specify letter & number) .................. _. . . . 48 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
48300-49 6.50 Head bearing complete (2) . . . .......... . 49 to 57-0HV
48301-40 13.75 Set of head cups, cones, & bearings ...... . 40 to 57-W & G models
Consists of:
30 8860 .03 Head cup ball 1 48335-40 4.7S Upper head cone
2 48310-30 3.00 Head cup (upper & lower) l 483S0-39 2.15 Lower head cone
48302-49 .20 Head bearing spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 49-0HV (sidecar models)
483ll-48 2.50 Head cup (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..•...... · 49 to 57-0HV
48315-48 1.90 Head bearing cup (Timken) (2) . . . . . . 49 to 57-0HV
48330-48 .95 Upper head bearing seat ........... . 49 to
57-0HV
48346-39 2.75 Upper or lower head cone (race only) 39 to 52-twins, 53 to 57-Servi-cars,
39 to 57-W & G models
48350-39 2.75 Lower head cone (race & body) .............. . 30 to 57-W & G models
48363-40 .60 Head cone bearing guard ................... . 40 to 57-W & G models
48365-48 .35 Lower head bearing guard . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 49 to 57-0HV
49035-35 $11.50 Front safety guard (black) ............................ . 32 to 5i-W & G models
49036-35 17.30 Front safety guard (chrome) ................................... . 32 to 57-W 6: G models
49037-36 10.75 . Front safety guard (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 37 to 47-61". 74" & 80" twins,
later 54 to 57-0HV
49037-48 11.50 Front safety guard (black) 48 to early 54-61" & 74" twins
49038-36 17.30 Front safety guard (chrome) 37 to 47-61", 74" & 80" twins,
later 54 to ·s7-0HV
49038-48 17.30' Front safety guard (chrome) ................................... . 48 to early 54-61" & 74" twins
49059-48 .50 Front safety guard spacer (2) .................... . 48 to 50-61" & 74" twins
49061-32 .15 Safety guard "U" bolt with nuts 6r lock washers .... . 32 to 57-W & G models
7189 .05 Safety guard "U" bolt nut (4) .. 32 to 57-W & G models
49064-36 •60 Safety guard "U" bolt . . . . . ............... . 37 to 47-61 ", 74" & 80" twins.
late 54 & early 55-0HV
49064-55 .60 Safety guard "U" bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . Later 55 to 57-0HV
7793 .05 Safety gucrd "U" bolt nut (4) ............................ . 37 to 47-61", 74" 6: 80" twins,
late 54 to 57-0HV
4000 .1S Front safety guard bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 51 to 54-0HV
4051 .30 Front safety guard bolt (2) ............................... . 48 to 50-61" & 74" twins
6320 .OS Front safety guard bolt washer (2) ........................ . 48 to 54--61" & 74'' twins
7752 .OS Front safety guard bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . ................... . 48 to 54-61" & 74" twins
49150-29 11.50 Rear safety guard (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 30 to 52-W model$
49151-29 17.30 Rear safety guard (chrome) . . . . ................... . 30 to 52-W models
49152-36 11.50 Rear sa:!ety guard (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
49153-36 17.30 Rear safety guard (chrome) . . . . .................. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
49154-57 17.30 Rear safety guard (wide) . . . . .......................... . 41 to" 57--61", 74" & 80" twins (used
on radio equipped machines only)
4004 .15 Rear safety guard upper bolt . . . . . . . ............ . 37 to 51--61", 74" & 80" twins
S9802-47 .40 Rear safety guard upper bolt (2) ............. . 52 to 57-0HV
7752 .OS Upper bolt nut . . . ........ .. . ... . . . . . . .. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
4975 .so Rear safety gucrrd lower bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
6655 .10 Rear saiety guard spacer ....................................... . 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins
7938 .25 Rear safety guard lower bolt nut . . . . . . . . . .................... . 37 to 57--61", 74" & so·· twins
49177-38 .so "U" bolt with nut & lock washer . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 30 to 52-W models
7793 .05 Safety guard "U" bolt nut .................................. . 30 to 52-W models
49180-36; .so Rear safety guard clamp bolt (2) ..... _...... . 30 to 52-W ::nodeIs
7793 .05 Safety gua!"d clamp bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 30 to 52-W models
74
7c7789 7789~045 ~
7793
<e) ~9180-36~~
7{)40 7040 0
7793
49061-32 49061-32
49035-35
u u 49064-36
or
49064-55
.49037-36
4000 or
or
4051
7040
tV
f!> @I ~ ~ 49059-48
.49038-36
CPT.
e c
6320 0 0 7752 ;.~ ~- 7752
7752 Eel~ 7040 ~~& 7040 '
4004
or
49037-48 59802-47
or
49038-48 49152-36
CPT. or
49153-36
CPT.
7938
. I 6655
7938 / 7065 --..,..~,;
t®@~ ~&®@ ~
I \ ._____.-
SAFETY GUARDS
4975 4975
7789
~ 7045
i@~
49570 ..38
7809
7035
I
a
OP-o(t • I
t~t o·
2759
or
~~;· •
7688
•
or or 1300
7691 a.
49500-36
or
49502-36
49301 ...40
FRONT & REAR STAND
7809 s .15 Front stand castellated nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 30 to 48-all twins. 49 to 52-
W models
49345-24 •30 Front stand s-pring . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 30 to 48-al! twins. 49 to 52-
W models
6408 •OS Front stand spring washer (2) .......................... . 30 to 48--all twins. 49 to 52-
W models
45677-30 1.55 Front stand stud (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 30 to 52-W models
49500-36 8.75 Rear stand with fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
49502-36 8.?5 Rear stand with fittings . . . . . . ................................ . 36 to 52-W models
49570-38 .60 Stand shoulder bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 to 57-al! twins
7?89 .OS Stand shoulder bolt nut {2) .................................. . 30 to 57 -all twins
49575-38 .15 Stand shoulder bolt washer (2) . . . . ................... . 39 to 57-all twins
49580-36 .80 Stand catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
49581-36 .80 Stand catch .................................................. . 36 to 52-W models
2759 •05 Stand catch screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 to 52-W models
2762 .05 Stand catch screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . . 25 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
7688 .05 Stand catch screw nut (2) ............ . 36 to 52-W models
7691 .05 Stand catch screw nut {2) .............................. . 25 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
50011-30
3974~
..!
3974
7040@
f
7040-...u ~
(1 7752 ~ 7752 "c.:;tt
7835 @@ ® ~
50003~36
7055
&. 50036-36
~94~6~
CPT. 6473
50049-36
~-
50110-30
&
50002·32 CPT.
AI
<1'50012-'30
7835 50035-30
~50092~0 n
50045-32
6473 76~5
JIFFY STANO
FOOTBOARD GROUP
50510-38 Front footboard support rod (Replaced by 50510-38A)
50510-38A $ 2.75 Front footboard support rod ........................... . 32 to 57-W & G models
50511-32 2.75 Rear footboard support rod ...................... . 32 to 50-W ·& G models.
51 & 52-W models
50511-51 2.15 Rear footboard support rod ......... . 51 to 57-G models
8038 •35 Footboard support rod nut (lc:rge) .. 30 to 57-W & G models
50516-32 .60 Rear footboard support rod nut .... . 32 to 57-W & G models
50517-38 .40 Front footboard support rod nut ........ . 38 to 57-W & G models
77
368.42-41
'i
Ollt8
'b8
~0:<
50616-14 E\50628-14
50614-40 50622-40
-~
eae-
aae:a
50603-40: : 50616-1.4
r-es
«aft'!J
@ @s
8038
~] !\!II
50510-38
0=- 50511-32
i)
~~ e
7789
II
50511-51
liBI
7789
(r-;!11~
~ ~ 5062\14 cmp) \WI
!tT!!®
::~0~ ®.Q
50516-32
~ =-@
.42280-35 42284-35
@a es 50616-1.4 50622-40 FOOTBOARD GROUP 45" TWINS
50528-39 S 3.90 Right footboard side bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 39 to 57-W & G models
50543-38 5.10 Left footboard side bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 38 to 52-W models
50550-47 2.75 Left footboard side bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 47 to 57-G models
7789 .05 Side bar clamp n'..lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 29 to 57-W & G models
50603-40 4.25 footboard complete ........... . 40 to 57-all twins
50613-40 2.00 Set of footboard pads & rivets . 40 to 57-all twins
Consists of:
2 50614-40 .90 Footboard pad 28 50616-14 .01 Footboard pad rivet
50622-40 .10 Footboard hinge (right front & left rear) (2) .......... . 40 to 57-all twins
50623-40 .70 footboard hinge (left front & right rear) {2) . . . . . . . . .......... . 40 to 57-o:ll twins
78
5200(>.47A
,52098-34
51640-29
~ ~
~
51642-29
51644-13
~52096.-34
. ~52090-25
~-~
52103-31~ ~8515
8515
52103-31
®
-[®
·- \§)52096-34
. 51778-301
fl'
I
7045 ®
or
7752 lS 51918-29
4044
j',
I ~
: 151777-30
I
I '51633-29
47581-29 ~ I or
or 51660-30 I 51634-36
51~;-36
47583-36
i
:
II
51600-30 51774-31
or
.51610-36
1 ~51791-31
I ~~ ~-----J
r-------~ ~51791-31
151775-31
I '
I I
t -
~=~
~51672-25
@7045
29
1
:
:
1 I 5177.4..31
51773-31
51771-29 SET 51770-29 SET ~51674-25 L__ } 51772-31
SPRING SET
SADDLE GROUP .
52004-25 $19.50 Standard saddle top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25. to 57-all twi::1s
52006-47 Deluxe saddle top (Replaced by 52006-47 A)
52006-47A 25.40 Deluxe saddle top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 to 57-all twins
52090-25 .90 Saddle pommel . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . 25 to 57-all twins
8515 .02 Pommel rivets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25 to 57-all twins
52092-34 .30 Rear saddle stud (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 to 57-all twins
80
52547-33
52.515-40
or
52515-54
f4304
~
6395~ ~ 52551-36 ,52541-33
~
7045~ ~
r;;:,.
~7045 Gil <a 7045
7789@ ~ .e ~ 7789
7789
52598-33
52567-36
~2341
52655-~
.
52654-33~l·
_.......-- ...
5~
&:>
2341
52~
7060
~~
®~
7060 7905
3860
~2652-29
BUDDY SEAT ' ~~
7035 ...
7695
82
Part No. Price Each NAME Used On
53000-36 CPT.
7793
@@
7045
.53041-30
3974
@ <?)7752
7040 ~
~7040
.53060-30
6P @ 53062-30
7752~
·C~035 2768
769.5
f @~
~/ 52603~36 53017-35 5307g9-36
!) tf)
53085-36
! !)
12775
'-®703.5
6.490 ~ / ® 7691
@,@ 4660 /
$ 7055 ~
7831 8576
7065 ~
7938r.n~~9
5~~~J
V'
53090-40
SET TANDEM
83
Part No. Price Euch NAME Used On
LUGGAGE CABBIERS
53403-17 $11.90 Luggage carrier . .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . 17 to 53-Sl", 74" & 80" twins
53403-52 10.50 Luggage carrier (new style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 57-all models
53403~52
53450·5~ f~~e:::=::=::::::;::::::::::--.::__
70.45
§=~========:::::~==~ ====~
(5
53451-52
(§I 7«'-01
53.45o.s2 [c:::~::::::===~~~~~~
70Ao~n52
LUGGAGE CARRIER
~53457·52
~ 53457-52
84
~45643-45'{f8
SHOCK ABSORIER
AND FITTINGS
54200-45 521.75 Front fork shock absorber complete ............................ . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54206-45 18.50 Front shock absorber only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54216-45 •so Shock absorber rubber bushing (4) ....................... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54063-36 •90 Shock absorber upper stud (2) .............. . 46 to 57--models with spring fork
54219-45 •90 Shock absorber upper stud (2) ......... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
using pursuit light only
54220-45 2.75 Shock absorber lower stud (2) . . . . . . . . ..................... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
7793 •OS Lower stud nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54224-45 •10 Lower stud shoulder bolt (2) ................................... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54226-45 •10 Shock absorber upper & lower stud plain washer (4) .. 46 to 57-models with spring fork
6395 .OS Lower stud shoulder bolt washer . . ......... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54227-46 •10 Shock absorber upper stud washer ....... . 46 to 57-models with spring fork
7793 .05 Upper stud nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 46 to 57-models with spring fork
45643-45 1.20 Fork spring rod ball bushing (2) .... 46 to 57-models with spring fork
54231).45 .95 Fork spring ball bushing retainer plate 46 to 57-models with spring iork
67810-3& 2.50 Headlamp & horn bracket 46 to 57-models with spring fork
9973 .25 Front fork wire clamp (2) 46 to 57-models with spring fork
69120-45 .60 Lower horn bracket 46 to 57-mod-=-ls with spring fork
85
Part No. Price Eac:h NAME Used On
56054-54
56600-49
or
56220-53 or
5641 0-47 56220-53
or
® 56159-49 ®
56142-49
8 C) a 56127.49
56391..49
or
56383-5.4
56528-49
or
56502-54
3~~56177-49
56608-49
56605-49~
~
0 56158-49 0 9983 9957 9959 ' ~4~0
s
~
s61 59-49
7900
e
@
e ~ f1l
4020 56119-49
56235-47 s 1.30 Handlebar grip retainer (2) . . ...........••................... 49 to 53-cll models, 54 to 57-GA
56240-47 .20 Handlebar grip screw {4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 49 to 53-all models, 54 to 57-GA
56288~52 •60 Handlebar end screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 53 to 57-0HV
56383-54 2.10 Control wire & plunger ....................................... . 54 to 57-0HV
56391-49 1.00 Control wire & plunge;; (2) .................................... . 49 to 53--o:l.l models, rubber
:':lounted, 54 to 57-GA
56392-49 •30 Control wire (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ . 49 to 53-all models, rubber
mounted, 54 to 57-GA
56400-53 1.20 Control coil :plunger only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 57-0HV
56410-4'7 .30 Control coil plug (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 49 to 53-all models, rubber
mounted, 54 to 57-GA
56410-53 •30 Control coil plug (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 54 to 57-0HV
56502-54 2.75 Control coil & plug ............................................ . 54 to 57-0HV
56528-49 2..90 Control coil & plug (2) . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 49 to 53-all models. rubbe:-
mounted, 54 to 57-GA
56529-49 Control coil only (2) (Replaced by 56528-49)
56600-49 .95 Handlebar to fork cable cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 49 to 57-0HV
56605-49 .95 Carburetor control coil bracket . . . . . . . . . . . .. 49 to 53--0HV
56608-49 .20 Carburetor control coil bracket clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 53--0HV
9959 .25 Carburetor control coil clip (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 49 to 52--45" twins. 53 to 57-GA
9983 .20 Carburetor control coil dip .................................... . 49 to 57-0HV
9957 .15 Spark control coil dip ......................................... . 50 to 57-0HV
5660S..S2 ..20 Carburetor control coil clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 52 to 57-0HV
56628-54 .35 Spark control coil clamp bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 to 57-0HV
' fl., ,
5804 9 58049-50A.
~ -.50Ae. 7031 ems
o0
2728 : 7031
2128 r 7031,,,2726 m
~0
\
~
~a c::> 4 0 .,.... e ~~
~
58048-so
<te
o
C"t7031 j fl
7651
703lo
o
~~
l)o .sso4s-so
7651 7651 58033-<19 76!51 7651
0 Sii
SS037-<19
.$8086-<19
ClliG
2728
$8108·49
WINDSHIELDS- PLASTIC
88
WINTER WINDSHIELDS
58007-36 $28.75 Winter windshield complete less legshields ...... . 37 to 49-oll models, SO to 57-WL
& GA (models with spring fork)
58007-50 28.75 Winter windshield complete less legshields . . . . . 49 to 57-0HV (hydrculic fork)
89
@.7658024-41
1-41
~
:~-
A\\ 2663
~~\ 7021
\ 6236 58011-41
58225""'1
6203 7030
,.,@( p1190
e.1190
2721 7654 @0 7021 1021 c@
~~ 8
6242 6242 ~
58225-41
6203 7030 58225-41
~ 9982
A 2632
58143-31
58143-31
a>:,~oi ~7@5e
F1 58185-30
58191-30 7040
():a
4000
<e 8
7752
fJ
'vi
58187-30
Cl
7835
58150-41
WINTER WINDSHIELDS
90
LEGSHIELDS
58500-37 Sll.OO Set of legshields complete with fittings . 37 to 57-61 ", 74" 6 80" twins
58501-38 11.00 Se! of legshields complete with fittings .......... 38 to 57-WL ~ G
58507-39 5.50 Left legshield only ........ . 39 to 57-WL & G
SSSll-37 s.so Left legshield only ........ . 37 to 57-61 ", 74" 6 80" twins
58527-30 s.so Right legshield only ... . 37 to 57-WL 6 GA
58531-37 5.50 Right legshield only 37 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins
58547-36 1.75 Left shield bracket ........ . 37 to 47-61 ". 74" 6 80" twins
58548-36 1.75 Right shield bracket 37 to 47-61 ". 74" 6: 80" twins
58550-49 1.75 Legshield bracket (2) 49 to early 51--0HV
58552-32 2.75 Legshield bracket . 32 to 57-WL & G
58554-51 1.65 Legshield bracket (2) Later 51 to 57-0HV
3974 .20 Legshield to bracket bolt ........... . . 30 to 57-61". 74" 6: 80" twins,
37 to 52-WL models
7752 .05 Legshield to bracket bolt nut 30 to 57-6! ". 74" 6 80" twins.
37 to 52-WL models
58557-37 1.10 Legshield bracket frame clamp 37 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins.
(used without safety guard)
58559-30 .55 Brcrcket clamp 30 to 52-45" twins, 53 to 57-
Servi-cars
58562-49 .55 Legshield "U'" bolt (2) 48 to early 51-0HV
58563-51 .55 Legshield "U" bolt (2) Late~ 51 to 57-0HV
7793 .05 Legshield "U" bolt nut 37 to ec::-ly 51-61". 74" & 80" twir:s
91
LEGSHIELDS- Continued
7040
7752 I
3974' , ®c
6320 ® ®®C
58550-49 58550-49
(e & e
f
585.57-37
4027 , 7
7040 (!, •
77.52 ~ e 58507-39 or 58511-37
58527-30 o.r 58531-37
~ 58568-36
7040 7040
58559-30
~~52 7752 l 3974
'ta@....tD
-85 E@.-()
~..,-1206....i--1206f
(.) 7021
7021 (.) 0 ()
~ 7620 7620 ® ®
7752 2768
~·
a~: ~<f
7752.......
2768 7040
\158585-30 58585-30
7695
IS\@~ 2768 7035 at$
276~\YI
8 ~ 7035
7695
585n-Js
LEGSHIELDS
LEGSHIELDS- Continued
58587-36 s •90 Left lower guard bracket ... 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
58589-36 .90 Right lower guard bracket 37 to 57-6i ", 74'' & 80" twins
2768 •OS Lower bracket bolt ............ . 30 to 57-all twins
7695 .05 Bracket bolt nut ...... . 30 to 57-all twins
4027 •25 Bracket clamp bolt ...... . 30 to 57-WL & G
77S2 .OS Bracket clamp bolt nut .. . 30 to 57-WL & G
58760-36 14.50 Lap cover complete 37 to 57-all twins
Includes:
6 58766-41 .so Lap apron cla::r.p 6 88540-36 .20 Lap apron eyelets with washers
6 58768-41 .60 Lap apron fastener
FENDER GROUP
59000-48 Front fende: only (Replaced by 59000-48A)
59000-48A $18.50 Front fender only (prime color) ......................... . 49 to 57-0HV
59007-50 18.50 Front fende: less flap (prime color) 40 to 52-WL models
59012-40 Front fender less flap (Replaced by 59007-50)
59012-50 Front fender less flap (Replaced by 59012-50A)
59012-SOA 18.50 F:ont fende: less flap (prime color) 50 to 57-Servi-cars
59105-50 1.50 Front fender iront brace ...................... . SC to 52-WL models
59107-50 1.50 Front fender rear brace . . . . . . . . . . . ............... , 50 to 52-WL models
59135-36 .90 Front fender brace clip (2) ....... . 37 to 48-61", 74" & 80" twins,
40 to 57-WL & G
59136-48 1.65 Front fender brace (2) .. 49 to 57-0HV
59140-34 .40 Brace clip lock-Lt. 37 w 48-61", 74" & 80" twins,
40 to 57-WL & G
59142-34 .40 Brace clip lock-Rt 37 to 48-61". i4" & 80" twins,
40 to 57-WL & G
2404 .10 Front fender oval head bolt (2) 40 to 57-·-WL & G, 37 to 48--
61", 74" & 80" twins
7752 .OS Front fender oval head bolt nut (2) 40 to 57-WL & G, 37 to 48--
61", 74" & 80" twins
59204-49 7.25 Set of front fender trim with fittings 49 to 56-0HV. 50 to 56-WL & G
Consists of:
2 59205-49 1.10 Front fender side trim 3 59895-54 .OS Front fender trim clip (o/ts")
l 59207-49 1.65 Front fender lowe:- end trim 6 S9896-49 .03 Front fender trir:1 clip (1§")
1 59215-49 3.50 Frol"l.t fender tip
59204-57 7.25 Set of front fender trim & fittings 57-0HV & Servi-cars
Consists of:
·' 2 3560W .10 Tee bolt X l 59206-S7 1.60 Front fender trim-Rt.
X 2 3561W .10 Tee bolt )i 1 59215-57 3.40 Front fender tip
)C 4 7220 .01 Lock washer X 1 59230-57 .OS Front fender ~ spacer
)( 4 7635W .10 Nut 8ll'!S-!7 .03 fl om !end e. tip Ii •'1!'f
" 1 59205-57 1.60 Front fender trim-Lt. ..l. 57 799 5'1--:os--·"'flen. !tude! ti~
"'t 7608 .02 Front fender tip nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 56--all models
" 2586 .OS Front fender 1ip screw (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-0HV & Servi-ca:s
X 7590 .02 Front fender tip screw nut (2) . . . . . . . . . 57-0HV & Servi~cars
""59231-57 / .10 Front fender tip screw spacer (recr.) . . . ....... ... 57 -OHV & Servi~cars
59235-48 1.90 Front fender ilap . . . . . . . . . . ......... 49 to 57-0HV, 50 to 57-WL & G
1206 .03 Fender flap bolt (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-all models
6203 .05 Fender flap bolt plain washer (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57--all models
7620 .02 Fender flap bolt nut (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-all models
3991 .15 Front fender fastening screw (4) . ... ....... 49 to 57-~0HV
59604-39 29.50 Rear fender & brace (prime color) . . . 39 to 54-0HV
59604-SS 29.50 Rear fender & brace (prime color) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 57-74" OHV
59612-41 29.50 Rear fender & brace (prime color) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SO to 52-WL
59699-49 10.50 Rear fender rear end . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 54-0HV, 50 to 52-WL models
59699-SS 10.50 Rear fender rear end . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....... 55 to 57-74" OHV
59737-34 .90 Rear fender end brace bracket 34 to 57-all models
5424 .10 Brace brocket bolt (2) . . . . . . 23 to 57-all models
7748 .OS Brace bracket belt nut (2) 23 to 57-ell models
59761-36 1.10 Rear fender end brace (2) 37 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins.
41 to 52-WL models
59765-36 1.75 Rear fender brace (top) .. 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
59767-41 1.75 Rear fender brace (top) 4! to 52-WL models
8515 .02 Truss head rivets (~j,;" x %") For fender braces
8523 .02 Round heo:d rivets (~),;" x ~·)r.") For fender braces & clips
4634 .40 Rec::- fender brace bolt 30 to 57-61'". 74" & 80" twins
4304 .20 Rear fender brace bolt 29 to 52-WL models
7789 .OS Rear fender brace bolt nut 29 to 52-WL models
7831 .10 Rear fender brace bolt nut 30 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
6490 •10 Rear fe::1der brcce bolt plain washer . 30 to 57-61", 74" 6: 80" twins
93
59612-41
59007-50 ~59676-49
~59679-49
~59860-49
~ ~ ¥Y 59225-39
~qpfp
59215-49 59761·36
59782·36 59780-29 ({)~ 5425
\ n48
s~& 6320 59699-49
) -, 7040
4304
:z:-;;::s====::::::c=>='.59205..C9
59696-49/,;; i ~ 1206~
6379@
~:X: :s: :s: 59107-SO::;_ ®
~ 59895-54
7045 ~
ns9
~
59207-49
59235-46
59604-55
cs=SE::J=t...
59875""'9
~===~%r.... 59816-49
-:::::e==t\~ 59877""'9
r:::=;::~s9878-49
~59879""'9
;;;;;;;;;:::J 59880-49
,..,,.
~IU'fP
59225-39
or
59699-55
CHAIN GUARD
60302-36 $ 3.25 Rear chain guard 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
60303-36 3.25 Rear chain guard 36 to 52-WL models
60305-41 6.25 Rear chain guard (inner) 41 to 50-Servi-cars
60305-51 6.25 Rear chain guard (inner) 51 to 55-Servi-cars
60305-56 6.25 Rear chain guard (inner) .... 56 & 57-Servi-cars
60310-40 Rear chain guard (outer) (Replaced by 60310-51A)
60310-SlA 4.15 Rear chain guard outer assembly . 40 to 57-Servi-cars
60316-Sl 2.20 Rear outer chain guard (lower) . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
60317-51 2.75 Rea:- outer chain guard (upper) ............ . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
60337-51 .60 Rear chain guard front strap . . . . ........... . 41 to 57-Servi~cars
4000 .15 Chain guard front strcp bolt . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
6320 •OS Front strap bolt washer .. .... . . .. . . .. . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
7752 .05 Front strap bolt nut ............ . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
60346-36 .40 Rear chain guard clip stud ......................... . 36 to 52-WL models
60347-26 .40 Rear chain guarr.i clip stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 57-Servi·cars
3550 •05 Rear inner chain guard screw (3) . . . . . . . . ... 51 to 57--Servi-ccrs
60350-36 .10 Rear chain guard stud spring .. . 39 to 57-WL & G
6245 .OS Rear chain guard stud washer .. . 40 to 57-all models
7691 •OS Rear chain guard stud. nut .............. . ... 37 to 57-61'', 74" & SC" :wi:::s .
40 to 52-WL models
59782-36 •90 Rear chain guard clip .................... . 36 to 52-WL models
3953W •10 Rec:r chain guard to fender bolt .......... . 36 to 52-WL models
7752 .OS Rear chain guard to fender bolt nut 36 to 52-WL models
3787 .10 Rear chain guard to differential housing screw 51 to 57-Servi-cc:rs
60504-32 8.90 Front chain outer guard ...... . 32 to 57-WL & G
60505-36 8.90 Front chain outer guard 37 to 54-61", 74" & 8C" ~....-:;.$
60505-55 8.90 Front chain outer guard .... 55 to 57-74" OHV
1210 .03 Front chain guard sc::-ew (10) 37 to 57-61", 74" & SC" tw::-:s
60540-36 •60 Chain guard joint gasket .. 37 to 57-61'', 74" 5 8C" !w::-:s
60542-26 .so F::-ont outer chain guard rea:- bracket 29 to 57-WL & G
2775 .OS Front chain guard rea:: brc:cket bolt 30 to 57-WL 0. G
7691 .OS Front chain guard recr screw nut 30 to 57-WL & G
60544-36 •40 Circular lock washer ... 37 to 54-61", 74" & 8C" ~W!!':S
60546-36 1.50 Inner chain guard drain pipe . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 8C" :w::-.s
60548-36 .50 Inner chain guard oil drain nipple 37 'to 57-61", 74" & 8C" :w::-:s
63530-43 .25 Inner chain guc:rd drain pipe nut 37 to 57-61". 74" & 8C" t..,·::-:s
60555-36 1.80 Clutch cover (black) 37 to 57-61", 74" & 8C" ~w::-:s
60557-36 3.95 Clutch cover (chrome) 37 to 57-61", 74" & sc·· :w::-:s
2265 .OS Clutch cover screw (8) 37 to 57-61", 74" & 8C" tw::-.;;
60565-36 .40 Clutch cover cork gasket 37 to 57-6!". 74" & 8C" tw::1:::
60567-36 .15 Chc:ln inspection cover gasket (also between
cha:n c.;uard 6 crankcasel (2) 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" :wi:1s
60569-29 .60 Front chain inspectior. cover (2) 30 to 57-WL & G
60572-36 .60 Chain inspection cover (black) 37 to 57-61". 74" 5 8C" twins
95
@--_60655-55
~
~ 60652-55 . . 60567-36
60654-550
~~12
60638...41
CHAIN GUARDS
or
60305-56
60513-36 s 1.10 Chain inspection cover (chrome) .............................. . 37 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins
2265 .OS Front chain inspection cover screw (4) ......................... . 37 to 57-WL & G
2268 •OS Inspection cover screw (2) ................................... . 36 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
60619-55 10.50 Front chain guard. back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 55 to 57-74" OHV (hand shift only)
60620-3G 10.50 Front chc:.in guard back . . . .......... . 37 to 54-61", 74" & SO" twins
{hand shift only)
60620-52 10.50 Front chain guard back . . . . . . . . . . . .... 52 to 54-0.HV (foot shift only)
96
Part No. Price Each NAME Used O:c.
61794-51
6lns.ss
f 366.5
(§;: 7030
@ 61820-18@
•
61785-47 @ 6207 ®
61120.37( ®(~@) (
TANK GROUP
61124·37
97
~ 62355-48
0
~ ~62374-40
2626 '
7115 e 63587-54
62051-40~ or
63588-54
62091-40 ®
71804-26 :A
6307 <:::; 63610-53,
62094-40 ® 6156!7630
62032-40
or
--11-1'11'1-.- ~3607-54
62033-41
63590-41
~~ t
62250-50
t ~
~~
62262-39
62253-50 ~
63.580-15
@
62270-32
62075-50
62361-50
~@ ~ ~
62265-32 63578-36
~
t 63577~
@ 6440
62270-32 25235-36
~
62625-36
.63533-15
62268-32
li'&
~
00 . li@ 63873-50
~63871-50
63843-48 s, ' QQ)l1)
638 15·48
63817-48
8860
~
(;I~
~
63525-50
~ 63529-50
'....... ~ 63527-50
~0 ) 63814-55 ~
63819-55
..... 885: \
63817-55
63503-50~ ~
63527-50 ~Q>.
63529-50 ~
7688 63524-50~
OIL FILTER
7789 $ .OS Oil filter cap bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63814-55 •90 Oil filter valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 55 to 57-74" OHV
63815-48 •2S Oil filtet valve seat ................................... . 40 to 54-61", 74" & 80" twins
63817-48 •1S Oil filter valve spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 40 to 54-61", 74" & 80" twins
63817-SS •15 Oil filter valve spring ........................................ : . 55 to 57-74" OHV
8860 •03 Oil filter valve spring ball ..................................... . 40 to 54-61", 74" & 80" twins
8858 •03 Oil filter valve spring ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ . 55 to 57-74" OHV
653 •05 Oil filter cap Welsh plug ...................................... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63819-55 •'10 Oil filter valve body .................................... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
63825-48 4.25 Oil filter cup .................................................. . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63840·48 1.20 Oil filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63843-48 •30 Oil filter element upper retainer . . . . . .................. . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63846-48 •30 Oil filter element lower retainer . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 40 to 57-61", 74" & SO" twins
63848-48 •05 Oil filter element retainer gasket . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 40 to 57-61'', 74" & SO" twins
63850-48 Oil filter stud (Replaced by 63850--48A)
63850-48A .so Oil filter stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
63852-48 .10 Oil filter cup acorn nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. 40 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
7688 .OS Oil filter stud nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
63858-49 .10 Oil filter asbestos washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . ........ . . 40 to 57-61 ", 74" & 80" twins
63860-50 1.00 Oil filter mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ... 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
6320 .OS Oil filter mounting bracket washer . . . 40 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
7'152 .05 Oil filter mounting bracket nut .. .. .. .. ... .... .. .. . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63871-SO .55 Oil filter cap adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
63873-50 .05 Oil filter cap adapter gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
63874-50 .OS Oil filter bolt gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
64500-52A
64303-40
64205-40A or
64303-55 4 "
~ 2402~
2402
4$~~_72-~
@lmD
2402 47386-41
~-
27~0 7035
~
,
64450-41 7695
~ 64472-35
~~~c~
\()\
64472-35 7040
'
64340-26 ~ 2424 64474-40 7752
2402
TOOLBOX
65425·54
DUAL EXHAUST PIPE KIT CPT·
or
65236-50
65203-50
or
65202-SO
CPT.
41»0/j
7040@>
a.. 7752 A'ih
28~@~~'..;z!
7748
65278-36
65228-50
5165275-SO
65210-50
or or
65227·50 65211-50
CPT.
7752 65518-47
()D~fi~~ or
3974
y ]65297-38
4000,
'()aD_,. • 65.518-51~
70.C0
\0
7040ca> 3974"'
7040 • •
7752& 7752
'\4289 0
~ 65296-38 (11)
•
70.CO
7793
I 65212-51 CPT.
,...._.<'66387-26~
'eJl 66373-36 ~
49180-36 401 3
flV
- e 0
@66112-23
~7628
~~7752 /66115-23
66302-29
~
66387-24
~
66385-24 ~
7040
66288-24·
,;® (5 G0
7752 4000
66010-29
7752 ~
7040 ~ @7752
~~ ~66015-49
~6.6351-42
0 0 0 66022-49
.. -.~.. ··
~
~ 66405-49
663~
BATTERY
66002-49
66203-40A
SPEEDO!JIETER PARTS
67004-47 Speedometer head, 120 mile, with odometer (Replaced by 67004-53A)
67004-52 Speedometer head (Replaced by 67004-53A)
61004-53A $25.25 Speedometer head .............................. . 47 to 57-0HV, late 53 to 57-
Servi..:cars
6700S..53 25.25 Speedometer head, 195 kilometer, with odometer ............... . 47 to 57-all models
67025-37 5.25 Speedometer cable assembly with core ........................ . 37 to 52-WL models
67026-36 Speedometer cable assembly with core (Replaced by 67026-36A)
67026-36A 5.25 Speedometer cable assembly with core ........................ . 37 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
67028-51 Speedometer cable assembly with core {Replaced by 67028-SlA)
67028·51A 1.50 Speedometer cable assembly with core . . . . . . . . . .............. . 51 to 57-Servi-ca:rs
6705.S..36 1.75 Drive cable (core) ..................................... . 37 to 56--61 ", 74" & 80" twins
67055-.57 1.75 Drive cable (core) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 57-0HV
61056-38 1.75 Drive cable (core) ............................................ . 41 to 56-Servi-cars
61056-57 1.75 Drive cable (core) . . . . . . . .................................... . 57-Servi-cars
61057-41 1.75 Drive cable (core) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 41 to 52-WL models
67062-57 4.25 Cable casing only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 57-Servi-cars
67064-36 4.25 Cable casing only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . 37 to 56--61", 74" & 80" twins
61064-57 4.25 Cable casing only ............................................ . 57-0HV
67074-37 .40 Speedometer cable clip ....................................... . 37 to 56-WL & G
67074-57 .15 Speedometer cable clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 57-0HV
67075-36 .40 Speedometer cable clip ....................................... . 39 to SS-61", 74" & 80" twins
67075-57 .15 Speedometer cable clip ....................................... . 57-Servi-cars
67076-41 .40 Speedometer cable bracket .................................... . 41 to 52-WL models
67129-37 ::::R;!!
Q)l' q~ ~ji'£W«#.f«<i'¥4"«i«•iii;•••~«~..-~~~~4- ~
~7025-37
9-
1187
~7080~37
or
67135-36 67057-41
+ •
~- . ''H'" c;;;;;(!
--------------------------~---------~.--67~~~
67301·38 CPT. 67308-47
SPEEDOMETER 670Q.4-53A
106
();~,
67817-36
:.
. (P 0
GiiQJ 67817·36
HEADLAMP -OLD STYLE
~
67717.48 67719.48 677:?6·48 677:?9.48
67701 ..49 67710.49
791 s 67815-48
67810-48A fil:.._/ 67827-55 67821-55
~@,) @t ~ 67826-55
Qf"'"'~;829-55
7918tJ;;ft(/i \($?'
67815-48 r· ~ ~f
67827-55
67821·55
1;
3953
3953
~
HEAD LAMP - NEW STYLE
67826-55
67829-55
107
68005·55A
~0-47
68002....47
' 68470-35
............... .,,_35
~ 7040 2586
6!97748
~68165-15
68.US-35 CPT.
~ 68466-49
168465-49
FENDER LAMP
110
__
~!:. ~.__ d!l\}_~---. ---.------- 68550·50
®.
68570-50 68521-38
~
70575-50
68.566-50
3956
~- b!Ci)o~ ~ f/1
~ 9977
68562.,l0 ~
~
68515-38""'"'
68522-:38
68561-50 ~
70058-50
or
~(\ . . ~.
2635
~ c::
6165@ ~ 68560.50
JOrJ. ~
68522-38 70058-56
Cillo 7...
~@ 68~50 ~~· ~~0
fJ 0 ~
®
6851;.,.
68570·50 / 68559-SO
68521-38 6857 2·50
68557-50 ~oo~~@.
68sn.soI
.6852:·38
...~
• 68522-38
68571-50 Ill'(~
~3-38
~
68660-38 Gf
~615-38
~a
68672-38
68693-38
~~ ~~
68650-JSCPT. 68694-38
68692-38 y
f) 68696-38
® 68693-38
68686-38 68715-49 68679-49
SPOTLIGHT
ttP
3956 6860:3 ·-'9
112
~
2204W
.4000
~07040
r
.56628-.5.4
69014·5..4 69140·.54
- 69016-52
-
1229
69020.31
7021
1190
69024-31-
e.,.
69022·31
(I 8763..4
114
WlRING
70261-30 $ .so Field coil wire (51,4") (black) (2) . . . ........................... . 32 to 57-all twins
70262-32 •so Field coil wire (6;:f') (black) . . ............. . 32 to 52-all twins
70320-48 17.SD Complete set of low tension wiring 48 to 57-WL & G
Consists of:
l 6106 .OS Stud fibre washer 70167-47 .90 Ignition wire
1 6156 .OS Stud brass washer 70182-48 .90 Spark coil to terminal box wire
2 7608 .02 Stud nut 70193-48 .90 Battery positive wire
1 32678-49 .10 Stud insulator 70209-41 .70 Battery negative ground wire
1 32690-30 1.SO Circuit breaker to coil wire 70244-47 A 4.25 Switch to generator 6 relay wire
1 70102-49 2.75 Headlight wire 70281-47 .70 Tail lamp cable (red)
1 70131-SlA 2.75 Horn switch wire 70282-47 .70 Tail lamp cable (black)
1 70160-48A 4.10 Mounting plate to spark coil terminal 70331-48A 3.00 Oil 6 stop light switch wire
box wire
70321-48 23.00 Complete set of low tension wiring 48 to 57-0HV
Consis~s of:
1 6106 .05 Stud fibre washer 70160.48A 4.10 Mounting plate to spark coil terminal
1 6156 .05 Stuci brass washer box wire
2 7608 .02 Stud nut 70167-47 .90 Ignition wire
1 32618-49 .10 Stud insulator 70182-48 .90 Spark coil to terminal box wire
32690-30 1.50 Circuit breaker to coil wire 70193-48 .90 Battery positive wire
70101·49 2.75 Headlamp wire 70209-41 .70 Battery negative ground wire
70131-51A 2.7S Horn switch wire 70244-47A 4.25 Switch to generator & relay cable
70144-49A 1.25 Horn to fork terminal block wire 70281-47 .70 Tail lamp cable (red)
70144-S4A 2.10 Horn wire 70282-47 .70 Tail lamp cable (black)
70146-49A 4.00 Instrument mounting plate to fork 70331-48A 3.00 Oil & stop light switch wire
wire 70354-55 .4n Headla:mp ground wire
3196S..30 1.80 Set of spark plug cables .. 30 to 54--WL & G, 30 to 48-
74" & SO" sidevalves
Consists of:
2 31680.27 .OS Spark plug cable packing washer 31916-30A 1.00 Spark plug cable (long)
l 31970.30 .70 Spark plug cable (short)
31966-36 1.80 Set of spark plug cables .... 36 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins
Consists of:
2 31680-27 .OS Spark plug cable packing washer 3198S-36A .70 Spark plug cable (long)
1 31972-36A 1.00 Spark plug cable (short)
31976-30A 1.00 Front spark plug cable ..... 55 to 57-Servi·cars
32689-30 1.50 Circuit breaker to coil wire assembly 30 to 57-WL & G. 30 to 48-
61", 74" 6 80" twins
Consists of:
6106 .05 Circuit breaker wire stud fibre 2 7608 .02 Circuit breaker wire stud nut
washer 1 32617-36 .10 Circuit breaker wire stud insulator
6156 .OS Circuit breaker wire stud brass 1 32690-30 1.50 Circuit breaker to coil wire & stud
washer
9900 .03 Field coil wire terminal 24 to 57-all twins
9901 .OS Wire terminal 48 to 57-all twins
9902 .15 Wire terminal 48 to 57-all twins
115
70300-.47
c:
70261-30 70262-32 i
1052
~ ~~
9979
0
9977
74750-38
CPT.
74765.J.7
9973
9971
~ ~ cr::§> c:::::x::§>
9901 9902
~
9903 9906
9904 9905
WIRING 1947 TO 1956
116
WIRING- Continued
9903 $ .10 Wire terminal 48 to 57 -all twins
9904 .15 Wire terminal 48 to ·57-all twins
9905 ..25 Wire terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 to 57-all twins
9906 •15 Wire terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 48 to 57-all twins
91704-15 3..25 LV lighting cable, 16 strand (black) (per SO ft.) . . . . . . . . All models
9973 ..25 Front fork wire clamp ............................ . 40 to 57-WL & G, 38 to 49-
61 ", 74" & 80" twins
9970 .20 Front spark plug cable clip . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 36 to 57-61", 74" 0. 80" twins
9957 •15 Spark control coil clip . . . . . . . .................. . Later 50 to 57-0HV
9971 ..25 Timer wire to crankcase wire dip ............ . 37 to 57-61", 74" 0. 80" twins
56628-54 •35 Timer control coil bracket ............................... . 54 to 57-0HV
9985 •15 Sidecar fender lamp wire clip .......... . 39 to 57-models with spring fork
9979 •40 Wire clamp (11,4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 29 to 57-all twins
9977 65 Wire retaining clamp (around frame head) ............ . 36 to 57-all models
56628-47 .35 Timer control coil bracket ............... . 47 to 53--Sl", 74'-' & 80" twins
70146-48A 4.00 Mounting plate to front fork wire ...................... . 48 to 57-WL & G
70249-42 .45 Condenser to generator terminal strap (radio machines only) 46 to 55-61" 0. 74." twins
70271-48 3.50 Sidecar tail lamp wire ................................ . 48 to 54--61" & 74" twins
70281-47 •70 Tail lamp wire (72Jk") (red) .............. . 47 to 57--61" & 74" twins
70282-47 .70 Tail lamp wire (55%") (black) .................... . 47 to 57--61" & 74" twins
70291-51 Tail lamp lead wire (Replaced by 70291-51A)
70291-SlA 3.50 Tail lamp lead wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 to 57-Servi-cars
70300-47 .60 Parking lamp lead wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47 to 57-all twins
70333-51 1.20 Oil pressure switch cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 to 57-Servi-cars
70528-45 .24 W' !.D. wire conduit (in bulk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 to 57-all twins
70529-45 .24 ~tfi" I.D. wire conduit (in bulk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36 to 57-all twins
70530-45 .37 %" I.D. wire conduit (in bulk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36 to 57-all twins
70549-47 .25 Tail lamp wire butt connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47 to 57-61" & 74" twins,
47-Servi-cars
70354-55 .40 Head lamp ground wire ..................................... . 55 to 57-74" OHV
70590-56 •40 Fork cable guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... . 56-Servi-cars
70591-56 •15 Fork cable guide spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 56 6 57-Servi-cars
INSTRUMENT PANEL
70932-48 $31.00 Instrument panel base complete, less speedometer ... . 48 to 57-WL & G
70938-49 31.00 Instrument panel base complete, less speedometer .... . 49 to 53-0HV
70938-54 31.00 Instrument panel base complete, less speedometer ........... . 54 to 57-oHV
70950-47 8.25 Panel base only ........................................... . 47 to 57-all models
71067-47 .50 Mounting base stud . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 47 to 57-aU models
71069-47 .10 Mounting base stud lock washer . . . . . . . . ..................... . 47 to 57-all models
7848 .15 Mounting base stud nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 47 to 57-all models
11015-47 •60 Mounting base center screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 47 to 57-all models (not used with
choke control)
71016-47 .60 Mounting base screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 53-o:ll models (used with
choke control}
6466 •OS Mounting base center screw washer . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 47 to 57-all models
2723 •03 Mounting plate side screw (2) ................................. . 47 to 57-all models
7654 •OS Mounting plate side screw nut (2) .................... . 47 to 57-all models
3952 .10 Instru.ment mounting plate to steering head screw (3) ..... . 47 to 52--45" twins. SO to 57-0HV
6299 .OS Steering head screw washer (3) .............................. . 47 to 57-all models
71090-41 .15 Panel lamp bulb (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 47 to 57-all models
6182 .OS Thin steel washer (8) ......................................... . 38 to 57-all models
71098-38 .OS Screw insulator (9) ...... -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 38 to 57-all models
71151-48 1.10 Speedometer light socket ......................... . 48 to 57-all models
71156-47 1.00 Signal light socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 57-all models
71182-47 .OS Signal light socket washer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 47 to 57-all models
71183-47 •OS Panel light socket fibre washer (2) ............................. . 47 to 57-all models
71188-47 .25 Panel light socket spring {2) ........................ . 47 to 57-all models
71190-47 •90 Panel light socket wire (green} ................ . 47 to 57-all models
7127lr47 12.75 Instrument panel cover (black) . . . . . . . ......... . 47 to 57-all models
11271-56 14.95 Instrument panel cover {chrome) ........... . 56 & 57-0HV
71294-47 .60 Instrument panel cover gasket ................ . 47 to 57-all models
71300-47 .50 Panel signal light separator & gasket ........... . 47 to 57-all models
71304-47 •35 Panel signa! light separator gasket . . . . ........... . 47 to 57-all models
71310-38 •15 Instrument panel cover plug ................ . 38 to 57-all models
71311-47 .50 Cover side plate . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................... . 47 to 57-all models
71350-47 1.00 Instrument panel window (Generator- Oil) ............... . 47 to 57-all models
117
IM.~7608!
G\'\':!:) 6182
(ffi~ 6185 7753~
71076-47 71075-47
t.,, _,! ~
~~
@~ . . 71098-38 ~
(§). 6185
6182 ~
~ ~6320
tj
72341-48
7127
71~J~ ~
7015
7127
71069-47~......
7848@
71090-47
® 71183-47 ® l-----
i71188-47 ~ rJ _. . ,._...,--,...,=
@>71182-47<Ea> ....... """.,.
~~~--- ,,
349~
/
/:u91 72338-48
7015@@
6182 @
~7015 71270@ 7109S..3S @ ~
~~6182 or
3491
6320 ~ 6182 4~
7608'
~~6185 70938-54 7015 @ Gi\ 723.41-48
6182 ~~
~~71098·38 6185 ~@
0@
or
723.41·56 1121
7753
()
e
~6185 71 098-38'- 0 ~
f),~6182 71271-47
or
6185\!9~
6182~@
71271-56
<§..7608 7608t-@
~--
71300-47
481~~
71580-36
{
~ 71510-36 71506-36
~
71582-48
Q
71500-36 71514-36
OR 71585-48
71501-48
IGNITION & LIGHT SWITCH
71500-36 $10.50 Ignition & light switch complete with lock & keys ..... 37 to 57-WL & G, 37 to 47-
61", 74" & 80" twins
71501-48 10.50 Ignition & light switch complete with lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 57-61" & 74" twins
7150&-36 2.75 Switch cover . . . . . . . ......................... . 37 to 57-all :nodels
71510-36 .90 Switch key hole cover with rivet ............................... . 37 to 57-all models
71514-36 .OS Cover rivet . . . . . . . ........................................ . 37 to 57-all models
11516-36 1.20 Switch base ............................................ . 37 to 57-all models
71525-36 3.25 Switch mounting plate assembly ............................. . 37 to 57-all models
11550-36 4.65 Contact holder & plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 37 to 57-all models
71560-36 .55 Roller contact ................................................. . 37 to 57-all models
'71562-36 .70 Roller contact retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 37 to 57-all models
2638 •03 Switch mounting screw (4) .................................... . 39 to 57-all models
993 •02 Tenninal contact screw (5) ................................... . 37 to 57-all models
11580-36 2.75 Switch lock & keys ............................................ . 37 to 57-WL & G, 37 to 47-
61", 74" & 80" twins
71582-48 •60 Ignition switch cylinder ....................................... . 48 to 57-61" & 74" twins
71585-48 •70 Ignition switch cylinder case ................................. . 48 ~o 57-61" & 74" twins
48155-30 .so Switch key (specify letter & number of lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57-WL & G. 37 to 47-
61", 74" & SO" twins
71587-36 .so Switch lock plate . . . . . . . . . . ................................. . 37 to 57-all models
71840-29 2.75 Light switch complete less wires ........................ . 29 to 57-all models
Consists of:
2 2626 .03 Light switch screw 71856-29 .15 Light switch retainer plcrte
1 71843-29 .45 Light switch lever 71859-29 .15 Light switch contact p!r.
1 71845-29 1.50 Light switch housing 71861-29 .10 Light switch contact pin sp:-!ng
1 71851-29 1.00 Light switch contact block
- ~ ~
f)a
()) ~ ~ QJ
2626
Q.PJ
71804-26 71813-26 71815-26
71802-26 71806-53
2626 71811-26
7180t')·9.6A HORN SWITCH
e-
...
~ 0 ~ !»
2626
71861-29
<iiiiif)
71859·29
3
71856-29
71843-29 71851-29
~
2626 71840-29 71845-29
2626
72010-3~9 ~ -4228£$)-35
' e \.F----~~
e 72017-39 72(}19-39 ...,
~
or
72004-39 72020-39 ~
72002-51 -42284-35
STOPLIGHT SWITCH.
32110·42
~J..
<ll&
32070-42 3 2140·42
,,~2
\ 7035
7
32700-39 v~ 31607-48 CPT.
~ 74527-52
.. 2672
7 4565-~ :> 6182
7 4567
-
52~
~~
~ 7620
7 4569-52
70170-49
70191·49 .
121
78030-39 CPT.
RADIO CARRIERS
78500-49 !31.80 Radio carrier complete ................................. . 49 to 57-two way radio
78501-41 41.00 Radio carrier frame only for whip type antenna .......... . 37 to 52
4670 .35 Radio carrier bolt (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 to 57-two way radio
6413 .20 Radio carrier bolt spacer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ·..... 49 to 57-two way radio
6490 .10 Radio co:rrier bolt plain washer (2) . . . . .......... . 49 to 57-two way radio
7835 •10 Radio co:rrier bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................ . 49 to 57-two way radio
6336 .05 Radio carrier plain washer ·. . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . 49 to 57-two way radio
82301-49
\ 82314.4~ ! 82186-49
~
/0"._ m '()\s2316-48
~
~ ~ (j) 821 9
7950
if:
82181.49 8.5-.4
I 82024-39 8231 ()..48 ' ~2-48 82318-48
82024-39 45673-39 1 6404 8233()..48 8214().49 821.c()..49
6404 ~\ /\~ ~ s ~@ ~ ();» ~ ~ 82095-49
®~so
82026-39
~ 82026-39 ........ ~ 82~it
82197..47 82~ <SJI). 0 82320-48_.Q
.......... 82334-48 7960
- 82308-48 tlll!9
@l 82330-48 i f1
~
82202-47 \l \.)
82332-48 82336-48
Cf"@ 82195-47 CPT.
~ 82067-49
82160-49
82204-47 182206.47
~
~
~6408
82221-47
0646()
1 I.
2632 2632
82223-47 , •
ms 82()60..49
~83166-32
~83164-32
llgl ~ 83162-51
1/Ill~ 83160-32 or 83160-51
24721·30. (//IIIII/I
- 9220
~83137-51
--~- ~ 83154·32
•
\:)
.;
83160-51~
83162-51
;;)
~
.
.!/,,11
,,1
~
Vs3t35-51
24721-30
11
19220
83154-32
~~8316<-32
83166-32 '-. ~(.;/82900-37 or 82900-51
55~
i/1.~ 83975-37
79.47
126
82800..41 CPT.
,83057-34
Q7793
-7045
083055-34
-7045
""&3()60..34
r;;r:_l
•0 ~ t'17
83302-51
83910-51
WHEEL GROUP
83910-51 $13.90 Rear wheel, less tire (2) ............................. . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
83915-51 3.90 Rear wheel hub cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 51 to 57-Servi-ca:rs
83917-Sl •2() Rear wheel stud nut (10) . . . . . . . ................. . 51 to 57-Servi-cars
83919~51 •10 Rear whee! hub bracket (10) ............................ . 51 to 57-Servi-cal'S
40981-40 63.00 Front wheel complete (16"), less tire ........................ . 40 to 57-Servi-cars
43006-40 9.60 Rim (16") drop center (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 40 to 50-Servi-cars, 51 to 57-
Servi-cars (front only)
43033-40 11.00 Complete set oi spokes 6 nipples (for 16" wheel) 40 to 50-Servi-cars, 51 to 57-
(front only)
Consists o£:
40 43032-40 .20 Spoke 40 43099-29 .08 Nipple
83975-37 .15 Axle plain washer (2) 37 to 57-Servi-cars
7947 .35 Axle nut castellated (2) ... 32 to 57-Servi-cars
c 7055
l
4686
85221-42
SERYI·CAR BOX AND ATTACHMENTS
85015-46 s 1.20 Servi-car rear apron & bumper brace (2) ................•....... 47 to 57-Servi-ccrs
85017-46 •10 Rear apron & bumper brace shim (2 to 8) ...................... . 47 to 57-Serv:•CC!'S
85039-55 30.SO Right fender with braces (.prime color only) .................... . SS to 57-Senn-ccrs
85040-39 30.50 Right fender with braces (prime color only) .................. . 42 to 54-Servl·cars
85042-39 ao.so Left fender with braces (prime color only) . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 42 to 54--Serv:-eC"!'s
85044-55 MI.SO Left fender with braces (prime color only) ...................... . 55 to 57-Servi-e::::-:s
2768 •05 Fender bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 40 to 57-Servi-cc::rs
7691 .05 Fender bolt nut (16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 40 to 57-Servi-cars
85100-39 3.00 Set of rear fender side mouldings complete .................... . 39 to 54-Serv•-cars
85101-39 1.55 Right fender side strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 48 to 54--Servi-ccrs
85102-39 1.55 Left fender side strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 39 to 54-Servi-eC!'s
SIDECAR PARTS
FRAME GROUP
87064-36 s 97.00 Frame 37 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins
87070-37 101.00 Frame 37 to 57-sidevan. 61 H. 74" &
80" twins
87082-36 26.25 Set of sidecar connection parts ........... . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
Consists of:
3 559 .01 Rear frame bracket bolt cotter pin 1 81197-36 3.90 Rear frame bracket
1 6582 .10 Connection bolt washer 2 4979 .60 Rear frame bracket bolt
1 7923 .25 Frame brace upper connection bolt 1 6603 .15 Frame brace upper connection
nut bolt stud washer
2 7944 .25 Rear frame bracket bolt nut. 2 7938 .25 Rear frame bracket bolt check nut
castellated 1 81127-36 3.90 Frame brace upper connection (front)
87128-36 3.90 Frame brace upper connection (rear) 1 81135-36 1.20 Frame brace upper connection bolt
81136-36 .15 Frame brace upper connection, 1 87176-37 11.50 Lower front connection assembly
bolt lock washer
87094-36 18.00 Sidecar frame brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . 37 to 57-61 •·. 74" & 80" twins
87117-36 6.75 Frame brace lower clamp (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
16804-30 .so Lower clamp bolt (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins
87121-36 3.90 Frame brace upper connection (front) ................... . 37 to 57-61 ". 74" & 80" twins
88575-36
I~
"0n93
7045
FENDER GROUP
87900-34 $31.00 Fender complete (prime color) ................................. . 34 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins, sidecars
87902-34 31.00 Fender complete (prin1e color) ................................. . 34 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins, sidevans
87925-39 1.75 Fender side strip .............................................. . 39 to 57--61", 74" 6 80" twins, sidecars
87961-34 2.10 Top fender brace ................................... . 34 to 57--61",74" 6 80" twins, sidecars
87964-34 2.10 Lower fender brace (rear) ..................................... . 34 to 57-61'', 74" & 80" twins. sidecars
87965-34 2.10 Lower fender brace (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34 to 57-61", 74" 6 SO" twins, sidecars
8515 .02 Fender brace rivet (6) .. .. . .. . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . . 15 to 57-61'', 74" 6 80" twins, sidecars
87984-30 .10 Outer brace clip .................................. . 30 to 57--61", 74" 6 so·· twins, sidecars
8576 .03 Outer brace clip rivet (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 30 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins, sidecars
87986-30 .70 Inner brace clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 57--61", 74" & so·· twins, sidecars
8580 •03 Inner brace clip rivet (6) ...................................... . 30 to 57-61", 74" & so·· twins, sidecars
88010-36 1.50 Inner brace clip bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................ . 36 to 57--61",74"& SO" twins, sidecars
6605 •15 Bracket stud washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 30 to 57-61", 74" 6 SO" twins, sidecars
7921 •35 Bracket stud nut .............................................. . 30 to 57...::.61", 74" 6 80" twins. sidecars
4354 .25 Inner brace bracket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 28 to 57--61", 74" & 80" twins, sidecars
1782 .OS Inner brace bracket bolt nut ................................... . 2S to 57-61",74" & SO" twins, sidecars
88025-23 .60 Fender front bracket .......................................... . 32 to 57-61"' 74 .. & so·. twins, sidecars
8513 •02 Front bracket rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 23 to 57--61",74"6 80" twins, sidecars
88026-34 1.70 Fender support bracket (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 34 to 57--61", 74" & SO" twins, sid'!Yans
5434 .20 Fender to sidevan bracket bolt (6} ............................. . 39 to 57--61", 74" & so·· twins, sidevans
6520 .10 Bracket bolt plain washer {6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 39 to 57--61", 74" 6 so·· twins. sidevans
8521 .02 Fender support bracket rivet (9) ...•.............•......•....... 34 to 57-61", 74" 6 SO" twins. sidevans
88364-36 $112.00 Sidecar body stripped ......................................... . 36 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins. sidecars
88366-36 140.00 Sidecar body complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 to 57-61",74"& 80" twins. sidecars
88485-36 5.70 Floor covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . 36 to 57--61'', 74" 6 80" twins. sidecars
88487-36 19.75 Seat cushion ............................................ . 36 to 57-61", 74" 6 80" twins. sidecars
88488-36 19.75 Back upholstering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . 36to57-61",74"&80" twir.s, sidecars
133
5402
A G"so34
7752 .~7075
70.400 s @ 87181-37
6327 ...@ 8034
...87176-37
87135-36
~559
i.-t'r87136-36
887267-24 ~ 87128•36
187254-24 ..Jl-~ 87127-36
• 87265-24 ~Q
@ 6603
87138-3~
6582 .. \91
r-!\
7923 ~
88680-26
88672-38 CPT
134
RECOU.. CHECK
88670-31 s 9.90 Rear recoil check complete (2) 31 to 57-61",74" & 80" twins, sidevans
Consists of:
1 2834 .10 Rear check strap bracket bolt 2 4000 .15 Rear check strap clamp bolt
3 7040 .01 Rear check strap clamp bolt 2 7045 .01 Rear check strap bracket stud
lock washer lock washer
l 7748 .OS Rear check strap brocket bolt nut 2 7752 .05 Rear check strap clamp bolt nut
2 7789 .OS Rear ·check strap bracket stud nut 4 8232 .03 Rear check strap rivet
l 88681-31 3.00 Rear check strap with end 1 88690-24 1.50 Rear check strap spring
1 88696-28 3.00 Rear check strap bracket 1 88704·28 .so Rear check strap bracket stud
2 88106-28 .35 Rear check strap clamp plate
88672-38 6.70 Rear recoil check complete .................................... . 36 to 57-61 ". 7 4" & 80" twins, sidecars
Consists of:
2 2834 .10 Check strap front bracket bolt 1 6320 .OS Check strap plain washer
2 7040 .01 Check strap front bracket bolt 2 7748 .OS Check strap front bracket bolt nut
lock washer 1 88680-26 2.75 Cheek strap assembly
4 8232 .03 Check strap solid rivet 1 88691)..24 I .SO Check strap spring
1 88686-26 1.90 Check strap only 1 88693·39 .40 Check strap clamp
l 88693-26 1.10 Check strap front bracket
88685-31 2.40 Rear check strap only (2) ................... 31 to 57-61 ". 74" &80" twins, sidevans
88730-37 9.25 Front check strap complete ......... ' • • • • • " • • • • * • • ~ • • • • • • • 37 to 57-61", 74" & 80" twins, sidevans
Consists of:
3 2834 .10 Front check strap bolt I 6320 ..D5 Front check strap bolt washer
3 7040 .01 Front check strap bolt lock washer 3 7748 .05 Front check strap bolt nut
1 88690-24 l.SO Front check strap spring 1 88693--26 1.10 Front check strap bracket
1 88731-37 5.75 Front check strap with ends 1 88137--37 1.50 Front check strap bracket
88738-37 .60 Rear bracket mounting plate ..................................... 37 to 57-61". 74" & 80" twins, sidevans
90851•54 CPT.
p 91186-38
91156-31 91157-31
:-se•~
I 91155 •31 91164-32
I
I
I 91143-32
I
l
I
\------------------------------- ..... I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i 9852 :
91370-47
~ '91298·32 i
I
~ 91299-32\
-------------------,
- . I
_, (Z~¥1~~ <m<wmmrtmmrmum~•5iiii~~~a!•:m::m ...-- _;
\. 91168-39 91162-38
~ 7040
\91260-36
52584-41~
91224-49~ 91221.-49 ~6341
~~~~'t>!~ ..ll£l @~"am(l)3991
91213-49 , \ 7 7041
91223-49
7238
I
@~
I I '7914
I I
I~
l
1
9851
&_ 91140....49 91187-49
1 lJJ'91149-49
I ~ 91216-49
~ 706~
v
1 0 (") 91220-49
1 ~ 91235-49
1 ~ 7905 4017
L------------------------1 ® 9 f) tt.U2.tWJ l.tt~W.Q, ' ~
I
I 7041~
f"'i 7638! 91238-49
6182
91238-49/91241-49
6182 7638
a
91168-49 91162-49
ct rra J
ijj;dUl701.\L~==~(~<_ _j!mi.U'"i!JL.;C«l i\\
WJV4J~
91255-49~ 91257-49
91164-49 91158-49
REAR SIREN
140
8430 .02 Spark plug holder clip rivet (2) ................................ . 40 to 57-all models
91784-51 .35 Spark plug holder "U" bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 40 to 57-all models
91786-51 •15 Spark plug holder reinforcement .... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40 to 57-all models
7620 .02 "U" bolt nut (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . 40 to 57-all models
c L91786-~118 ~~~
9178.4·51 7620
~~
8430~ 7118~~ •
91781-51
91783-51 91782-51
MISCELLANEOUS IJSTINGS
COlTER PINS
SlO $ .005 ¥1-e" x lh" Cotter pin 531 $ .01 %:!" x %'' Cotter pin
512 .005 ¥t(i" x %" Cotter pin 534 .01 %2" x 1" Cotter pin
515 .005 l;i-6" x *"Cotter pin 550 .01 l;S" x %" Cotter pin
528 .005 ~J2" x %" Cotter pin 559 .01 %t x 11,4" Cotter pin
PLAIN WASHERS
6010 $ .OS %:" x 1%.4." x ¥.J:?" Plain steel washer 6341 $.OS 'H.~;" X 1 w· X 1;1.;" Plain steel washer
6011 .OS %2" x ~s" x 1k2" Brass washer 6313 .OS =~s" x 3-)f..;" x 11'~" Plain steel washer
6030 .OS YG:t" x %" x 2:YIG4:" Plain steel washer 6375 .05 -~~ .. x 3"'Ati" x ~-3-.!" Plain steel washer
6041 .05 %" x 1%4" Bakelite washer a3TI .10 :rs" x %" x 1,32" Brass washer
6042 .G8 %" x 1,~" Plain steel washer 6379 .20 ~.. x %" :x: *rt" Plain steel washer
%" x ~ .. x %Ei" Plain steel washe::"
6106 .OS %2" x lh" Bakelite washer 6388 .OS
6150 .05 =}J.s" :x: %" x l!J.s" Plain steel washer 639S .05 %" x t11_6" x ~16" Plain steel washer
GlSG .OS ~1e" :x: %" Bro:ss washer 6391 .OS 1~32" x l~~G .. x %'' Plain steel washer
6165 .OS -%~;" x %" Plain steel washer 6400 .OS ~;.. .. x t~'t6" x %4," Plain steel washer
6170 .OS o/t~" x %" Plain steel washer 6402 .OS ~r~i-4-" x sr~~ .. x ~fi-l" Plain steel washer
6179 .OS ::}i~" x 1."j3:( x lh2" Fibre washer 6404 .OS ~,. x ~~" x ~'i.;" S:pring washer
6182 .OS ~s" x %-e" x ~ .. Plain steel washer 6408 .OS 2~~i4 .. x 1" x 1,4( Plain steel washer
6185 .OS o/ts" x lh" x ;.Is" Bakelite washer 6413 .20 %'' x 1" x l%:t Plain steel washer
6186 .OS ~1e" x ¥.t Bakelite washer 6417 .10 %" x ll;l.t" x ~~" Plain steel washer
6201 .OS %2" x ~., x %2" Canvas washer 6440 .OS 1%-.t x !"~" x ~32" Plain steel washer
6203 .OS 7;3:" x ¥.t x lh.s" Plain steel washer 6442 .OS 1%::?" X t;'ts" X nG" Plain steel washer
6207 .02 ~ .. x %" Fisb:pa::per washer 6448 .OS 1!}~" x l~G" x 7;;;.~." Plain steel washer
6208 .10 1f.s2" x 1%e" Plain steel washer 6460 .OS "%s'' x :!"Jk2" x I,·)s" Plain. steel washer
6210 .30 %2" :x: ll'~~.. x l%.4" Plain washer (fibre) 6466 .OS -;.'1~" :x: :):l" x 1AP4-" Plain steel washer
6220 .OS '%" x 7fis" x 'lh2" Plain steel washer 6469 .05 '%6" x ~,. x lA( Plain steel washer
6227 .OS 1_4" x 1,2" x ':ttl>" Plain steel washer 6473 .OS ~!}{l+" x 5'JAl+" x lftt:" Plain steel washer
6236 .OS 1,4" x ~" x ~~ .. Plain steel washer 647S .15 ~).-;" x 1o/tl'( x ''ts" Brass washer
6240 .05 ~·· x ~i6" x Vis" Plain steel washer 6486 .10 .2%+" x lo/1 6 " x %.2" Plain steel washer
6242 .OS :!,~" x ~s" x %£'Plain steel washer 6481W .10 l'l,ir." :x: lh" Spring washer
6245 .OS %" x %" x Vt"" Plain steel washer 6490 .10 ~~6 .. x ~s" x ~"Plain steel washer
6255 .OS 7;.4" x -%" x %2" Plain steel washer 6S20 .10 29kf" x 1;8" x %.2" Plain steel washer
6280 %2" x 1%2" x~" Plain steel washer 2%4." x 11;8." x%2" Plain steel washer
6285
6299
.OS
.OS
.OS
%2" x *" Fish:pa::per washer
'H.~" x ~1s" x 'lki" Plain steel washer
6521
6522B
6524.
.OS
.10
.OS
:r~2" x Ilk'' Plain steel washer
2911G4" :x: 11;8." x lf64" Plain steel washer
6301 .05 %s" x lh" x liJ.s" Plain steel washer 6526 .10 1%" x :!9fr4-" Plain steel washer
6307 .05 *2"
~i~( x ~ .. x Plain steel washer 6543 .10 3~ji4" x ~ .. x %4" Plain steel washer
6310 .05 !}!{)" x ~)s" x 1.42'' Plain steel washer 6551 .05 1%£' x%" x Jk.J'' Plain steel washer
6320 .OS !}[~;" x 11;}.;" x ~1.-;" Plain steel washer 6568 .10 lh" x 1%6 " x 'tS" Plain steel washer
6327 .05 ~~(;" x l~~G .. x ~ .... Plain steel washer 6574 .05 '72" x 2%2" x o/a2" Plain steel washer
6329 .05 )'t•i" x %" x %.4' Plain steel washer 6581 .10 lh2" x ~-4" x lo/}r." Plain steel washer
6332 .05 ~tt." x 'riG" :x: ;-}.13" Plain steel washer 6582 .10 1,2" x 1"' :x: JA.s" Plain steel washer
6334 .10 ::!~~;.J" x l'YJf;" x %2" Plain steel washer 6S!H .OS lh" x l%"x%2" Plain steel washer
6336 .05 21,4; 4 " x tr~"" x %6 " Plain steel washer 6603 .IS lh" x 1%" x '78'' Plain steel washer
143
Part Price Part Price
No. Ecrch NAME No. Ecrch NAME
LOCK WASHERS
7005 s .01 No.4 x l~~ 4 '' x lf.s2" Lock washer 7041 s .01 ;}~>" x ~'is" x ;·1 6" Lock washer (zinc plated)
7010 .01 No_ 6 x 1:-~H .. x %:~(Lock washer 7045 .01 %" x %" x %~" Lock washer
7015 .01 No.8 x~32" x ~:s2" Lock washer 7050 .02 :Y-;" x 13.)(1" x %6" Lock washer
7021 .01 No. lO·x 21/.,;.t'' x ~64-" Lock washer 70SS .02 'il.s" x l~]s" x lfls" Lock washer
7025 .01 ~is" x ~s" x %4," Lock washer 7056 .02 7iiu" "Kantlink" lock washer
7030 .01 No. 12 x llh:!" x ~H .. Lock washe:- 7060 .02 ;~" x 2%£' x Y!6" Lock washer
7035 .01 1,4" x lh" x 1,16" Lock washer 7065 .03 ~'is" x 1~1s" x 13::( Lock washer
7036 .01 l1.j." Spring lock washer 7070 .OS ~s" x 1" x 1;ir," Lock washer
7040 .01 o/Js" x %H" x ~~c;" Lock washer 7075 .OS ;~"X nr· :X Vs" Lock washer
SHAKEPROOF LOCK WASHERS
7112 $ .01 No.6 x 1%..," Internal tooth shakeproof lock 7220 s .01 No. 10 x t%2" External tooth shakeproof lock
washer washer.
7115 .01 No.8 :x l;t,.\' Internal tooth shakeproo£ lock 7230 .01 Vt." :x 1;2" External tooth shakeproof lock
washer washer
7118 .01 No. 10 x ~~ .. Internal tooth shakeproof lock 1231 .02 ~.t" x 1=).32 " Countersunk shakeproof lock
washer washer
7121 .02 No. 12 Internal shakeproof lock washer 1232 .02 '}'is'' External sunk shakeproof lock washer
7124 .01 w· X ~~2 .. Internal tooth shakeproof lock 7233 .02 '}'u;" x r~" Countersunk shakeproof lock
washer washer
7127 .01 i~c·· x 1%2" Internal tooth shakeproof lock 7238 .OS %" External tooth shakeproof lock washer
washer 731S .02 No.8 x 11~" External-internal tooth shakeproof
7130 .02 =~~ .. Internal tooth shakeproof lock washer lock washer
7136 .OS %;" x 2:"~2" Internal tooth shakeproof lock 7410 .OS :j.·j~;" Special lock washer
washer
NUTS
7560 s .02 No. 4-48 N.F. x ;32" x '14" Hexagon nut 7785 s .15 %"-16V x %" x '~"Hexagon nut
7S64 .02 No. 4-36 x =ta:?" x 1,4" Hexagon nut 7789 .OS %"-24 N.F. x '%," x o/J.o" Hexagon nut
7590 .D2 6-32 N.C. x ~ .. x 'rts" Hexagon nut 7193 .05 %"-24 N.F. x 2%4." x o/t.;" Hexagon nut
7604 .03 8-32 N.C. X w· Xl¥.3£' Square nut 7796 .08 %"-24 N.F. x 21f<;_." x '~"Hexagon nut
7608 .02 8-32 N.C. x ~.. x o/ts" Hexagon nut 7800 .08 %"·24 N.F. x ~1n" x ~1G" Hexagon nut
7620 .02 10-24 N.C. x lhl" x %" Hexagon nut 7804 .08 %"-24 -N.F. x ~~.. x o/u;" Hexagon nut
7624 .10 10-24 N.C. F'lexloc nut 7806 .10 %"-32 N.F. x ~S,;" x %2" Hexagon m.:t
7628 .05 No. 10-24 N.C. x%" x Y4" Hexagon nut 7809 .1S %"-24 N.F. x 1~'!32" x o/tr." Castellated
7630 .OS No. 10-32 N.F. x ~~ 6 " x%" Hexagon nut hexagon nut
7634 .OS 10-32 N.F. x t,S" x ritt>" Hexagon nut (brass) 7811 .15 ;~"-24 N.F. x H~3:!" x 1:~'i•:" Hexagon nut
7638 .05 10-32 N.F. x %" x%" Hexagon nut 7815 .lS ~V-32 N.F. x lo/tr." x 'Yr." Hexagon nut
7651 .07 No. 12-24 N.C. Cap nut 7825 .20 V'w" -20 N.F. Thread flexloc nut
12-24 N.C. x %.2'' x 't;if;" Hexagon nut ~t6" -20 N.F. x W' x %·;".Hexagon nut
7654
7S1S
7676
.OS
.OS
.OS
;~"-28 N.F. x %r." x 1ftG" Hexagon nut
11~"-28 N.F. x o/is" x 7At>" Hexagon nut
18ZJ
7831
7835
.10
.10
.10
~'is"-20 N.F. x *"xo/t'" Hexagon nut
'Vt6"-20 N.F. x %" x·}R'' Hexagon nut
(cadmium plated) 7836 .10 1ftr." -20 N .F. x %" x %" Hexagon nut
7683 .10 W'-28 N.F. Flexloc nut 7839 .IS YJ..e"-20 N.F. x :;.2" x'~" Hexagon nut
7684 .10 1,~"-28 N.F. Thread acom n':.lt {chrome) 7848 .15 %'6"-20 N.F. x lo/M" xi-4" Hexagon nut
7688
7691
7695
.05
.OS
..OS
1,4"-20 N.C. x %" x lh" Hexagon nut
lft-24 N.S. x %=!" x 'Vte" Hexagon nut
W'-24 N.S. x %2" x %6" Hexagon nut
7859
7863
7867W
.15
.15
.15
o/}~;"-20 N.F. x :Ys" x *"
%r."-20 N.F. x=:~" x%," Hexagon nut
Hexagon nut
%6 " -20 N.F. x 29ti;.;" x %" Castellated
7698 .05 ~~"-24 N.S. x 1,4" x ~'2" Hexagon nut hexagon nut
7725 .10 o/ts"-24 N.F. Thread fiexloc nut 7900 .20 Y:t-20' N.F. Thread flexloc nut
7127 .10 ~if>"-24 N.F. Flexloc nut "Thin" 7905 .15 ¥.. t-20 N.F. x %" x*" Hexagon nut
7736 .15 o/u;"-24 N.F. Thread acorn nut 1908 .15 lh"-20 N.F. x~'i.G" x l~~s" Hexagon nut
7738 .OS ~lf(-24 N.F. Self locking nut 7911 .20 lf:(-20 N.F. x %2" x %"Hexagon nut
7144 .OS o/If;"-24 N.F. x o/ts" x'lh" Hexagon nut 7914 .20 lf..t"-20 N.F. x 7h6" x '!~" Hexagon nut
7748 .OS %;"-18 N.C. x l'A;.;," x lh" Hexagon nut 7918 .20 lh"~l3 Thread hexagon nut
77S2 .05 ~r."-24 N.f. x 17,4;4" x lh" Hexagon nut 7912 .35 lfi"-20 N.F. x<;J.,;" x 1" Hexagon nut
7753 .05 ~~r.''-24 N.F. x 17A:4 " x '.Jh" Hexagon nut 7923 .25 %"-20 N.F. xl%:?" x"'h.;" Hexagon nut
7760 .07 %n"·24 N.f. x o/Jn" x o/t~" Hexagon nut 7935 .so %s" x 24 U.S.F. x %:( x ~" Hexagon nut
7115 .15 %"~24 N.F. Thread flexloc nut 7998 .25 ,-16-18 N.F. x l¥.J:?" x lo/j6" Hexagon nut
7779 .3S ~"-24 N.F. Acorn nut 7944 .25 %~"-18 N.F. x 3%J," x%" Hexagon nut
7782 .OS %"-16 N.C. x 'f:tf.l" x ~16" Hexagon nut 7947 .35 ~ 6 "-18 N.F. x 1,6" x lo/J.~;;" Hexagon nut
144
Part Price Part Price
No. Ecrch NAME No. Each N.A:ME
NUTS- Continued
7950 $ .45 %," x 16 N.F. Hexagon nut 7991 $.30 %"-18 N.F.x'*~"x l11J.6 '' HexCl'g'on nut
7960 .55 %" x 14 N.F. Hexagon nut 8010 .35 lltie"-18 N.S. x !~" x l;).ti" Hexagon nut
7974
7977
.40
.30
%"-18 N.F. x %2" x 1*~" Hexagon nut
%"-1'8 N.F. x %" x ~~.. Hexagon nut
8034
8038
.40
.35
~"-IS N.S. x *2" x lil~t Hexagon nut
%,"-IS N.S. x '7h.e" x lltit~" Hexagon nut
7980 .30 %"-18 N.F. x VIe" x %" Hexagon nut 80S& .50 1*~"-24 N.S. x l%4" x l%E;" Hexagon nut
7984 .20 %"-24 N.E.F. x %:!" x 1;8" Hexagon nut 8059 .40 l*e"-18 N.S. x I%2" x 1~6" Hexagon nut
7988 .25 %"-18 N.F.x*"x 1" Hexagon nut 8095 .40 1-20 N.E.F. x%" x 1%" Hexagon nut
RIVETS
8226 s .03 7le" diameter x %2" Countersunk head rivet 8513 S.D2 i-'1~( x %" Round head rivet
8227 .03 o/te" diameter x %2" Countersunk head rivet 8515 .02 o/t-e" x %" Truss head rivet
8232 .03 ;].e" dicaneter x 1¥.J2" Countersunk head rivet 8521 .02 o/J.e" X W' Truss head rivet
8235 .02 *e" x %s'' Countersunk head rivet 8523 .02 *6" x ~1-e" Round head rivet
8240 .03 %G" diameter x ~e" Countersunk head rivet 8532 .02 o/ts" x 1" Round head rivet
%e" x %" Countersunk. head rivet 8544 "i32" x %e" Round head rivet
8241
8274
8309
.03
.03
.02
*" x %" Countersunk head rivet
;8" x %2" Tubular rivet (brass)
8575
8576
.02
.02
.03
14" x lh" Round head rivet
¥.!," x 'VI-e" Round head rivet
8314 .03 ;8" diameter x %2" Tubular rivet 8579 .03 %." x %s" Flat head rivet
8412 .02 %4." diameter x %2" Round head rivet 8580 .03 ~" x %s" Round head rivet
8460 .02 ;8" x 14" Round head rivet 8583 .03 ':JA," x %" Round head rivet
8485 .02 %.4" x lh" Round head rivet 8605 .03 %e" x %-s" Round head rivet
8512 .02 ~6" x o/t:6" Round head rivet 860'1 .03 ~~1~" x *" Round head rivet
STEEL BALLS
8854 s .02 %6"Steel ball 8860 $.03 '*~" Steel ball
8856 .03 %2" Steel ball 8866 .10 %" Steel ball
8858 .G3 1;4." Steel ball 8872 .10 ¥.t Steel ball
GREASE FlitiNGS
9851 s .10 Grease fitting--straight 9853 $.20 Grease fitting-angle (90 o)
9852 .20 Grease fitting--angle (67lh 0 )
NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS 145
-
Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page
Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page
30 GALLON DRUM
99805-R Regular Heavy Oil (1 05). ............. $42.50
99805-M Medium Heavy Oil (7 5). ............... 42.50
54 GALLON DRUM
99810-R Regular Heavy Oil (1 05) .............. $72.00
99810-M Medium Heavy Oil (75) ............. 72.00
1111
*
99414-93